Sie sind auf Seite 1von 109

www.classicmachinery.

net

SHOP MANUAL

CASE INTERNATIONAL
(DAVID BROWN)
MODELS
1190-1194-1290-1294-1390-
1394-1490-1494-1594-1690
INDEX (By Starting Paragraph)
MODELS
1190, 1290, 1390, 1490,
1194 1294 1394 1494 1594 1690

BRAKES
Adjustment 286 286 288 288
Disc, R&R 290 290
Hydraulic System 291 291 291 291 291 291
Shoes & Drums, R&R 289 289 289

CAB
Remove & Reinstall 34S 349 349 349 349 349

CLUTCH
Adjustment 208 208 209 211 211 213
R&R and Overhaul 219, 220 219, 220 221 2ZL 221 221
Tractor Split 217 217 217 218 218 218

COOLING SYSTEM
Radiator 151 151 151 %$l 151 151
Thermostat 152 152 162 152 152
Water Pump m
15S 153 153 IM 153 153

DIESEL FUEL SYSTEM


Bleed System
Filters
m 131 131
130
181 131
130
131
130
ISO 130 180
Injection Nozzles 148 143 143 148 143 143
Injection Pump 138 138 1% 140 140

DIFFERENTIAL
Adjustment 274 ^^^ 2 7 4 274 274 274 274
Differential Lock 277 277 277 277 277 277
Differential, R&R 272 272 .272 272 272 272

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Accessory System 195 195 195 195 195 195
Charging System 157 157 157 157 157 157
Starting Motor 180 180 180 180 180 180

ENGINE
Assembly, R&R 75 76 76 76 76 76
Camshaft 97 98 98 98 99 99
Connecting Rods & Pistons 101 101 101 101 101 101
Crankshaft 106 109 109 109 112 112
Cylinder Head 77 78 78 78 79 79
Oil Pump 119 121 121 123 123
Timing Gears 98 94 94 m94 95 95
Turbocharger 126 126 *
www.classicmachinery.net

INDEX CONT.

MODELS
1190, 1290, 1390, 1490,
1194 1294 1394 1494 1594 1690
FINAL DRIVE
Assembly, R&R 2*79 279 279 279 279 279
Overhaul 280 280 280 282 284 284

FRONT AXLE (Two-Wheel Drive)


Axle Main Member 4 4 4 4
Front Support 5 6 6 6
Spindles 2 2 2 2
Tie Rod & Toe-in 3 8 3 3
Wheel Bearings 1 1 1
a
1 1
FRONT DRIVE AXLE
Carraro Axle 24 24 24 24
David Brown Axle 7

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Adjustments 312 312 312 312 319 312
Filters & Fluid 306 306 307 307 307 307
Operating Principles 303 303 304 304 304 304
Pump 322 322 323 323 323 323
Rockshai't & Linkage 341 341 341 341 342 342
Troubleshooting 309 309 309 309 309 309
Valves 326 326 326 326 326 326
MANUAL STEERING
Assembly, R&R 50
Overhaul 51
POWER STEERING
Bleeding System 57 57 57 58 58 58
Operating Pressure 60 60 60 60 60 60
Pump 61 62 62 62 62 62
Steering Cylinder 66 66 66 68 68 68
Steering Valve 63 63 63 63 63 63
POWER TAKE-OFF
Assembly, R&R 296 296 296 296 296 296
Overhaul 298 298 300 300 302 302
TRANSM][SSION (Power Shift)
Assembly, R&R 258 258 258 258
Overhaul 260 260 260 260
Pump 257 257 257 257
Range Gearbox 268 268 268 268
Valves .... 254 254 254 254
TRANSMISSION (Synchromesh)
Assembly, R&R 223 223 225 225 225 22S
Overhaul 227 227 237, 246 237, 246 246 246
Shift Levers 222 222 222 222 222 222

DUAL DIMENSIONS
This sendee manual provides specifications in both metric (SI) and U.S. customary systems of measurement. The first
specification is given in the measuring system perceived b^ us to be the preferred system when servicing a particular
component, while the second specification (given in parenthesis) is the converted measurement. For instance, a specification
of "0.28 mm (0.011 inch)" would indicate that we feel the preferred measurement in this instance is the metric (SI) system of
measuremtsnt and the IJ.S. customary equivalent of 0.28 mm is 0.011 inch.
www.classicmachinery.net

CONDENSED SERVICE DATA


MODELS

1190 1290 1390 1490 1690


GENERAL
Engine Make Own
No. of Cylinders 3 4 4 4 6
Bore 100 mm
(3.939 in.)
Stroke 114.3 mm * 114.3 mm
(4.5 in.) (4.5 in.)
Displacement 2.7 liter * 3.6 liter 3.6 liter 5.4 liter
(164 cu. in.) (219 cu. in.) (219 cu. in.) (329 cu. in.)
Compression Ratio 17:1 17:1 17:1 16:1 16:1
Battery 12-Volt, Negative Ground
No. of Forward Speeds 12
* 1290 models with independent pto clutch manufactured before P.I.N. 11052369, or 1290 models with continuous pto clutch
manufactured before P.I.N. 11052410 use a 3.2 liter (195 cu. in.) engine which has a stroke of 101.6 mm (4.0 inches). All 1290
models manufactured after these used 3.6 liter (219 cu. in.) engines which have a 114.3 mm (4.5 inches) stroke. Service
procedures are the same for either engine.

TUNE-UP
Firing Order 1-2-3 1-5-3-6-2-4
Valve Clearance (Cold) -0.25 mm
(0.010 in.)
Injection Timing 16 BTDC 17 BTDC 17*^ BTDC 20 BTDC 25 BTDC
Engine Low Idle Rpm . 750
Engine High Idle
(No-Load) Rpm -2350-2375- 2450
Engine Rated Speed
(Full Load) 2200 2300
Power Rating 37 kW 45 kW 52 kW 66 kW 82 kW
(49 hp) (60 hp) (70 hp) (88 hp) (110 hp)

SIZES AND CLEARANCES


Crankshaft Main Journal
Diameter -63.474-63.487 mm- - 66.65-66.66 mm 69.84-69.85 mm
(2.4990-2.4995 in.) (2.6240-2.6245 in.) (2.749-2.750 in.)
Crankpin Journal
Diameter 60.27-60.29 mm - 63.45-63.46 mm 60.27-60.28 mm
(2.3730-2.3735 in.) (2.4980-2.4985 in.) (2.3728-2.3732 in.)
Main and Rod Bearing
Running Clearance -0.05-0.10 mm-
(0.002-0.004 in.)
Crankshaft End Play 0.05-0.25 mm 0.15-0.25 mm
(0.002-0.010 in.) (0.006-
0.010 in.)
Cylinder Bore -100.046-100.066 mm-
(3.9388-3.9396 in.)
Piston Diameter 99.86-99.88 mm
(3.9315-3.9323 in.)
Valve Stem Diameter 9.454-9.479 mm
(0.3722-0.3732 in.)
Camshaft Journal Specifications,
See Paragraph 97 98 98 98 99
CAPACITIES
8.5 liters -14.2 liters- 15.3 liters
Cooling System ........ (9 qts.) (15 qts.) (16 qts.)
6.25 liters -7.4 liters- 12.5 liters
Crankcase (With Filter) . . . . (6.6 qts.) (7.8 qts.) (13.2 qts.)

Transmission, Hydraulic -27.5 liters- -42 liters-


and Differential Case (29 U.S. qts.) (44.5 U.S. qts.)
Fluid Type Case PTF Fluid or Hy-Tran Plus
www.classicmachinery.net

CONDENSED SERVICE DATA CONT.


MODELS
1190 1290 1390 1490 1690
CAPACITIES ( C o n t )
Final Drive (Each) -2.3 liters- 6.8 liters 7.5 liters
(2.5 U.S. qts.) (7 U.S. qts.) (8 U.S. qts.)
Fluid Type ET HB Fiuid-
Power SteTing 0.9 liters 1.25 liters
(1 U.S. qt.) (1.5 U.S. qts.)
Fluid Type -Case TCH Fluid
Manual Steering Gear 1.2 liters
(1.3 U.S. qts.)
Fluid Type Case FDL
SAE 140
Front Drive Axle Differential-
David Brown -8 liters-
(8.5 U.S. qts.)
Fluid Type -Case FDL SAE 90-
Carraro -4 liters-
(4.25 U.S. qts.)
Fluid Type -Case FDL SAE 90-
Front Drive Axle Final
Drive (Each)
David Brown -0.9 liters^
(1 U.S. qt.)
Fluid Type -Case FDL SAE 90-
Carraro -1.4 liters-
(1.5 U.S. qts.)
Fluid Type -Case FDL SAE 90-

MODELS
1194 1294 1394 1494 1594
GENERAL
Engine Make Own
No. of Cylinders 3 4 4
100 mm
Bore (3.939 in.)
114.3 mm
Stroke (4.5 in.)
3.6 liter 5.4 liter
Displacement 2.7 liter (219 cu. in.) (329 cu. in.)
(164 cu. in.) 17:1
Compression Ratio 17:1 -12 volts, Negative Ground-
Battery 12
No. of Forv/ard Speeds

TUNE-UP
Firing Order : . 1-2-3 1-2-4-3 1-5-3-6-2-4
Valve Clearance (Cold) -0.25 mm
(0.010 in.)
Injection Timing 16 BTDC 17 BTDC IT BTDC 20^ BTDC 25 BTDC
Engine Lov/ Idle Rpm 750 600-650
Engine High Idle
(No-Load) Rpm -2350-2375- 2450
Engine Full Load Rpm -2200- 2300
Power Rating 35 kW 45 kW 53 kW 61 kW 72 kW
(49 hp) (62 hp) (77 hp) (85 hp) (97 hp)
www.classicmachinery.net

CONDENSED SERVICE DATA CONT.


MODELS

1194 1294 1394 1494 1594

SIZES AND CLEARANCES


Crankshaft Main Journal
Diameter -63.474-63.487 mm- - 66.65-66.66 mm 69.84-69.85 mm
(2.4990-2.4995 in.) (2.6240-2.6245 in.) (2.749-2.750 in.)
Main and Rod Bearing
Running Clearance -0.05-0.10 mm-
(0.002-0.004 in.)
Crankshaft End Play -0.05-0.25 mm 0.15-0.25 mm
(0.002-0.010 in.) (0.006-0.010 in.)
Cylinder Bore 100.46-100.66 mm-
(3.9388-3.9396 in.)
Piston Diameter 99.86-99.88 mm
(3.9315-3.9323 in.)
Camshaft Journal Specifications,
Refer to Paragraph 97 98 98 98

CAPACITIES
Cooling System 8.5 liters 14.2 liters 15.3 liters
(9 U.S. qts.) (15 U.S. qts.) (16 U.S. qts.)
Crankcase (with Filter) 6.25 liters 7.4 liters 12.5 liters
(6.6 U.S. qts.) (7.8 U.S. qts.) (13.2 U.S. qts.)
Transmission, Hydraulic
and Differential Case
Synchromesh 27.5 liters 27.5 liters 36.5 liters 42 liters 42 liters
(29 U.S. qts.) (29 U.S. qts.) (38.5 U.S. qts.) (44.5 U.S. qts.) (44.5 U.S. qts.)
Power Shift 42 liters 42 liters 42 liters
(44.5 U.S. qts.) (44.5 U.S. qts.) (44.5 U.S. qts.)
Fluid Type Case PTF Fluid or Hy-Tran Plus-
Final Drive (Each) -2.3 liters- 6.8 liters 7.5 liters
(2.5 U.S. qts.) (7 U.S. qts.) (8 U.S. qts.)
Fluid Type -Case ETHB Fluid-
Power Steering 0.9 liters 1.25 liters
(1 U.S. qt.) (1.5 U.S. qts.)
Fluid Type -Case TCH Fluid
Front Drive Axle
Differential .... : 6 liters NOTE 1 NOTE 2 NOTE 3
(6.25 U.S. qts.)
Fluid Type Case FDL SAE 90
Front Drive Axle
Final Drive (Each) 1.4 liters NOTE 1 NOTE 2 NOTE 3
(1.5 U.S. qts.)
Fluid Type Case FDL SAE 90

NOTE 1: Prior to P.I.N. 11503001, diflFerential capacity is 6 liters (6.25 U.S. qts.) and final drive capacity is 1.4 liters (1.5 U.S.
qts.). P.I.N. 11503001 and after, differential capacity is 4 liters (4.25 U.S. qts.) and final drive capacity is 1 liter (1.06
U.S. qt).

NOTE 2: Prior to P.I.N. 11518001, differential capacity is 6 liters (6.25 U.S. qts.). and final drive capacity is 1.4 liters (1.5 U.S.
3ts.). P.I.N. 11518001 and after, differential capacity is 4 liters (4.25 U.S. qts.) and final drive capacity is 1 liter (1.06
qts
J.S. qt.).
U.I

NOTE 3: Prior to P.I.N. 11221501, differential capacity is 5 liters (5.25 U.S. qts.) and final drive capacity is 1.7 liters (1.75 U.S.
:s.). P.I.N. 11221501 and after, differential capacity is 4 liters (4.25 U.S. qts.) and final drive capacity is 1 liter (1.06
qts..
U.S. qt).
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 1-4

FRONT AXLE
(TWO-WHEEL DRIVE)
FRONT WHEEL BEARINGS side to be serviced. Remove cap screw mm ( VB inch), measured between wheel
(1) and washer (2) which retains steer- rims at front and rear of wheels. Toe-in
All Models ing arm (3), and remove steering arm can be adjusted by lengthening or
from spindle. . shortening threaded tie rod ends equal-
1. A typical front wheel spindle, ly.
wheel hub and bearing assembly are NOTE: If steering arm ( 3 ) is tight on Tie rod ends are nonadjustable. If
shown in Fig. 1. spindie ( 9 ) , reinstall cap screw ( 1 ) minus excessively worn, they must be renewed
It is recommended that wheel bear- washer ( 2 ) and rap head of cap screw as complete units.
ings be lubricated with multipurpose sharply to loosen steering arm. Care
lithium base grease using a pressure should be taken not to damage cap screw
grease gun after every 50 hours of nor- or threads in spindie. AXLE MAIN MEMBER
mal operation.
To adjust wheel bearings, tighten Remove spindle and upper "0'^ ring All Models
slotted nut (17Fig. 1) to 95 N-m (70 (4Fig. 1). Remove thrust washer (6)
ft.-lbs.) torque while turning the wheel. on all models and thrust bearing (7) on 4. REMOVE AND REINSTALL.
Loosen the nut, then retighten to 40 1490,1494,1594 and 1690 models. On all Refer to appropriate Fig. 2, 3 or 4 for an
N-m (30 ft.-lbs.) torque while turning models remove lower "0" ring (8). exploded view of front axle assembly.
the wheel. Make certain wheel turns With spindle removed, upper and Disconnect drag link (manual steering),
freely. Loosen nut, if necessary, to align lower spindle bushings (8 and 10Fig. steering cylinder lines (power steering)
hole for cotter pin, then install a new 2) can be removed from axle extension or steering cylinder as necessary for
pin. (9) using a suitable puller or drift model being serviced. Support front of
punch. New bushings should be pressed tractor with suitable stand. Loosen
into axle extension until flush with out- trunnion pin retaining bolt (15) about
SPINDLES er surface of axle extension. Bushings five turns, then rap head of bolt with a
are presized and should not require hammer to dislodge threaded insert
All Models reaming if carefully installed. (23). Remove bolt and insert. Remove
Reinstall by reversing removal pro- expansion plug from trunnion pin bore
2. REMOVE AND REINSTALL. cedure making certain thrust bearing if so equipped. Screw slide hammer
To remove spindle (9Fig. 1), support (7Fig. 1) and thrust washer (6) are in puller into trunnion pin (4) and remove
front of tractor and remove wheel from proper sequence on 1490,1494,1594 and pin. Raise front of tractor until axle is
1690 models. On all models, tighten clear. Remove thrust washer (21) and
steering arm retaining cap screw (11) to " 0 " rings (2 and 22). Drive bushings (3
163 N-m (120 ft.-lbs.) torque. and 20) out of bore noting placement if
different in size or length. Models 1190
and 1194 have a blind hole at the rear,
TIE RODS AND TOE-IN remove bushing with a chisel.
On all models, drive new bushings in
Alt Models until flush with housings. Bushings are
presized and should not require ream-
3, Toe-in of front wheels should be 3 ing if carefully installed. Check trun-

Flg. 2Exploded view of


front axle used on Models
i190 and if94. Front axle
used on Model 1294 and ear-
ly Model 1394 (before P.I.N.
11504412) is similar.
1. Bolt adapter
2. "0" ring
3. Bushing
4. Trunnion pin
5. Center beam
6. Steering lever
7. "0" ring
8. Bushing
9. Axle extension
10. Bushing
U. Plastic plug
12. Tie rod end
Fig. 1Exploded view of typical front spindle 13. Tie rod
assembly showing component parts and their rel- 14. Spacer tube
ative positions. 15. Axle retaining bolt
1. Cap screw 16. Axle extension
2. Special washer 11. Oil seat wear sleeve 17. Tie rod
3. Steering lever 12. Oil seal 18. Tie rod end
4. "0" ring 13. Bearing 19. Steering lever
5. Bushings ^ 14. Hub 20. Bushing
6. Thrust washer 15. Bearing 21. Thrust washer
7. Thrust bearing ' 16. Washer 22. "O" ring
8. "0" ring 17. Slotted nut 23. Threaded insert
9. Spindle 18. Gasket
10. Dirt seal 19. Hubcap
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 5-8 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


nion pin for free fit and lubricate pin,
bushings, thrust washer and " 0 " rings 25
during assembly.
Check axle front to rear fioat on
trunnion pin. Axle should pivot freely
with a slight front to rear float. If end
float is excessive, renew trunnion pin
thrust washer. . Fig. 4Exploded view of
typical front axle aBsembly
used on 1490, 1494, 1594
and 1690 models.
FRONT SUPPORT 2. " 0 " ring
4. Trunnion pin
5. Center beam '
Models 1190 and 1194 6. Steering lever
7. "0" ring
8. Bushing
5. REMOVE AND REINSTALL. 9. Axle extension
10. Bushing
Front support for Models 1190 and 1194 12. Tie rod end
is an integral part of the main frame 13. Tie rod
14. Spacer tube
casting. To renew front support, first 15. Axle retaining bolt
split tractor as outlined in paragraph 16. Axle extension
20. Bushings
217. Remove side covers and engine cov- 21. Thrust washer i
er support framework. Drain engine oil. 22. "0" ring
23. Threaded insert
Remove radiator hoses and radiator. 25. Spacer
Remove battery and battery support. 26. "0" ring
27. Bushing
Remove all engine mounting bolts. Dis- 2&. Pivot link
29. Pivot pin
connect all necessary pipes, control 30. Pivot pin
rods and electrical wiring. Remove en- 31. Anchor fork
gine oil pan. Use a hoist and remove
engine. Remove any remaining compo-
nents from main frame and support
with a suitable lifting device. Remove
front axle as outlined in paragraph 4.
Reassemble by reversing disassem-
bly procedure.

Models 1290-1294-1390-1394-
1490-1494-1594-1690
6. REMOVE AND REINSTALL.
cooler and lines (if so equipped), hy-
draulic pumps, lines and drive shaft.
Remove radiator and hoses. Raise front
of tractor and remove front axle as out-
lined in paragraph 4 for two-wheel
drive models, or paragraph 8 or 25 for
FRONT-WHEEL
DRIVE AXLE
4
Front support (main frame extension) models equipped with front drive axle.
bolts to main frame just forward of Attach a hoist to front support and All models except 1190 and 1194 are
engine. To remove front support, first remove retaining bolts. Remove front available with front-wheel drive. Two
remove engine side covers, air cleaner support. different axles, David Brown and Car-
assembly, battery and supports. Drain Reassemble by reversing disassem- raro, are used. Carraro axles may be
transmission and radiator. Remove oil bly procedure. equipped with standard or limited slip
differential.

DAVID BROWN AXLE

All Models So Equipped


7. TIE RODS AND TOE-IN. Front
wheel toe-in should be 0-1.5 mm (0-We
inch) measured from wheel rim to
wheel rim at front and rear of wheels.
Fig. 3Exploded view of Toe-in is adjusted by lengthening or
front axle used on late Model
1394 (P.I.N. 11504412 and shortening the threaded tie rod ends
after), Refer to Fig. 2 for equally.
legend. Tie rod ends that are excessively
worn must be renewed as complete
units.
8. R&R AXLE. Front drive axle final
drives and differential may be serviced
without removing entire axle and dif-
ferential housing assembly. However, if
housing or trunnion pin are to be serv-
iced, it will be necessary to remove axle
housing assembly.
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 9-10


To remove assembly, first disconnect Note number and thickness of shims (5) chisel to cut through wear sleeve being
all steering lines and cap openings. and remove. Remove spacer (6) and hub careful not to damage surface of stub
Loosen locknuts (6Fig. 5) on trunnion (7). Seal (10) in hub will be tight on axle axle. Install new sleeve on axle making
shaft cotter pins (31) until they are and should stay on stub axle as hub is sure side with inside chamfered edge
even with threaded ends. Using care to removed. Remove bearing (9) and seal goes onto axle first.
avoid damaging threads, drive cotter (10). Remove steering lever (4Fig. 8) and
pins (31) through trunnion shaft. Re- Oil seal wear sleeve (11) should be bolts retaining upper and lower bearing
move locknuts and washers from cotter renewed if damaged or worn. Use a pins (6 and 10). Remove bearing pins
pins and remove pins (raise right end of
axle for more clearance). Support axle
and remove core plug (7) from trunnion Fig. 5Expioded view of Da-
shaft bore with punch and hammer. vid Brown front drive axie
Use slide hammer to pull trunnion used on some models show-
ing component parts and
shaft (33). Raise front of tractor enough their relative positions.
to clear axle and remove axle. Remove 1. Steering lever
thrust washers (36) and " 0 " rings (35 2. Rubber cover
3. Tie rod end
and 37). 4. Breather
5. Steering link
To reinstall, reverse removal proce- 6. Cotter pin nut
dure. Bleed steering system as outlined 7. Core plug
8. Dowel pin
in paragraph 58. 9. Gasket
10. Plug
11. Differential housing
9. RENEW TRUNNION SHAFT 12. Drain plug
BUSHINGS. Remove axle assembly as 13. Axle housing
14. Shield
outlined in paragraph 8. Remove the 15. Bearing
four trunnion shaft bushings (34Fig. 16. "0" rings
17. Sealing disc
5) using a suitable puller. Install bush- 18. Stub axle
ings making certain grease hole in each 19. Bearing pin
20. Shim
bore is between the two bushings. Refer 21. Bearing pin
to Fig. 6 for correct bushing place- 22. Steering lever
23. Oil seal
ment. 24. Bushing
25. Shield
If trunnion shaft bracket (32Fig. 5) 26 Bearing 2&. Trunnion shaft bracket
is to be renewed, remove bracket from 27. "O" ring 33. Trunnion pin
34. Bushing
28. Sealing disc
axle housing and remove dowel pins. 29. Breather 35. "O"ring 17
Loosely bolt new bracket to housing 30. Steering cylinder 36. Thrust washer
37. "0" ring
31. Pin
and drive dowel pins in. Tighten bolts
24 23
to 203-244 N-m (150-180 ft.-lbs.)
torque.
Lubricate "0** rings and place in
REAR TRUNNION SHAFT BUSHINGS
thrust washer grooves. When reinstall-
ing thrust washers (36), " 0 " ring is FRONT TRUNNION SHAFT BUSHINGS
Fig. 6Diagram showing
toward front at front position and to- correct dimensions for the
ward rear at rear position. placement of trunnion shaft
bushings for models equip-
ped with David Brown front
10. FINAL DRIVE AND STUB drive axies.
AXLE. Left and right final drive re- 1. 3 mm (l/g inch)
moval procedure is similar. To remove, 2. 15 mm (19/32 inch)
3. 55 mm {2 Vie inches)
raise and support side to be serviced 4. 3 mm (Vg inch)
and remove tire and wheel. Rotate hub
so drain plug is at bottom and drain
fluid. Remove end plate (12Fig. 7) and
use pry bars to pull sun gear (15) and Fig. 7^Exploded view of Da-
shaft (1Fig. 8) out approximately 5 vid Brown front drive axie
mm {%B inch). finai drive showing reiative
position of its component 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11
parts.
NOTE: Axle shaft seals can be damaged
1. Locknut
If axle shaft is pulled out too far. 2. Tab washer
3. Planetary gear
4. Bearing
Hold axle shaft out and push sun 5. Shim
gear in until split rings (14Fig. 7) can 6. Spacer
7. Hub
be removed. Remove sun gear (15) and 8. Plug
thrust washer (16). 9. Bearing
10. Oil seal
11. Sleeve
NOTE: Do no push axle shaft into axle 12. End plate 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
housing as oil seal damage could occur. 13. Gasket
14. Split ring
15. Sun gear
Bend tab washer (2Fig. 7) away 16. Thrust washer
from locknut (1) and remove nut with 17. Bearing pin
18. Bearing
special spanner wrench (CAS-1607). 19. Planet gear
Remove tab washer (2), planetary ring 20. Planet gear carrier
21. Dowel
gear (3) and bearing cup assembly (4). 22. Lockplate
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 11-14 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


using jack screws in threaded hole of 11. WHEEL HUB BEARING their original positions. Install lock-
bearing pins. Retain shims (7) for use in PRELOAD. To set stub axle bearing plates so they cover dowel pin holes and
reassembly. Hold axle shaft in place preload, install shims (5Fig. 7) hav- tighten bolts to 40 N-m (30 ft.-lbs.)
while removing stub axle assembly to ing a total thickness of 2 mm (0.080 torque. Reinstall end plate, tighten
prevent damage to oil seals. Remove inch) next to spacer (6). Install plane- bolts to 100 N m (75 ft.-lbs.) torque and
axle shaft from housing. tary ring gear (3) and nut (1) minus tab fill hub to proper level with Case FDL
Remove upper and lower sealing washer (2). Using special spanner SAE 90 gear lubricant or equivalent.
discs (28 and 17-Fig. 5), " 0 " rings (27 wrench (CAS-1607), tighten nut (1) to
and 16) and bearings (26 and 15) from 203 N.m (150 ft.-lbs.) torque. Mount 13. AXLE HOUSINGS, Axle shaft
axle housing (13). Use a suitable puller dial indicator so point of probe contacts seal (23Fig. 5) and bushings (24) can
to remove upper and lower bearing cups outside face of hub. See Fig. 10. Mea- be renewed with axle housings in
from axle housing. Remove upper and sure and record amount of end play. place.
lower shields (25 and 14). Correct amount of bearing preload is If removal of housing is necessary,
Remove seal (2Fig. 8) from inside 0.08-0.13 mm (0.003-0.005 inch). Sub- raise and support front of tractor and
stub axle (8). Using a suitable bushing tract shims equal to measured end play remove tire and wheel from side to be
driver, drive bushing (3) out oil seal end plus 0.10 mm (0.004 inch) from pre- serviced. Drain oil from differential
of stub axle. Install new bushing from viously installed shim pack to obtain housing. Capacity is approximately 8 L
seal end until it seats in stub axle. correct bearing preload. (8.5 quarts). Attach hoist to axle hous-
Install new oil seal with lip of seal Reassemble unit installing tab wash- ing so weight is equally balanced. Dis-
entering bore first. er (2Fig. 7) and making sure flat side connect steering linkage and remove
To reassemble, reverse disassembly of nut (1) faces inward. Tighten nut to bolts retaining axle housing to differen-
procedure using care not to let axle 203 N-m (150 ft.-lbs.) torque, then se- tial housing, then remove axle housing.
shafts damage oil seals and noting pre- cure with tab washer. Fill each final Remove final drive from axle housing if
load must be set on bearing pin bear- drive with 0.9 L (1 quart) of Case FDL necessary.
ings and stub axle bearings. SAE 90 gear lubricant or equivalent. To reinstall axle housing, reverse the
To set bearing pfin preload, reassem- removal procedure. Tighten housing
ble unit minus shims (7Fig. 8). Tight- 12. PLANETARY GEAR ASSEM- mounting bolts to 110-130 N-m (80-95
en lower bearing pin mounting bolts to BLIES. Drain fluid, then remove end ft.-lbs.) torque. Fill differential housing
68 N-m (50 ft.-lbs.) torque and upper plate (12Fig. 7). Remove lockplates to correct level with Case FDL SAE 90
bearing pin mounting bolts to 20 N-m (22) and bolts retaining planetary gear gear lubricant or equivalent.
(15 ft.-lbs.) torque. Push stub axle up carrier (20) to end plate (12). Mark gear
tight against bottom of axle housing carrier, pins, gears and bearings prior 14. R&R DIFFERENTIAL AS-
and use a feeler gage to measure gap to disassembly so they can be reassem- SEMBLY. Differential assembly may
between upper bearing pin flange and bled in their original positions. Remove be removed with differential housing
stub axle. See Fig. 9. Remove upper carrier, gears and bearings. and axle housing installed on tractor. It
bearing pin, then assemble shims so Reassemble by reversing disassem- is necessary, however, to first remove
total thickness is 0.381 mm (0.015 inch) bly procedure making certain gears, left and right stub axle assemblies as
less than feeler gage measurement. bearings and pins are reinstalled in outlined in paragraph 10.
This will correctly preload bearings to
0.10-0.15 mm (0.004-0.006 inch) when
full load is on axle. Tighten upper bear-
ing pin bolts to 68 N-m (50 ft.-lbs.)
torque. Refer to paragraph 11 to set
stub axle bearing preload. Fig. 9To set bearing pin
preioad, use a feeier gage to
measure gap between bear-
ing pin fiange and stub axie
housing. Refer to text.

Fig. 10To set stub axle


bearing preload, mount a dlai
indicator so probe contacts
face of wheel hub. Measure
10- _ _ end play and refer to text.
flg^ SExploded view of David Brown front drive
stub axle showing component parts and their rel-
ative positions.
1. Axle drive shaft 6. Bearing pin
2. Oil seal 7. Shim
3. Bushing 8. Stub axle
4. Steering lever 9. Wear sleeve
5. Tie rod end 10. Bearing pin

10
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 15-16


gears, pinion gears and pin (10). Sepa-
Fig. 11Exploded view of rate bevel ring gear from cage as neces-
David Brown differentiai as- sary.
sembiy showing component Bevel ring gear and pinion shaft are
parts and their relative posi-
tions. serviced as matched sets only and must
1. Differential support bracket be installed as such.
2. Gasket If bevel ring gear and pinion shaft,
3. Bearing cap
4. Tab washer pinion shaft bearings or carrier are
5. Bearing cap bolt renewed, pinion shaft protrusion must
6. Lockplate
7. Dowel pin be set as outlined in paragraph 16.
8. End plate
9. Side gear Reassemble by reversing disassembly
10. Differential pin procedure. Adjust carrier bearings and
11. Differential pinion gear
12. Side gear bevel gear backlash as outlined in para-
13. Lockplate graph 17.
14. Differential cage
15. Bevel gear
16. Pinion shaft
17. Bearing 16. PINION SHAFT PROTRU-
18. Shim SION AND BEARING PRELOAD.
19. Bearing
Special tool (DB-8208) is required to set
20. Adjuster wheel
21. Tab washer
pinion shaft protrusion on David
22. Front spacer
23. Shim Brown axle, and all bearings, cups and
24. Rear spacer
spacers to be used in final assembly
25. Bearing
must be installed.
26. Spacer
27. Seal
28. Flange Assemble pinion shaft in carrier
minus shims (18Fig. 11), oil seal (27),
29. Sealing washer
30. Retaining washer
spacer (26), sealing washer (29), front
31. Locknut
spacer (22), shims (23) or rear spacer
32. Cap screw
33. Steering cylinder cap
(24). Install flange (28), retaining wash-
34. Cap screw
er (30), and locknut (31) on pinion shaft
(16) and tighten locknut until all end
With stub axle assemblies and axle can be reinstalled in their original posi- play of pinion shaft is just removed,
drive shafts removed, remove main tions and remove. Remove adjuster then tighten locknut just a small
drive shaft and steering cylinder. Sup- rings. Remove differential bevel ring amount more to slightly preload bear-
port diflferential unit on floor jack and gear and cage as an assembly. ings. Install special tool in carrier bear-
remove retaining bolts. Carefully move Remove pinion shaft locknut (31 ing bores as shown in Fig. 12. Install
differential assembly out of housing Fig. 11), then drive pinion shaft shaft (CAS-1236-6), probe and spacer
and lower to floor. through flange (28) and carrier (1). (CAS-1609) and locknut (CAS-1234-4)
Reinstall by reversing removal pro- Front spacer (22), shims (23) and rear of special tool so probe point lightly
cedure. Tighten differential assembly spacer (24) should remain on pinion contacts face of pinion shaft gear.
retaining bolts to 68 N m (50 ft.-lbs.) shaft as it is removed. Remove remain- Tighten locknut to lock probe in this
torque and drive shaft bolts to 54 N m ing bearing cups and shims from car- position. Using a feeler gage, measure
(40 ft.-lbs.) torque. Fill differential to rier (1) as necessary. Inspect bearings and record amount of gap between
correct level with Case FDL SAE 90 and spacers on pinion shaft and renew spacer and probe. See Fig. 13.
gear lubricant or equivalent. as necessary.
Mark end plate (8), cage (14) and bev-
15. OVERHAUL DIFFEREN- el ring gear (15) so they may be reas- GAP BETWEEN SPACER
TIAL. Remove differential assembly sembled in their original positions. Re- AND PROBE
and place in a stand with flange end move carrier bearings and separate end
toward floor. Mark bearing caps so they plate (8) from cage (14). Remove axle

Fig. 13Measure gap be-


tween probe and spacer of
special tool (DB-8208) with
a feeier gage.

THICKNESS OF
SHIMS HEEDED

Fig. 12To set pinion shaft protrusion, install special tool set
iDB'8208) in carrier housing as shown. Refer to Fig. 13 and to text to
determlnethicknessofshimsrequiredtocorrectlysetshaftprotrusion.

11
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 17-19 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


Note protrusion correction mark sure cup seats against shims and hous- until end play of differential in carrier
etched on end of pinion shaft gear. This ing counterbore. is less than 0.05 mm (0.002 inch) with-
will be *'O'* or a plus ( + ) or minus ( ) Reassemble pin shaft with spacers out preloading bearings. Mount dial in-
dimension. Note that dimension is giv- (22 and 24Fig. 11) using 1.27 mm dicator as shown in Fig. 15, then move
en in thousandths of an inch. (0.050 inch) thick shims (23), but with- carrier assembly sideways as required
Noting that special tool has a built in out spacer (26), oil seal (27) and sealing to obtain correct bevel gear backlash of
dimension of 0.030 inch (0.76 mm), sub- washer (29). Install flange (28), washer 0.18-0.23 mm (0.007-0.009 inch) by loos-
stitute actual gap measurement and (30) and nut (31) on pinion shaft and ening one adjuster ring one notch at a
shaft correction number for figures tighten nut to 190 N m (140 ft-lbs.) time and tightening opposite adjuster
shown in the following example to de- torque. Turn shaft in both directions to ring the same amount each time. When
termine thickness of shims (18Fig. seat bearings, then mount a dial indica- bevel gear backlash and differential
11) needed to correctly set pinion shaft tor on carrier so probe contacts end of carrier bearings are properly adjusted,
protrusion. pinion gear as shown in Fig. 14 and install adjuster ring locks and tighten
measure shaft end play. Remove pinion carrier bearing cap bolts to 163 N-m
Tool built in shaft and reduce thickness of shims (120 ft.-lbs.) torque.
dimension . . 0.030 in. (0.76 mm) (23Fig. 11) an amount equal to mea-
Add or subtract sured end play. This procedure will pro- 18. MAIN DRIVE SHAFT. Main
dimension vide zero end play and zero preload. drive shaft consists of a sliding yoke,
etched on However, a tolerance of plus or minus drive shaft tube and two universal
pinion shaft . -0.005 in. (0.13 mm) 0.05 mm (0.002 inch) is acceptable. joints. To remove sliding yoke, mark its
Result is setting Reinstall pinion shaft with all spac- position for reassembly on correct
dimension **A" 0.025 in. (0.63 mm) ers and seals. Tighten retaining nut to splines, unscrew threaded cap and slide
Measured gap . . 0,055 in. (1.40 mm) 190 N-m (140 ft.-lbs.) torque. slip yoke off splines. Use conventional
Minus setting procedure to renew universal joints.
dimension "A" 17. DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER Install drive shaft with slip yoke at
determined BEARINGS AND BEVEL GEAR differential end and tighten bolts to 54
above -0.025 in. (0.63 mm) BACKLASH. On all models, adjust- N-m (40 ft.-lbs.) torque.
Result is ment of differential carrier bearings to
thickness of provide proper bevel gear backlash and 19. R&R TRANSFER GEARBOX.
shims required . 0.030 in. (0.77 mm) bearing adjustment is correlated with Drain oil from transfer case and trans-
pinion shaft protrusion adjustment as mission. Capacity is approximately 42 L
Remove special tool, pinion shaft and outlined in paragraph 16. (44 quarts). Remove front drive shaft.
inner bearing cup. Assemble correct Install differential assembly, but do Engage front-wheel drive, then remove
thickness of shims into housing bore, not securely tighten carrier bearing output shaft flange retaining nut (20
then reinstall inner bearing cup. Be caps. Install adjuster rings and turn in Fig. 16). Remove platform or cab, if
equipped, as outlined in paragraph 348
or 349. Remove fuel tanks. Disconnect
selector cable from selector shaft (4).
Remove left and right shift lever hous-
ings from transmission top cover. Re-
move bolts from transmission top cov-
er, remove wedge and shims between
top cover and clutch housing, and re-
Fig. 14View showing prop- move top cover using a suitable hoist.
er dial indicator position for Remove bolt (37) and locknut (39), then
setting pinion shaft bearing slide coupler (38) connecting transfer
preload.
gearbox input shaft to transmission
bevel pinion shaft rearward. Remove
selector cable bracket (44) and hydrau-
lic pump inlet pipe connector. Support
transfer gearbox with a hydraulic jack,
then remove gearbox mouting bolts and
lower gearbox from transmission hous-
ing.
0 . 1 8 - 0 . 2 3 mm (0.0()7-.O.OOQ inch) When reinstalling, laminated gasket
(1Fig. 16) must be the same thickness
as original gasket, or layers peeled off
to allow coupler (38) to slide freely onto
input shaft (12) and bevel pinion shaft.
Fig. 15 View showing prop- Tighten transfer gearbox mounting
er placement of dial indicator
for setting baciciash in front bolts to 165 N-m (120 ft.-lbs.) torque.
drive differentials. Tighten output shaft flange nut (20) to
a torque of 190 N m (140 ft.-lbs.).
Install transmission top cover with
wedge and same thickness of shims
that were removed. Tighten three mid-
dle % inch bolts securing rear axle
housing to top cover to 205-245 N-m
(150-180 ft.-lbs.) torque. Tighten re-

12
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 20-23


mainder of top cover mounting bolts to mm (0.002-0.004 inch) for used bear- housing (2) and input gear (13). Install
110-130 N-m (80-95 ft.-lbs.) torque. ings. bearing cup (14) and end plate (3).
Tighten drive shaft flange bolts to 54 To determine proper shim (33Fig. Tighten bolts to 27 N-m (10 ft.-lbs.)
N-m (40 ft-lbs.) torque. Complete in- 16) thickness, subtract 0.025 mm (0.001 torque. Drive rear bearing (11) onto
stallation by reversing removal proce- inch) from dial indicator measurement input shaft (12) until seated. Install
dure. if new bearings were installed, or sub- bearing cup (11) and end plate (46).
tract 0.076 mm (0.003 inch) from dial Tighten bolts to 27 N-m (20 ft.-lbs.)
20. OVERHAUL TRANSFER indicator measurement if original bear- torque. Set end play in the same man-
GEARBOX. With transfer gearbox re- ings are reused. The result is the re- ner as outlined in paragraph 22.
moved, disassemble as follows: Remove quired shim thickness to provide rec-
end plates (3 and 46Fig. 16) and ommended end play.
shims (36). Note position and thickness Remove rear bearing cover (43) and
of shims (36). Drive input shaft (12) and install correct thickness of shims (33).
idler shaft (34) out of housing (2). Reinstall cover and tighten bolts to 27
Remove input gear (13). Remove front N-m (20 ft.-lbs.) torque. Recheck end
bearing and cup (16). Remove output play and adjust shim thickness, if nec-
flange (23), cork seal (22) and washer essary, if not withint tolerance.
(21). Remove oil seal housing (26) and Install oil seal (5Fig. 16) into hous-
output shaft end cover (43). Note thick- ing (2) and place trunnion pins (40) in
ness of shims (33). Drive output shaft selector fork (6). Install selector fork in
(19) out of housing (2), remove the six housing, making certain trunnion pins
bearing pads (18) and bearing and cup engage slot in sliding gear (29). Install
(27). Remove bottom cover (9) and drive selector shaft (4) through oil seal (5)
roll pin (7) out of selector fork (6) and and selector fork. Align roll pin holes in
remove selector shaft (4). Remove se- selector fork and shaft and install roll
lector fork, fixed gear (30) and sliding pin (7). Install core plug (41), bottom
gear (29). Remove output gear (17) and cover gasket (8) and bottom cover (9).
idler gear (15). Remove selector shaft Install flange (23), cork washer (22),
oil seal (5) and core plug (41). washer (21) and locknut (20). Tighten
Clean and inspect all parts for exces- locknut to 190 N-m (140 ft.-lbs.)
sive wear or damage. Lubricate all torque.
parts during reassembly.
22. Install idler shaft (34Fig. 16)
21. Install idler gear (15-Fig. 16) and bearing assembly through rear of
into bottom of transfer gearbox hous- housing and drive it through idler gear
ing (2). Install output gear (17) into (15). Install rear bearing cup (35) and
housing with hub for sliding gear en- end plate (46). Tighten bolts to 27 N-m
gagement towards front of housing. (20 ft.-lbs.) torque. Drive front bearing
Place fixed gear (30) inside sliding gear (16) onto idler shaft (34) until seated.
(29) and install output shaft (19) into Install bearing cup (16) and end plate
rearward side of bottom hole in hous- (3). Tighten bolts to 27 N-m (20 ft.-lbs.)
ing, pushing it through output gear (17) torque and hit idler shaft (34) to seat
and partially through fixed gear (30). bearings.
Oil slots on side of fixed gear (30) go Mount dial indicator so end of probe
against output gear (17). Spacer (31) contacts end of idler shaft (34Fig. 16).
and bearing (32) must already be as- Measure and record amount of end
sembled on output shaft (19). Install six play. End play tolerance is 0-0.05 mm
bearing pads in output shaft, concave (0-0.002 inch) for new bearings and
side against shaft, as it is pushed 0.05-0.10 mm (0.002-0.004 inch) for used
through output gear (17) and fixed gear bearings.
(30). Install rear bearing cup (32), gas- To determine correct shim (36Fig.
ket (42), rear cover (43) and cable 16) thickness, subtract 0.025 mm (0.001 Fig. 16Exploded view of transfer gearbox used
bracket (44) minus shims (^33). Tighten inch) from dial indicator measurement with David Brown front drive axle showing com-
bolts to 27 N.m (20 ft.-lbs.) torque. if new bearings are used, or subtract ponent parts and their relative positions.
Install front bearing (27) and bushing 0.076 mm (0.003 inch) from dial indica- 1. Gasket 24. Flange dust shield
2. Housing 25. Oil seal
(28) on output shaft and drive front tor measurement if original bearings 3. Front end plates 26. Oil seal housing
bearing cup (27) into housing (2). In- are reused. The result is the required 4. Selector shaft 27. Front bearing
5. Oil seal 28. Bushing
stall oil seal (25) in oil seal housing (26) thickness of shims needed to obtain 6. Selector fork 29. Sliding gear
and install oil seal housing on transfer desired end play. 7. Roll pin
8. Gasket
30. Fixed gear
31. Spacer
gearbox housing. Tighten bolts to 27 Remove rear end plate (46Fig. 16) 9. Bottom cover 32. Rear bearing
N-m (20 ft.-lbs.) torque. Hit end of out- 10. Drain plug 33. Shims
and install correct shim (36) thickness. 11. Rear bearing 34. Idler shaft
put shaft (19) with a plastic hammer to Reinstall end plate (46) and tighten 12. Input shaft 35. Rear bearing
seat bearings and cups. 13. Input gear 36. Shims
bolts to 27 N-m (20 ft.-lbs.) torque. 14. Front bearing 37. Bolt
Mount dial indicator on transfer gear Recheck end play and adjust shim 15. Idler gear 38. Coupler
16. Front bearing 39. Locknut
box housing (2) so probe end contacts thickness, if necessary, if not within 17. Output gear 40. Trunnion pin
end of output shaft (19). Measure and required tolerance. 18. Bearing pads 41. Core plug
19. Output shaft 42. Gasket
record end play of output shaft. End 20. Locknut 43. Rear cover
play tolerance is 0-0.05 mm (0-0.002 23. Install input shaft (12Fig. 16) 21. Washer \ 44. Cable bracket
22. Cork seal 1 45. Stud
inch) for new bearings and 0.05-0.10 and bearing assembly through front of 23. Flange 46. Rear end plates

13
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 24-27 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


graph 25. On AEI, AE2 and AE3 axles,
Fig. 17Exploded view of put marks (BFig. 18) on oil seal car-
Carraro front drive axle typi- rier and differential carrier so seal car-
cai of AEi, AE2 and AE3 type
axies showing component
rier can be reinstalled in original posi-
parts and their reiative posi- tion. On all axles, put mark (A) on dif-
tions. ferential carrier and axle housing in
1. " 0 " ring line with hole in bushings prior to
2. Bushing
3. " 0 " ring removing bushings. Remove oil seal
4. Sleeve carrier, then pry bushings from hous-
5. Thrust washer
6. Axle case ings. Remove sleeve (4Fig. 17) and
7. Locating screw
8. Locknut thrust washers (5 and 18) as neces-
9. Dust cover sary.
10. Steering lever
11. Cover Install new "0" rings in pivot bush-
12. Breather ings and lubricate with grease before
13. Retainer
14. Washer reinstalling bushings. Make certain
15. Stub axle housing holes in bushings are aligned with
16. Shims
17. Stop marks made previously on case and car-
18. Thrust washer
19. "0" ring
rier housing (Fig. 18). Install oil seal
20. Bushing carrier aligning mark on carrier with
21. "0" ring mark on differential carrier.
22. Seal
23. Gasket
24. Differential carrier Models With AEI, AE2 or AE3
bearing cap
25. Differential carrier housing Carraro Axle
26. Bushing cap
27. Bearing pin cover
28. Shim 27. FINAL DRIVE AND STUB
29. Bearing
30. Seal AXLE. Raise and support front of trac-
31. Bearing pin tor, then remove tire and wheel. Rotate
32. Stub axle housing ,
33. Seal hub (4Fig. 19) until drain plug (18) is
34. Seal at bottom, then drain oil from housing.
35. Bearing pin
36. Seal Remove bolts retaining end plate (19) to
37. Bearing
38. Shim
40. Tie rod end 43. Stub axle 46. Tie rod hub (4) and install two guide studs
41. Dirt seal 44. Bushing 47. Tie rod end
39. Bearing pin cover 42. Gasket 45. Stub axle seal 48. Dirt seal opposite each other in hub. Remove end
plate (19) with planetary gears. Remove
snap ring (15) and sun gear (22). Sup-
CARRARO AXLE and support front of tractor. Remove port hub with a chain hoist. Remove
drive shaft and disconnect all steering locknut (23) and spacer (24). On Model
On tractors so equipped, a Carraro lines and cap openings. Mark positions 1690 and early Model 1594, remove and
Type 790/19 mechanical front drive of bushing caps (26Fig. 17). Support retain shims (25Fig. 20). On all mod-
axle is used on Model 1394 with product axle assembly on floor jack and remove els, remove planetary ring gear and hub
identification number (P.I.N.) 11503001 bushing caps. Raise front of tractor and assembly.
and after, Model 1494 with P.I.N remove axle assembly. To remove stub axle (43Fig. 17) and
11518001 and after and Model 1594 with To reinstall, reverse removal proce- pivot housing (32), remove felt seal (34)
P.I.N. 11221501 and after. A Carraro dure making certain bushing caps are and oil seal (33). Loosen nuts securing
AE3 front drive axle is used on Model reinstalled in their original positions. stub axle to housing. Disconnect tie rod
1594 prior to P.I.N. 11221501 and all Tighten mounting bolts to 210 N m (155 ends (40 and 47). Disconnect steering
1690 tractors so equipped. On all other ft.-lbs.) torque. Bleed steering system cylinder from right-hand steering arm.
models equipped with a Carraro me- as outlined in paragraph 59. Remove bearing pin covers (27 and 39)
chanical front drive axle, either an AEI and shims (28 and 38). Use special pull-
or an AE2 axle is used. Service proce- 26. PIVOT BUSHINGS. To renew er (CAS-1652) to remove bearing pins
dures for AEI, AE2 and AE3 axles are axle pivot bushings (2 and 20Fig. 17), (31 and 35). Remove stub axle and hous-
the same. first remove axle as outlined in para- ing assembly.

All Models So Equipped


24. TIE RODS AND TOE-IN. Front
wheel toe-in is measured from wheel
rim to wheel rim at front and rear of
wheels. Toe-in should be 0-5 mm (0-3/16 Fig. 18Before disassem-
biing differentiai carrier,
inch) on tractors with Type 709/19 axle. piace alignment marks (A
On all other tractors, toe-in should be and B) as shown for reposi-
0-1.5 mm (0-1/16 inch). Toe-in is ad- tioning of bushings and oil
justed by lengthening or shortening the seal carrier. On Type 709/19
axies, oil seal carrier (B)
threaded tie rod ends equally. aiignment is not required.
Tie rod ends that are excessively
worn must be renewed as complete
units.
25. R&R AXLE ASSEMBLY. To
remove front drive axle assembly, raise

14
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 28-29


Fig. 19Expioded view of bearing covers (27 and 39) to adjust
Carraro front drive axie finai
drive assembiy used on
bearing preload. Correct setting is 0.40
1290, 1294, 1390 and 1490 mm (0.016 inch) preload on each bear-
modeis and eariy 1394, 1494 ing. To set bearing preload, install low-
and 1594 modeis showing er bearing cover without shims and
component parts and their tighten mounting bolts to 280 N-m (205
reiative positions
1. Bearing ft.-lbs.) torque. Install all shims which
1 2 3 4 2. Spacer were removed from upper and lower
3. Gasket
4. Hub pins, plus an additional 0.5 mm (0.020
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 5. Bearing inch) shim, on the upper bearing cup.
6. Seal
7. Seal Install upper bearing cover and tighten
8. Bearing retainer
9. Washer
mounting bolts evenly in sequence
10. Planet gear shown (Fig. 22) until all up and down
11. Bearings
12. Washer
movement of swivel housing is elimi-
13. Bearing retainer nated. Tap bearing pin cover and turn
14. Roll pin swivel housing from side to side to
15. Snap ring
16. Core plug assure bearings are seated. Continue to
17. Planetary gear pin tighten upper cover bolts, if necessary,
18. Drain plug
19. Cover until all up and down movement is just
20. Gear removed, then measure gap between
21. Snap gear
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 22. Gear upper bearing cover and axle housing
23. Locknut using a feeler gage. Remove upper and
24. Spacer
Remove stub axle mounting nuts and 25. Support gear lower bearing covers and all shims.
26. Snap ring Remove thickness of shims equal to
separate axle from pivot housing. Re-
move bearing, thrust spacer, bushing mounting flange must be installed over measured gap, then divide remaining
(44) and oil seal (45) as necessary. breather hole in swivel housing as shims equally between upper and lower
When reassembling, be sure lip of oil shown in Fig. 21. bearing covers. Install an additional
seal is towards inside of stub axle and 0.20 mm (0.008 inch) shim under each
chamfered side of thrust spacer faces NOTE: If stub shaft bearing is renewed
bearing cover to provide specified 0.40
away from bearing. Heat bearings to on Model 1690 and eariy Model 1594,
mm (0.016 inch) bearing preload, then
120C (25O''F) maximum prior to in- bearing preioad must be set as outlined In
tighten cover bolts to 280 N m (205 ft.-
stallation. paragraph 29 before instaiiing oil seal
lbs.) torque. Tighten stub axle mount-
To reinstall, reverse removal proce- (33-Fig. 17) and felt seal ( 3 4 ) .
ing nuts to 130 N.m (95 ft.-lbs.)
dure while noting that slot in stub axle torque.
Install stub axle and swivel housing 29. WHEEL HUB BEARING
onto axle housing, then install upper PRELOAD. Model 1690 and early Mod-
and lower bearing pins (31 and 35Fig. el 1594 equipped with Carraro AE3
17) with bearings. Be sure flange of axles are equipped with taper roller
bearing pins seats against the housing. bearings and bearing preload is set by
Adjust swivel bearing preload as out- adjusting thickness of shims (25Fig.
lined in paragraph 28. Complete reas- 20). On all other models, axles are
sembly by reversing disassembly proce- equipped with ball bearings and pre-
dure. Tighten ring gear retaining nut to load is controlled by spacers (2 and 24
1200 N.m (885 ft.-lbs.). Lubricate swiv- Fig. 19). Preload is not adjustable on
el bearings with multipurpose lithium these models.
bttse grease. Fill hubs with correct
amount of Case FDL SAE 90 gear lubri- NOTE: Bearing preload must be set be-
cant or equivalent. fore instaiiing oil seai (33Fig. 17) and
felt seal ( 3 4 ) .
28. SWIVEL BEARING PRE-
LOAD. Shims (28 and 38-Fig. 17) are To set preload, install ring (26Fig.
used between swivel bearing cups and 20) and original amount of shims (25)

Fig, 20exploded view of AE3 Carraro front


drive axie final drive unit used on 1690 and eariy
1594 tracton showing component parts and their
reiative positions. Fig. 21View showing ioca-
1. Bearing 15. Core plug tlon of siot on stub axie
2. Gasket 16. Planetary gear pin which must cover breather
3. Hub 17. Drain plug hoie of stub axie housing on
4. Bearing 18. Hub cover Carraro front drive axies.
5. Washer 19. Planetary ring gear
6. Seal 20. Snap ring
7. Seal 21. Snap ring
8. Bearing retainer 22. Sun gear
9. Washer 23. Locknut
10. Planet gear . 24. Washer
11. Bearings 25. Shim
12. Washer 26, Spacer
13. Bearing retainer 27. Support gear
14. Roll pin 28. Snap ring

15
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 30-33 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


Install new oil seal with lip facing
inward. Lubricate seal lip before in-
stalling axle shaft. Be sure bearing is
seated in housing bore, then tighten
upper and lower bearing lock screws (3)
to secure bearing.
Fig. 22Proper tightening
sequence used to instaii 32. R&R DIFFERENTIAL. To re-
bearing pin cover prior to move front drive differential assembly,
setting bearing pin preioad. it is first necessary to remove final
drives and stub shafts as outlined in
paragraph 27. Remove axle shafts as
outlined in paragraph 31. Remove axle
housing as outlined in paragraph 25.
Remove differential carrier mounting
bolts and remove differential assembly
from housing.
removed during disassembly. Install Reassemble by reversing disassem- To reinstall differential, reverse the
washer (24) and locknut (23). Use spe- bly procedure. Apply sealant to cup removal procedure. Tighten differen-
cial socket (CAS-1645) to tighten lock- plugs before installation. Make certain tial carrier retaining bolts to 87 N-m
nut to 1200 N-m (885 ft.-lbs.) torque. that notch in carrier gasket and drain (65 ft.-lbs.) torque. Fill axle housing to
Install special fixture as shown in Fig. hole in carrier is aligned with notch in correct level with Case FDL SAE 90
23 on wheel hub, then use a torque wheel hub. Tighten retaining bolts to 80 gear lubricant or equivalent.
wrench to measure amount of torque N-m (60 ft.-lbs.) torque. Fill hub to cor-
needed to turn wheel hub. rect level with Case FDL SAE 90 gear 33. OVERHAUL DIFFEREN-
Correct bearing preload requires 2.3 lubricant or equivalent. TIAL. Place differential unit in a stand
N-m (20 in.-lbs.) torque to turn hub. with pinion shaft pointing downward.
Add or subtract from shim thickness 31. AXLE SHAFTS. Axle half- Mark bearing caps and carrier housing
(25Fig. 20) until correct preload is shafts (7 and 12-Fig. 24), bearing (6) so caps can be reinstalled in their origi-
obtained. and oil seal (4) can be renewed with nal positions. Remove bearing caps and
After preload is correctly adjusted, axle housing in place. Refer to para- bearing adjuster rings (8 and 35Fig.
remove ring gear assembly and install graph 27 for removal of final drive, 25). Remove bevel ring gear and differ-
oil seal and felt seal in hub. Reinstall swivel housing and stub axle. Loosen ential assembly from carrier housing.
ring gear with correct amount of shims bearing lock screws (3), then pull axle Mark position of oil seal carrier as
and tighten locknut to 1200 N-m (885 shaft from housing using a suitable shown in Fig. 18, then remove carrier.
ft.-lbs.) torque. slide hammer puller. Use a puller to Using special spanner wrench (CAS-
remove oil seal from housing. 1597), remove pinion shaft locknut
30. PLANETARY GEARS. Drain
oil from hub, then remove planetary
gear carrier (19Fig. 19 or 18Fig.
20). Mark location of planetary gear
pins and gears in the carrier so they can
be reassembled in their original posi-
tions. Remove roll pins (14), then drive
planetary gear pins outward from gear
carrier. Cup plugs (16Fig. 19 or 15
Fig. 20) will be driven out with pins.
Remove gears, thrust washers, spacers
and bearing rollers. Keep these parts
with their respective gear pins. Fig. 24Expioded view of
typical front axle shafts used
AEI, AE2 and AE3 Carraro
axles.
1. Breather
2. Dust plug
3. Bearing lock screw
4. Oil seat
5. Snap ring
6. Bearing
7. Long shaft
8. Snap ring
9. Bearing cup
10. Cross
11. Housing
12. Short shaft

Fig. 23When setting wheel hub bearing pre-


ioad on Modeis 1594 and 1690, use speciai fix-
ture and a torque wrench to check torque
required to turn wheei hub.

16
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 34-35


(16Fig. 25). Use a soft hammer to Fig. 25Exploded view of
Carraro Type AE1, AE2 and
drive pinion shaft out of bearings and AE3 limited siip front drive
carrier. Remove bearings, shims and axle differential showing
bushing from pinion shaft and carrier component parts and their
as necessary. relative positions.
1. Spacer
Mark end plate (37), bevel ring gear 2. Friction plate, inner
(3) and cage (4) so they can be reassem- 3. Differential bevel gear
4. Differential cage
bled in their original positions. Remove 5. Lockplate
carrier bearings (6 and 36) as neces- 6. Bearing
7. Roll pin
sary. Separate end plate from cage and 8. Adjusting wheel
remove side gear (20) and friction 9. Friction plate, outer
10. Pinion gear shaft
plates. To remove cross-shaft retaining 11. Shim
pins (25 or 30), remove the cage stud 12. Bearing
13. Spacer
(38) that is aligned with one of the pins. 14. Shim
The remaining two pins are aligned 15. Bearing
16. Locknut
with end plate locating dowels (33). Use 17. Oil seal
a punch to drive the two retaining pins 18. Gasket
19. Oil seal carrier
and dowel pins out of cage. Drive long 20. Side gear
cross-shaft (21) out of cage, then re- 21. Long cross-shaft
22. Pinion gear
move the two pinion gears (22 and 28) 23. Thrust washer
and thrust washers. Drive short cross- 24. Cross-shaft
25. Retaining pin
shafts (24 and 31) out of cage, then 26. Cross-shaft block
remove cross-shaft block (26) and re- 27. Side gear
28. Pinion gear
maining two pinion gears and thrust 29. Thrust washer 32. Roll pin 35. Adjusting ring 38. Stud
30. Retaining pin 33. Dowei pin 36. Bearing 39. Friction plate, inner
washers. Remove side gear (27) and 31. Cross-shaft 34. Friction plate, outer 37. End plate 40. Spacer
friction plates. Remove bevel ring gear
(3) as necessary. Repeat procedure for friction plates To set pinion shaft bearing preload,
Bevel ring gear and pinion shaft are and side gear on opposite side. assemble pinion shaft in carrier minus
serviced as a matched set only. If bevel 35. PINION SHAFT PROTRU- seal (17Fig. 25) and seal carrier (19).
ring gear and pinion shaft, pinion shaft SION AND BEARING PRELOAD. Install spacer (13) and a shim (14) that
bearings or carrier are renewed, pinion To set pinion shaft protrusion, install is 0.5 mm (0.020 inch) thicker than ori-
shaft protrusion must be set as outlined bearing cups and cones in carrier hous- ginal shim removed during disassem-
in paragraph 35. ing. Use a bolt, washers and nut as bly. Install outer bearing cone and old
Reassemble by reversing the disas- shown in Fig. 27 to hold bearing cones locknut (16). Tighten locknut to 450
sembly procedure while noting the fol- in place. Tighten bolt and nut until N-m (330 ft.-lbs.) torque. Rotate pinion
iowing special instructions: Be sure bearing cones are difficult to turn. shaft to seat bearings, then mount a
tabs of friction plates (9 and 34Fig. Install carrier bearing caps (1Fig. dial indicator so probe contacts end of
25) engage the grooves in differential 27) on carrier housing and tighten nuts pinion shaft. Move pinion shaft and
cage (4) and end plate (37). Tighten end to 205 N-m (150 ft.-lbs.) torque. Meas- record end play. Disassemble pinion
plate nuts to 48 N m (35 ft-lbs.) torque. ure and record diameter of bearing bore shaft and reduce shim (14Fig. 25)
When renewing carrier bearings (6 and (A). Place a shaft (3), having a diameter thickness an amount equal to measured
36), heat bearings to 120C (250F) of at least 25 mm (1 inch) and having a end play plus 0.5 mm (0.020 inch) to
maximum before installing. Heat ring cross hole drilled through it, across
gear before installing on differential bearing bores as shown in Fig. 27.
cage. Tighten retaining bolts to 90 N-m Measure and record diameter (B) of
(65 ft.-lbs.) torque. shaft. Using a depth gage measure from
Check and set friction plate end play top of shaft to face of inner bearing
as outlined in paragraph 34. Set pinion cone (Fig. 28) and record measurement
shaft protrusion as outlined in para-
graph 35. Adjust differential carrier
(C-Fig. 27). r
bearings and bevel gear backlash as To determine correct thickness of
outlined in paragraph 36. shims (11Fig. 25) required to obtain
desired shaft protrusion, use the fol-
lowing calculations: Subtract diameter
34. DIFFERENTIAL FRICTION of shaft (BFig. 27) from depth gage
PLATE END PLAY. To check end measurement (C). Add this figure to
play of friction plates, mount a dial one-half the diameter of carrier bear-
indicator so probe extends through axle ing bore (A). The result is dimension
shaft opening and contacts end of one of (E). Then subtract dimension etched on
the side gears. Insert a screwdriver or pinion shaft gear face (dimension is in
other suitable tool through opening in millimeters) from dimension (E). The
side of differential cage, pry side gear resulting dimension will be correct
upward and measure end play. shim (11Fig. 25) thickness to install 6 78
Correct end play is 0.03-0.20 mm to properly set pinion shaft protrusion. Fig. 27Diagram showing method of securing
(0.001-0.008 inch). End play can be ad- Install correct thickness shim (11 pinion bearings in support housing to allow depth
justed by replacing 2.8 mm spacer with Fig. 25) on pinion shaft with chamfered gage measurement to be taken.
1. Bearing cap
a 2.9 mm spacer (1 and 40Fig. 25). side towards gear end of shaft. Press 2. Depth gage 6. Bolt
Renew friction plates if end play is still inner bearing onto shaft until seated 3. Pilot shaft 7. Nut
4. Washer 8. Washer
excessive. against shim. 5. Bearing cones 9. Bearing cups

17
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 36-38 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)

obtain desired preload of 0.5 mm (0.020


inch) on pinion shaft bearings.
After correct shim thickness is deter-
mined, reinstall pinion shaft assembly
using a new locknut. Tighten locknut to
450 N.m (330 ft.-lbs.) torque. Stake nut Fig. 30Diai indicator probe
to groove in shaft to prevent loosening shouid be against outer tip of
of nut. ring gear tooth when measur-
ing backiash.
1. Roll pins
36. DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER 2. Adjuster ring
BEARINGS AND BEVEL GEAR 3. Dial indicator
BACKLASH. Pinion shaft protrusion
and bearing preload must be properly
set before adjusting differential carrier
bearings. Install differential unit in
carrier housing making certain ring
gear is aligned with drain hole in car-
rier as shown in Fig. 29. Install bearing
support caps, but do not tighten retain- After bevel gear backlash is properly drain plug from end plate and drain oil.
ing nuts securely at this time. Install adjusted, turn adjuster ring on each Remove the two screws securing hub
bearing adjuster rings and turn adjus- side of differential clockwise two cover (22Fig. 31) to hub housing (5).
ter ring on ring gear side of differential notches to provide recommended bear- Pry cover loose and remove cover and
until ring gear contacts pinion gear. ing preload. Tighten bearing cap planetary gears. Remove snap ring, sun
Then turn adjuster ring on side oppo- mounting nuts to 210 N-m (155 ft.-lbs.) gear (19), spacer (18) and washer (17).
site ring gear until all bearing end torque, then recheck for correct back- Remove bolts retaining planetary ring
clearance is removed, but do not pre- lash. Drive roll pin (1Fig. 30) into gear hub (8), then install four of the
load bearings. Mount dial indicator as notch of each adjuster ring to secure bolts into threaded holes in ring gear
shown in Fig. 30, then hold pinion shaft adjustment. hub to remove ring gear. Remove outer
and move ring gear to check backlash. bearing (6), then tap hub assembly (5)
Turn adjuster rings as needed to move Models With Type 709/19 Carraro off swivel housing.
ring gear sideways to obtain recom- Axle To remove swivel housing (1Fig.
mended backlash of 0.15-0.25 mm 32), disconnect steering cylinder from
(0.006-0.010 inch). Loosen adjuster ring 37. FINAL DRIVE. Left and right left-hand steering arm. Disconnect tie
one notch at a time and tighten oppo- final drive removal procedure is simi- rod end from swivel housing arm. Re-
site adjuster ring the same amount lar. Raise and support front of tractor, move upper and lower swivel pins (9)
when setting backlash. then remove tire and wheel. Remove and shims (10). Withdraw swivel hous-
ing from axle housing.
Inspect bushings, bearings and oil
seals and renew if necessary.
To reinstall, reverse the removal pro-
cedure while noting the following
items: Refer to paragraph 38 to set
swivel bearing preload. Lubricate lip of
Fig. 26View showing prop- oil seals prior to reassembly. Tighten
er depth gage and piiot shaft
piacement used in determin- planetary ring gear bolts evenly in
ing pinion shaft protrusion. steps to a final torque of 88 N-m (65
ft.-lbs.).
Lubricate swivel bearings with mul-
tipurpose lithium base grease. Fill hubs
to correct level with Case FDL SAE 90
gear lubricant or equivalent.
38. SWIVEL BEARING PRE-
LOAD. Shims (10-Fig. 32) are used
between swivel pin (9) and housing (1)
to adjust bearing preload. Correct pre-
load setting is 0.2 mm (0.008 inch). To
adjust, install bottom pin without
shims and tighten bolts to 83 N m (60
Fig. 29When instaiiing dif- ft.-lbs.) torque. Support the weight of
ferentiai unit in carrier, maiie the axle with a jack under bottom pin.
sure ring gear is on same Install top pin without shims or bolts
side as drain hoie in carrier.
making sure bearing cone is fully
seated in cup. Measure the gap between
flange of swivel pin and swivel housing
(Fig. 33). Select shim pack which is 0.1-
0.2 mm (0.004-0.008 inch) less than the
gap measurement. Divide shim pack
equally and install half of the shims

18
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 39-42


under top pin and other half under bot- 39. PLANETARY GEARS. To re- shaft SO the gears can be reinstalled in
tom pin. move, raise and support front axle, then their original positions if reused. Re-
remove tire and wheel. Drain oil from move gears, bearing rollers and thrust
NOTE: If unable to divide shims equally, wheel hub. Remove two screws securing washers.
install thicker shims under top pin. cover (22Fig. 31) to hub, then pry cov- Inspect parts and renew as neces-
er loose and remove cover and planeta- sary. To reassemble, reverse the disas-
ry gears. sembly procedure. Fill wheel hub to
Tighten pin mounting bolts to 83 Remove retaining rings (12) and re- correct level with Case FDL SAE 90
N-m (60 ft.-lbs.) torque. taining plate (16). Mark each gear and gear lubricant or equivalent.

2 40. AXLE SHAFTS. Axle half-


shafts (4 and 9Fig. 34), oil seal (3) and
bushing (2) can be renewed with axle
housing in place. Refer to paragraph 37
Fig. 31Exploded view of for removal of final drive and swivel
final drive assembly used on housing. Pull axle shaft from housing.
Type 709/19 Carraro front Remove oil seal and bushing using suit-
drive axle. able slide hammer puller.
1. Swivel housing
2. Wear sleeve Install new seal with lip facing in-
3. Oil seal
4. Bearing
ward. Lubricate seal lip before rein-
5. Wheel hub stalling axle shaft. Complete installa-
6. Bearing tion by reversing removal procedure.
7. Retaining rings
8. Ring gear carrier
9. Retaining plate 41. R&R DIFFERENTIAL. To re-
10. Ring dowel move front differential, drain oil from
11. Planetary ring gear.
12. Snap ring axle housing and remove axle assembly
13. Needle bearings from tractor as outlined in paragraph
14. Planet gear
15. Thrust washer 25. Support swivel housing and wheel
16. Thrust plate
17. Thrust washer hub as an assembly using a suitable
18. Spacer hoist and sling. Remove swivel pins,
19. Sun gear
20. Thrust button then remove each final drive as a com-
21. Dowel plete assembly from axle housing.
ffi. Hub cover & planetary
carrier Withdraw axle shafts from housing.
23. Planet gear s h ^ t Remove differential carrier housing
24. Cover
25. Drain plug mounting nuts, then use two MIO bolts
in threaded holes in carrier housing to
separate carrier from axle housing. Use
a suitable hoist to lift differential as-
sembly out of axle housing.

42. OVERHAUL DIFFEREN-


Fig. 32Exploded view of TIAL. Place differential assembly in a
Carraro Type 709/19 front
drive axle used on late Mod-
stand with flange end pointing down-
els 1394, 1494 and 1594. ward. Put identification marks on bear-
1. Swivel housings ing caps and carrier housing so caps can
2. " 0 " rings
3. Trunnion bushings be reinstalled in their original posi-
4. Sleeve
5. Thrust washer
tions. Remove adjuster locking plates
6. Axle housing (1Fig. 35), bearing caps (9) and adjus-
7. Differential carrier housing ter rings (3). Remove differential from
8. Thrust washer
9. Bearing pin carrier.
10. Shim Remove oil seal carrier (17). Using
11. Seal
12. Bearing special spanner wrench (CAS 1597), re-
13. Tie rod ends
14. Tie rod

Flg. 33To set swivei bear-


ing preload, measure gap be-
tween swivel pin and swivel
housing with a feeier gage.
Refer to text.

19
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 43-44 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


move pinion shaft locknut (15), then and remove gear from housing if neces- newed, pinion shaft protrusion must be
drive pinion shaft (7) out of carrier. sary. Push pinion shaft out of housing, set as outlined in paragraph 44.
Remove bearings (11), spacer (12) and then withdraw pinion gears (22), side Reassemble by reversing the disas-
shims (10 and 13) as necessary. gears (21) and friction plates from sembly procedure while noting the fol-
Remove carrier bearings (4) using a housing. Remove axle shaft bushings lowing special instructions: Install
suitable puller. Remove bevel ring gear from differential case as necessary. backing plate (20) on side gears first,
mounting bolts that are aligned with Bevel ring gear (6) and pinion shaft then alternately assemble friction
pinion gear shaft (24), then turn hous- (7) are serviced as a matched set only plates beginning and ending with a
ing so retaining pin (25) falls out and must be installed as such. If bevel plate with tabs (19). Align pin hole in
through ring gear bolt hole. Remove ring gear and pinion shaft, pinion shaft pinion shaft (24) with hole in case, then
remaining ring gear mounting bolts bearings or carrier housing are re- install retaining pin (25). Apply Loctite
270 to threads of ring gear mounting
bolts, then tighten to 70 N-m (52 ft.-
lbs.) torque.
Check friction plate end play as out-
lined in paragraph 43. Adjust pinion
shaft protrusion and bearing preload as
outlined in paragraph 44. Reinstall dif-
ferential in carrier housing making
sure ring gear is aligned with housing
drain plug (Fig. 36). Adjust bevel gear
Fig. 34Exploded view of backlash and carrier bearing preload as
typlcai axie shafts used on outlined in paragraph 45.
Carraro 709/19 axie.
1. Axle housing
2. Bushing 4a. DIFFERENTIAL FRICTION
3. Oil seal
4. Long shaft PLATE END PLAY. To check friction
5. Retaining ring
6. Bearing cap plate end play, place differential as-
7. Cross sembly in a vertical position. Mount a
8. Housing
9. Short shaft dial indicator so probe extends through
axle shaft opening and contacts the end
of one of the side gears. Insert a screw-
driver or other suitable tool through
opening in side of differential cage, pry
side gear upward and measure end
play.
Correct end play is 0.03-0.20 mm
(0.001-0.008 inch). End play can be ad-
justed by replacing 2.8 mm thick spacer
(20Fig. 35) with a 2.9 mm thick spacer
plate. Renew friction plates if end play
is still not within specified tolerance.
Repeat procedure for plates on oppo-
site side.

44. PINION SHAFT PROTRU-


SION AND BEARING PRELOAD.
To set pinion shaft protrusion, install
bearing cups in carrier housing. Install
carrier bearing caps (9Fig. 35) and
tighten nuts to 198 N-m (145 ft.-lbs.)
torque. Install bearing cones in carrier
using a bolt, flat washers and nut (Fig.
38) to hold bearings in place. Tighten
nut and bolt until bearing cones are dif-
ficult to turn.
Measure and record diameter of car-
rier bearing cap bore (AFig. 38).
Place a si ift (3), having a diameter of
at least 2 J mm (1 inch) and having a
cross hole drilled through it, across
bearing bores as shown. Measure and
Fig. 35Exploded view of Carraro Type 709/19 front drive axle iimited siip differentiai assembiy. record diameter (B) of shaft. Insert a
1. Adjuster locking plates depth gage through hole in shaft and
2. Bushing 10. Shim 18, Friction plates, splined
3. Adjuster rings 11. Bearings 19. Friction plates with tabs measure distance (C) from top of shaft
4. Carrier bearings
5. Differential case
12. Spacer
13. Shim
20. Backing plate
21. Side gear
to face of inner bearing cone.
6. Bevel ring gear 14. Washer 22. Pinion gear To determine correct thickness of
7. Bevel pinion gear 15. Locknut 23. Thrust washer shims (10Fig. 35) required to provide
8. Differential carrier housing 16. Oil seal 24. Pinion shaft
9. Bearing cap 17. Seal carrier 25. Retaining pin desired pinion shaft protrusion, use the

20
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraph 45


set before adjusting differential carrier
bearings.
Install differential assembly in car-
rier housing (Fig. 36). Install bearing
adjuster rings and carrier bearing caps,
Fig. 36When Instaiiing dif-
but do not tighten bearing cap nuts to
ferentiai unit In carrier hous- final torque at this time. Turn adjuster
ing, maite certain ring gear Is ring on ring gear side clockwise until
on same side as housing ring gear contacts pinion gear. Turn
drain piug. adjuster ring on opposite side clockwise
ign Ring until all bearing end clearance is re-
moved. Tap on bearing caps with a plas-
With Drain tic mallet to align bearings. Mount a
dial indicator so probe contacts outer
tip of ring gear tooth, then hold pinion
shaft and move ring gear in each direc-
tion to check backlash. Move ring gear
following calculations: Subtract diame- Tighten locknut to 450 N-m (330 ft.- sideways to obtain recommended back-
ter of shaft (BFig. 38) from depth lbs.) torque. Rotate pinion shaft to seat lash of 0.15-0.25 mm (0.006-0.010 inch)
gage measurement (C). Add this figure bearings, then mount a dial indicator so by loosening one adjuster ring one
to one-half the diameter of carrier probe contacts end of pinion shaft. notch at a time and tightening opposite
bearing bore (A). The result is dimen- Move pinion shaft and record end play. adjuster ring the same amount each
sion (E). Then subtract dimension Disassemble pinion shaft and reduce time.
etcned on gear end of pinion shaft (di- shim thickness an amount equal to After bevel gear backlash is correctly
mension is in millimeters) from dimen- measured end play plus 0.5 mm (0.020 set, turn the adjuster ring on each side
sion (E). The resulting dimension will inch) to obtain desired bearing preload one-half to one notch clockwise to pro-
be correct shim (10Fig. 35) thickness of 0.5 mm (0.020 inch). vide desired bearing preload. Tighten
to install to properly set pinion shaft carrier bearing cap nuts to 210 N-m
protrusion. 45. DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER (155 ft.-lbs.) torque, then recheck for
Install correct thickness shim (10) on BEARINGS AND BEVEL GEAR correct backlash. Install locking plates
pinion shaft with chamfered side to- BACKLASH. Pinion shaft protrusion in notches of adjuster rings to secure
wards gear end of shaft. Press inner and bearing preload must be properly adjustment.
bearing cone onto shaft until seated
against shim.
To set pinion shaft bearing preload,
assemble pinion shaft in carrier minus
seal (16) and seal carrier (17). Install
spacer (12) and a shim 0.5 mm (0.020
inch) thicker than original shim re- Fig. 39Exploded view of
transfer gearbox used on
moved during disassembly. Install out- some models equipped with
er bearing cone and the old locknut (15). Carraro front drive axles and
synchromesh transmissions.
1. Snap ring
2. Snap ring
3. Front bearing
4. Drive shaft gear
5. Rear bearing
3 2 6. Drive shaft
7. Sliding gear
8. Transmission drive coupling
9. Adjusting screw
10. Snap ring
11. Snap ring
12. Front bearing
13. Intermediate gear
14. Intermediate shaft
15. Rear spacer
16. Rear bearing
17. Snap ring
18. Roll pin
19. Selector jaw
20. Inner level
21. Roll pin
22. Gearbox housing
23. Gasket
24. Output shaft
25. Rear spacer
26. Front cover
27. Gasket
28. Oil seal
29. Front bearing
30. Front spacer
31. Output gear
32. Drain plug
Fig. 38Diagram showing method of securing 33. Rear bearing
pinion shaft bearings in carrier housing to allow 34. Gasket 35
35. Rear cover
depth gage measurement to be taken when set- 36. Outer lever
ting pinion bearing preioad. Refer to text. 37. Oil seal
1. Bearing cap 38. Lower selector shaft
2. Depth gage 6. Bolt 39. Roll pin
3. Pilot shaft 7. Nut 40. Selector fork
4. Washer 8. Washer 41. Roll pin
5. Bearing cones 9. Bearing cups 42. Upper selector shaft

21
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 46-49 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)

TRANSFER GEARBOX

All Synchromesh Models With


Carraro Axle
46. REMOVE AND REINSTALL.
Remove drive shaft. Drain oil from Fig. 41Cross-sectionai
transfer gearbox and transmission view of transfer gearbox
case. Drain fuel tanks. Remove drive used on some modeis equip-
shaft. Disconnect selector cable from ped with Carraro front drive
axie. Ciearance (1) between
gearbox selector arm, then remove ca- shaft and drive coupiing must
ble bracket from frame. Remove fuel not exceed 0.3 mm (0.012
tank crossover pipe. Push selector arm inch).
rearward to disengage gearbox sliding 2. Transmission drive coupling
3. Snap ring
clutch from transmission drive cou- 4. Adjusting screw
pling. Support transfer gearbox, re- 5. Transmission bevel pinion
shaft
move mounting bolts and lower gearbox 6. Input shaft
from transmission housing. 7. Intermediate shaft
8. Output shaft
To reinstall, reverse the removal pro-
cedure. Tighten mounting nuts and
bolts to 163 N-m (120 ft.-lbs.) torque.
Fill transmission housing with Case
PTF Fluid, Hy-Tran Plus or equivalent
fluid.
47. OVERHAUL. With transfer
gearbox removed, disassemble as fol- Remove sliding clutch and selector fork. Remove drive gear (4) and bearings.
lows: Drive roll pin from selector fork Remove snap rings (1 and 2), then drive Remove snap rings (11 and 17), then
(40Fig. 39 or 58Fig. 40) and shaft. input shaft (6) rearward from housing. drive intermediate shaft (14) rearward
from housing. Remove gear (13), spacer
(15) and bearing. Remove output shaft
front and rear covers (26 and 35). Press
output shaft (24) out through front of
housing. Drive roll pins out of selector
linkage and disassemble linkage as nec-
essary.
Clean all parts and inspect for exces-
sive wear or damage. Renew output
shaft oil seal (28) and selector shaft oil
seals. Lubricate lip of seals with grease
55 ^ Q (Oi:^^^ '59 before reinstalling shafts.
Reassemble by reversing the disas-
Fig. 40Expioded view of
^-57 58 transfer gearbox used on
sembly procedure. Tighten output shaft
Modeis 1294, 1394, 1494 cover mounting bolts to 27 N-m (20 ft.-
and 1594 equipped with lbs.) torque. If a new input shaft (6),
synchromesh transmission sliding clutch assembly or transmission
and Carraro front drive axie. drive coupling is installed, transmis-
Shift iinkage is siightiy differ-
ent on Modei 1594. Refer to sion drive coupling clearance must be
Fig. 39 for iegend except for adjusted as outlined in paragraph 48.
the foiiowing items.
50. Lower selector shaft 48. TRANSMISSION DRIVE
51. Oil seals
52. Plug COUPLING ADJUSTMENT. The
53. Operating lever transmission top cover must be re-
54. Operating link & clevis
55. Upper selector shaft moved to measure clearance (1Fig.
56. Selector lever 41) between transfer gearbox input
57. Selector jaw
58. Selector fork shaft and transmission drive coupler
59. Shaft (2). If clearance exceeds 0.3 mm (0.012
60. Snap ring
61. Thrust washer inch), disengage snap ring (3) that
62. Springs
63. Clutch sleeve holds drive coupling adjusting screw
64. Sliding clutch (4). Turn adjusting screw until clear-
65. Drive coupling
ance is less than 0.3 mm (0.012 inch),
then reinstall snap ring over adjusting
screw.
Power Shift Modeis With Carraro
Axle
49. R&R AND OVERHAUL. To re-
move transfer gearbox, first drain oil
from gearbox and transmission case.

22
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 50-51


Remove main drive shaft. Disconnect put shaft (10) out of housing and with-
selector cable from selector arm (23 draw drive gear (17) and sliding clutch
Fig. 42). Remove mounting bolts and assembly.
lower gearbox from transmission case. Inspect parts and renew if necessary.
To disassemble, remove selector Renew oil seal (20) in front cover.
shaft (1) and forks (3). Remove front To reassemble, reverse the disassem-
and rear covers (21 and 18). Drive out- bly procedure.

MANUAL STEERING GEAR

Model 1190 may be equipped with STEERING GEAR AND


manual steering utilizing a recirculat- COLUMN OVERHAUL
ing ball type steering box bolted to the
gearbox cover. Model 1190
51. DISASSEMBLY. With steering
REMOVE AND REINSTALL gear and steering wheel removed, re-
move locknut (6Fig. 43) and unscrew
Model 1190 adjustable bearing cone (7). Remove the
12 loose bearing balls (9). Remove both
50. To remove steering gear unit, ball nut pegs (17 and 22-Fig. 44) and
remove steering wheel (4Fig. 43) and shims (18 and 21), then withdraw steer- Fig. 43Exploded view of steering coiumn and
dust seal (5). Disconnect controls and ing shaft (19Fig. 43) and ball nut related parts for 1190 models equipped with
'wiring to instrument panel. Remove assembly (16) from bottom of unit. manual steering.
drop arm (13Fig. 44) and unbolt and Lower bearing race (10) and spherical 1. Cap
2. Nut
11. Spherical seat
12. Rubber baffle
remove instrument panel as a unit. seat (11) can now be removed from 3. Washer 13. Grommet
Unbolt and remove steering gear as- steering column (14) and rubber baffle 4. Steering wheel 14. Steering column
5. Dust seal 15. Grease zerk
sembly from transmission noting spac- (12) from steering shaft (19). Unscrew 6. Locknut 16. Steering nut
er (6, 7 and 24Fig. 44) placement. ball nut assembly (16) from steering 7. Adjustable bearing cone 17. Steel ball
8. " 0 " ring 18. Transfer tube
Reinstall by reversing removal pro- shaft (19) and retrieve the 28 loose steel 9. Stee! balls 19. Steering shaft
balls (17). Remove locating screw (20 10. Lower bearing race 20. Woodruff key
cedure.
Fig. 44) and withdraw cross-shaft (15).
If cross-shaft bushings (1 and 25
Fig. 44) are to be renewed, note size and
location before removal for proper in-

Flg. AZ-'Expioded view of


transfer gearbox used on
modeis with powershift
transmission and Carraro
front drive axle. Note that se-
lector linkage is siightiy dif-
ferent on 1594 models.
1. Selector shaft
2. " 0 " ring
3. Selector arms
4. Trunnion pins
5. Selector lever
6. Link
7. Clevis
8. Bearing
9. Snap ring
10. Output shaft
11. Thrust washer
12. Springs
13. Key Fig. 44Expioded view of steering box and Its
14. Clutch sleeve related parts used on 1190 modeis with manual
15. Sliding clutch steering.
16. Thrust washer
17. Drive gear 1. Bushing (long) 14. Dust shield
18. Rear cover 2. Steering box 15. Cross-shaft
19. Oil seals 3. Gasket 16. Tab washer
20. Oil seal 4. Sump 17. Ball nut peg
21. Front cover 5. Dowel 18. Shim
22. Housing 6. Spacer 19. Rocker arm
23. Selector shaft 7. Spacer 20. Locating screw
24. Drain plug 8. Drag link end 21. Shim
25. Plug 9. Dust shield 22. Ball nut peg
10. Nut 23. Tab washer
11. Drag link tube 24. Spacer
12. Bolt 25. Bushing (short)
13. Drop arm 26. Core plug

23
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 52-57 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


(19) until all play is removed from bear- DRAG LINK
ing assembly. Shaft (19) should still
turn freely. Back off adjustable bearing Model 1190
cone (7) Vg turn to provide 0-0.076 mm
(0.000-0.003 inch) end play of steering 55. ADJUSTMENT. Drag link ends
shaft. Hold adjustable bearing cone in are serviced as a unit only and must be
position, install locknut (6) with re- renewed as such. Adjust length of drag
cessed side against adjustable bearing link (11Fig. 44) so spindle contacts
cone and tighten to 163 N-m (120 ft.- stop on axle before internal steering
lbs.) torque. gear stops wheel movement.

POWER STEERING
Hydrostatic power steering is option- ter is relocated to a remote reservoir.
6 7 NO SHIMS al on Model 1190 and standard on all Manufacturer recommends renewing
Fig. 45View showing method of seiecting other models. Hydrostatic steering sys- steering system oil and oil filter after
shims for correct baii nut preioad. Refer to para-
graph 53 for procedure.
tems are comprised of a pump, steering every 400 hours of operation. Recom-
(control) valve and steering cylinder. mended oil is CASE TCH Fluid or
Tractors are steered hydraulically with equivalent. Refer to the following table
stallation. Lubrication holes in bush- no mechanical link between steering for approximate system capacities.
ings (1 and 25) and gearbox (2) must be wheel and front axle.
aligned and cross-shaft (15) must turn Power steering pump for 1190 and 1190-1194 0.9 L
1194 models is a 16 L/min. (4.2 gpm) (1.0 qt.)
freely.
Hobourn-Eaton pump having a remote All Other Models 1.25 L
52. REASSEMBLY. Remove trans- reservoir containing filter and breather (1.5 qt.)
fer tube (18Fig. 43) and place ball nut assemblies. All other models use a 10.5
(16) over ball track on lower end of L/min. (2.8 gpm) Sundstrand pump uti- BLEEDING STEERING SYSTEM
steering shaft (19). Insert steel balls lizing differently arranged remote fil-
(17) into ball nut until full, place re- ter, breather and reservoir systems or a Side Mounted Steering Cylinders
maining balls in transfer tube (18) with reservoir as an integral part of the
grease and fit tube to ball nut. Place pump. 57. Fill reservoir to proper level with
rubber baffle (12) in groove on steering All models use an Orbitrol ()SP-100 specified fluid and raise front of tractor
shaft and insert up through housing. or OSP-125 steering valve. Service pro- until front wheels clear the ground.
Position rocker arm (19Fig. 44) in cedures are similar for either valve. If steering pump has been drained,
steering box (2) with stop down. Rein- renewed or overhauled, it will be neces-
stall cross-shaft (15) and secure with sary to prime pump. Place fuel shut-off
locating screw (20). FILTER in STOP position and use starter to
turn engine over for 10 or 15 seconds.
53. BALL NUT PEG PRELOAD. In- All Models Push fuel shut-off to RUN position and
stall one ball nut peg (8Fig. 45) minus start and run engine for 10 or 15 sec-
shims (18 and 21Fig. 44) and tighten 56. The steering system oil filter onds, then shut off engine. Repeat pro-
the two cap screws securely. Install sec- (17Fig. 49) is located in the reservoir cedure and leave engine running at idle
ond ball nut peg (4Fig. 45) and tight- (19). Note that in some applications, fil- speed.
en the two cap screws evenly only until
inner end of peg causes ball nut to
lightly bind. Using a feeler gage, mea-
sure gap between ball nut peg (4) and Fig, 45Expioded view of
rocker arm (2). See 5Fig. 45. Shims Hobourn-Eaton steering
pump used on Modeis 1190
(18 and 21Fig. 44) to be used in final and 1194.
assembly should be 0.025-0.076 mm 1. Pulley
(0.001-0.003 inch) less than measured 2. Mounting plate
3. Retaining ring
gap (5Fig. 45). Divide shims as equal- 4. Bearing
ly as possible between the two ball nut 5. "0" ring
6. Body
pegs (17 and 22Fig. 44) for installa- 7. Oil seal
tion and secure bolts with tab washers 8. "0" ring
9. End plate
(16 and 23). 10. Bushing
11. "0" ring
12. Alignment pin
13. Cam ring
54. STEERING SHAFT END PLAY. 14. Rollers 19 20
Insert spherical seat (11 Fig. 43) on
15. Carrier 21
16. Drive pin
steering shaft (19) with flat face down, 17.
18.
Shaft
Retaining ring
then install lower race (10) with round 19. Manifold plate
face in spherical seat (11). Drop in the 20. Bushing
21. Cover
12 loose bearing balls (9). Install *'O" 22. Retaining ring
ring (8) in groove of adjustable bearing 23. Relief valve assy.
24. Outlet union
cone (7) and thread onto steering shaft 25. Reservoir

24
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 58-61


Manifold Port Timing Grooves lower front wheels to ground and fill fold plate (19), rollers (14), carrier (15)
reservoir to proper level. and shaft (17).

Aii Other Modeis NOTE: Disassembiy of reiief valve (23)


is not recommended as repiacement parts
59. The steering hydraulic system on are not avaiiabie. if valve is disassembled
models equipped with standard steer- for cleaning and tnspecton, note exact
ing cylinders is basically self-bleeding. position of vaive piug. The piug must be
To purge trapped air from the system, instaiied in its originai position or reiief
first be sure reservoir is filled to proper pressure setting wiii be affected.
level. With engine running, turn steer-
ing wheel from lock to lock several Inspect all parts for excessive wear
times until steering operation is satis- and damage. An "0** ring and seal kit,
Fig. 47When Installing manifold plate, be sure factory. Check reservoir for correct oil front bearing and pumping element and
side with port timing grooves faces away from
pump cover. level again and fill if necessary. shaft assembly are available for serv-
ice.
To reassemble, install drive key (16)
With engine running at idle speed, SYSTEM OPERATiNG PRESSURE and carrier (15) on shaft. Position man-
turn steering wheel one full turn in ifold plate on the cover with timing
each direction several times, but do not Aii Modeis grooves (Fig. 47) facing up. Assemble
allow front wheels to reach stops. Re- shaft into bore of manifold plate. In-
check fluid level in reservoir and fill as 60, A pressure test of power steering stall cam ring (Fig. 48) with cam mark
necessary. circuit will disclose whether pump, re- towards drive end of shaft as shown,
lief valve or some other unit in system then install rollers in carrier. Position
NOTE: Where side mounted equal dis- is malfunctioning. To check pressure, alignment pin in smallest hole in cam
placement rams are used, oii level in disconnect pump outlet line and install ring. Install end plate (9Fig. 46) and
remote reservoir must be 38 mm (1^2 a 0-20000 kPa (0-3000 psi) pressure gage the two retaining screws, but do not
inches) above element when steering is into pump outlet port. tighten screws.
turned fuiiy to right. It is recommended that an alignment
NOTE: Run engine oniy iong enough to tool be made from an old pump body by
With engine running at idle speed, note pressure gage reading. Pump is oper- drilling two holes through end of the
turn steering wheel until front wheels ating at maximum pressure during test and body to align with end plate screws.
reach stops in both directions several fluid overheating and pump damage may Install tool over pumping element to
times. Do not hold front wheels against result if engine is operated for a iong peri- align components. Check for free rota-
stops for more than a few seconds at a od of time. tion of shaft, then securely tighten the
time. two screws through the holes of the
Lower front of tractor and fill reser- Start and run engine at 1500 rpm tool. Remove the tool.
voir to proper level. only long enough to read pressure gage. Install new " 0 " rings and shaft oil
Repeat procedure if operation is not Pump pressure for 1190 and 1194 mod- seal and lubricate with clean oil before
satisfactory. els should be 7930 kPa (1150 psi). Pres- reassembling. Protect lip of seal, then
sure for all other models should be install body (6Fig. 46) over pump
Transverse Mounted Steering Cy- 10340 kPa (1500 psi). If pump fails to assembly. Install cover retaining ring
linders reach specified pressure, remove and (22). Install reservoir (25) aligning out-
examine pump. let holes in pump and reservoir. Install
58. Fill reservoir to proper level and outlet union (24) with a new " 0 " ring.
if pump has been drained, renewed or Install pulley and tighten retaining nut
overhauled, prime pump as follows: STEERiNG PUMP to 16 N-m (12 ft.-lbs.) torque. Be sure
With fuel shut-off in STOP position, pump shaft turns freely.
crank engine with starter for about 15 Modeis 1190-1194 To reinstall pump, reverse the re-
seconds. Move fuel shut-off to RUN moval procedure.
position. Start engine and run for about 61. R&R AND OVERHAUL. The
15 seconds, then stop engine. Check res- belt driven pump is mounted on left
ervoir fiuid level, then start engine and side of engine. To remove pump, first
operate at idle speed. remove air intake precleaner and
With engine running at idle speed, muffler. Raise the hood and remove left
reservoir filled to proper level and front side panel and rail. Disconnect pump
wheels raised off the ground, loosen inlet and outlet lines and drain oil.
bleed screw on left side of steering Loosen pump retaining bolts and re- Alignmerit Pin Hole
cylinder one full turn. Turn steering move drive belt from pulley. Remove
wheel right until front wheels reach mounting bolts and remove pump.
their stop, then tighten left-hand bleed To disassemble, remove pulley (1
screw. Loosen bleed screw on right side Fig. 46) and mounting plate (2). Remove
of steering cylinder one full turn. Turn outlet union (24). Tap around edge of oil
steering wheel left until front wheels reservoir (25) to separate reservoir
reach their stop, then tighten right- from pump body. Remove retaining Cam Mark
hand bleed screw. Turn front wheels ring (22), then remove body (6) from
from stop to stop several times to check shaft and cover assembly. Remove two Fig. 48Install cam ring with cam mark towards
operation. Repeat procedure if opera- screws from end plate (9). Carefully drive end of shaft. Install alignment pin in small-
tion is not satisfactory. Stop engine. separate end plate, cam ring (13), mani- est hole in cam ring.

25
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 62-65 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


AM other Models Fluid. Start engine and bleed air from
system, then recheck oil level.
62. R&R AND OVERHAUL. The
steering pump is mounted on right side
of the engine and is gear driven by the STEERING VALVE
engine timing gears. To remove pump,
remove right side panel and rail. Clean Models Without Cab
pump and surrounding area, then dis-
connect oil lines from pump and drain Fig. 50With pump rotors and bearings Instaiied 63. REMOVE AND REINSTALL.
in body, measure distance (D) from top surface
oil from reservoir. Remove fuel supply of body to face of bearings. Distance must not
To remove valve, first disconnect four
pump. Remove pump mounting nuts exceed 0.2 mm (0.008 inch) oil lines from valve and identify to
and remove pump. ensure correct reassembly. Immediate-
Scribe match marks on all parts prior ly plug all openings to prevent entry of
to disassembly to ensure correct align- surface. If distance (D) exceeds 0.2 mm dirt. Remove bolts securing valve to
ment when reassembling. Remove drive (0.008 inch), renew bearings and/or ro- support bracket, then remove steering
gear (2Fig. 49) from pump shaft us- tors. Relief valve (16Fig. 49) is a pre- valve.
ing a suitable puller. set assembly and should not be disas- To reinstall, reverse the removal pro-
sembled. cedure. Tighten mounting bolts to 47-57
NOTE: Do not drive on end of pump shaft To reassemble, press a new oil seal
as damage to bearings (7 and 11) wili N-m (35-42 ft.-lbs.) torque. Be sure oil
into pump fiange (5Fig. 49) and in- lines are connected properly. Bleed air
resuit. stall retaining ring. Lubricate seal lip from system as previously outlined.
Remove center bolt from reservoir with high melting point grease. Install
(19) and pull reservoir from pump body. new seals (6 and 12) in fiange and end Models With High Platform or Cab
Remove and discard filter element (17). cover. Assemble bearings and rotors
Remove four through-bolts and sepa- making sure cutaway side of bearings is 64. REMOVE AND REINSTALL.
rate end cover (14) from pump body toward rotors. Install fiange over shaft To remove steering valve, first remove
(10). Remove bearings and rotors (8) as being careful not to damage oil seal. steering wheel. Remove heater valve
a unit with fiange (5). Identify bearings Install body over rotors and bearings. knob and screws that hold heater valve
(7 and 11) so they can be reinstalled in Using new '*0" rings (13), install end to instrument panel. Raise instrument
their original positions, then separate cover and four through-bolts. Tighten panel cover and disconnect negative
from fiange. Remove snap ring (3) and bolts to 50 N-m (37 ft.-lbs.) torque. battery cable and tachometer drive ca-
oil seal (4) from fiange. Discard seal Install a new filter element. Align res- ble. Remove knobs from heater and
rings and all *'O" rings. ervoir and body as shown in Fig. 51. ventilation control cables. Remove the
Inspect rotors, bearings and bore of Install drive gear and tighten retaining fioor plate and disconnect control lever
body for wear or scoring and renew if nut to 61 N-m (45 ft.-lbs.) torque. Bend for hand throttle. Pull throttle control
necessary. Light scoring of rotor jour- tab washer to lock the nut. rod out of guides. Remove screws re-
nals can be removed using *'O*' grade Reinstall pump and tighten mount- taining instrument panel, then lift in-
emery cloth lubricated with kerosene. ing nuts to 34 N-m (25 ft.-lbs.) torque. strument panel over steering column.
Assemble rotors and bearings in pump Install fuel supply pump and tighten Identify steering valve oil pipes for cor-
body (Fig. 50), then measure distance bolts to torque 34 N-m (25 ft.-lbs.) rect reassembly, then disconnect pipes
from top surface of body to top bearing torque. Fill reservoir with Case TCH from valve and plug all openings. Re-
move bolts retaining valve, then with-
draw valve assembly.
To reinstall, reverse the removal pro-
cedure. Tighten valve mounting bolts to
34 N-m (25 ft.-lbs.) torque. Tighten
steering torque wheel nut to 61 N m (45
ft.-lbs.) torque. Start engine and bleed
air from system as outlined previously.
Fig. 49Exploded view of All Models
typicai Sundstrand steering
pump used on some models. 65. OVERHAUL. To disassemble,
Note in some applications,
filter is reiocated to a remote
clamp valve lightly in a vise with rotor
reservoir. end up. Remove seven cap screws re-
1. Gasket
2. Drive gear
3. Retaining ring
4. Seal
5. Flange
6. Seal ring
7. Bearing
8. Rotors
9. Dowel
10. Pump body
11. Bearing
12. Seal ring
13. "0" ring
14. End cover
15. "0" ring
16. Relief valve
17. Filter
19 18. Breather pipe
14 15 19. Reservoir
20. Fill/level plug
Fig, 51Align oil reservoir and pump body as
\ " " shown when reinstaiiing reservoir.

26
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraph 66


taining end cap (5Fig. 52). Separate Install centering spring retainer ring making certain slot in shaft engages
end cap, stator (10), rotor (2), spacer (6), (4_Fig. 53) and pin (8). Install cham- drive pin in spool. Install valve plate
valve plate (12) and drive shaft (1) from fered washer (3) onto spool with cham- (12) and align holes in plate with oil
valve body. Remove bushing (7) and fered face towards sleeve. Install thrust holes in body. Install rotor and stator
check ball (8). Remove spool (6Fig. bearing (2) and washer (1) onto spool. set engaging splines in rotor with drive
53) and sleeve (7) assembly, thrust Install a new oil seal (9) in body with shaft splines in such a way that one of
bearing assembiy, " 0 " ring (10) and seal lip facing inward. Lubricate " 0 " the valleys (Fig. 59) in rotor is aligned
backup ring (11) and oil seal (9) from ring (10) and install it on outside diam- with drive pin slot in drive shaft.
body. Remove pin (8), retaining ring (4) eter of backup ring (11), then install
and centering springs (5) from sleeve. assembly in valve body bore. If avail- NOTE: Faiiure to "time'* rotor as outiined
Separate spool from sleeve. able. Case special tool (CAS-1238) wili resuit In tractor steering opposite di-
Clean all parts and inspect for exces- should be used to ensure correct instal- rection of steering wheei rotation.
sive wear, scoring or other damage. lation of " 0 " ring and backup ring. To
Renew complete valve assembly if sta- use, install " 0 " ring and backup ring on Install spacer (6Fig. 52) in rotor.
tor and rotor, sleeve and spool or bore end of spindle (3Fig. 57). Push spindle Install end cap (5) and retaining bolts
in valve body are damaged. Measure with seal ring into sleeve of special tool, using new seal washers (4). Make cer-
thickness of rotor (1Fig. 54) and sta- then insert assembly into valve body tain bolt with pin (3) is installed in hole
tor (2). Renew complete valve if rotor until sleeve bottoms. Use a rotating over check ball (8). Tighten bolts to 27
thickness (A) is 0.05 mm (0.002 inch) motion while pushing on tool spindle N-m (20 ft.-lbs.) torque.
less than stator thickness (B). Measure until "0^* ring seats in valve body, then Fill pump with clean Case TFD oil,
gap between rotor and stator as shown withdraw tool. then check assembly by measuring
in Fig. 55. Renew steering valve if gap Install sleeve, spool and thrust bear- torque required to turn splined end of
exceeds 0.13 mm (0.005 inch). ing into valve body, and position spool steering shaft. Torque must not exceed
Reassemble using new **0" rings and so pin is at right angle (90) from side 19 N.m (14 ft.-lbs.) on OSP-100 valve or
seal, which are available as a repair kit. of body with fittings (Fig. 58). 24 N-m (18 ft.-lbs.) on OSP-125 valve.
Lubricate all parts with clean Case
TFD oil during assembly. Slide spool NOTE: instaiiation of sieeve in body witi STEERiNG CYLiNDER
into sleeve and align centering spring be easier if sieeve is chiiied first in dry ice
slots as shown in Fig. 56. Note that the or a freezer. Modeis 1190-1194-1290-1294-
fit of these two parts is very close and 1390-1394 With Side Mounted Cy-
turning spool slightly while inserting Install check ball (8-Fig. 52) and iinder
will aid installation. Assemble center- bushing (7) in body. Install drive shaft
ing springs (Fig. 56) in two sets of three 66. REMOVE AND REINSTALL.
each. With arches facing one another, Removal of side mounted cylinder will
insert springs through slot in sleeve be obvious after examination. Plug all
and spool.

NOTE: tf available, Case special tooi


(CAS-i239) wiii aid in instaiiing centering
springs. To use, siide tooi tiirough spring
siots of sieeve and spooi, assembie
springs and piace ends in siot of tooi, then
compress opposite ends of springs and
siide springs into position whiie pushing
tooi out. See Fig. 57.

Fig. 55Measure gap between rotor and stator


with rotor and stator aiigned as shown, if gap
Fig. 53Expioded view of steering vaive spooi, exceeds 0.13 mm (0.005 inch), renew steering
sieeve, bearings and seals.
1. Washer
2. Thrust bearing 7. Sleeve
3. Chamfered washer 8. Pin
4. Spring retaining ring 9. Backup ring
5. Centering springs 10. "0" ring
S. Spool 11. Oil seal
Slot

Spriiigs

Fig. 52Expioded view of steering vaive rotor


set, drive shaft and reiated parts.
1. Drive shaft 7. Bushing
2. Rotor 8. Check ball Fig. 54Measure thicitness of rotor (1) and sta-
3. Cap screw (w/pin) 9. "0" ring tor (2). Renew steering vaive assembiy if thick-
4. Sealing washer 10. Stator Fig. 56Aasembie centering springs with arches
5. End cap 11. "0" ring ness (A) is 0.05 mm (0.002 inch) iess than sta- facing one another and Insert through siot in
6. Spacer 12. Valve plate tor thickness (B). sleeve and spooi. See Fig. 57.

27
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 67-69 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)

Install cylinder and fork assembly


without spacing washers (34). Install
special unions (35), then move cylinder
to one end and measure gap at opposite
Fig. 57View showing end with a feeler gage. Proper setting is
method of instaiiing center-
ing springs and shaft seai
between 0.13 mm (0.005 inch) clearance
rings using Case special and 0.025 mm (0.001 inch) preload. Re-
tools. move unions and position spacing
1. Special tool (CAS-1239) washers (34) of equal thickness at each
2. Centering springs
3. Special tool (CAS-1238) end to obtain proper setting. Install
spindle unions and tighten to 205 N m (150 ft.-
4. Special tool (CAS-1238)
sleeve lbs.) torque. Install pivot pin (10) and
tighten nut (5) until there is no free end
movement, then install cotter pin. Com-
plete installation, reinstall front axle
and bleed system as previously out-
lined.
Open hydraulic fittings to prevent entry free of nicks or burrs. Slight blemishes
of dirt. may be removed using fine emery paper 69. OVERHAUL. Clear cylinder of
After reinstalling cylinder, bleed sys- lubricated with kerosene, but all parts oil as necessary by moving piston rod
must be thoroughly clean before reas- through its complete stroke. Remove
tem as outlined in paragraph 57.
sembly. snap ring (28Fig. 61) and sleeve as-
67. OVERHAUL. Clear cylinder of Soak backup rings in clean hydraulic sembly (27) from each end of cylinder.
oil as necessary by moving piston rod oil for a minimum of 30 minutes prior Pull piston rod and piston from cylin-
through its full stroke. Remove two to reassembly. Lubricate all parts dur- der. On early models, remove retaining
snap rings (22 and 23Fig. 60), then ing assembly. Make sure spool (11) bolts, locking plate (22), split ring (21)
pull rod (14), piston (15) and sleeve (30) moves freely. Reassemble by reversing and piston (20). On all models, remove
from cylinder (1). Remove bolt (19) and disassembly procedure. and discard all **0*' rings, backup rings
piston (15). Remove and discard all **0" and seal rings.
rings, backup rings, seal rings and Models 1490-1494-1594-1690 Cylinder bore should be smooth and
scraper seal. With Transverse Mounted Cylinder free of score marks. Piston and piston
Remove end caps (2 and 13) and (Two-Wheel Drive) rod must be free of nicks or burrs.
remove spring (12), spool valve and Slight blemishes may be removed using
sleeve (11) and nonreturn valve (3). 68. REMOVE AND REINSTALL. fine emery cloth lubricated with kero-
Remove and discard " 0 " rings. To remove steering cylinder, first re- sene.
Cylinder must be smooth and free of move front axle as outlined in para-
score marks. Piston and rod must be graph 4. Disconnect tie rods from fork
(15Fig. 61). Disconnect hydraulic
n pipes from each union (35). Note that a
snap ring (37) retains the pipes on some
models. Remove both unions and spac-
ing washers (34). Remove retaining nut
(5) and pivot pin (10), then withdraw
cylinder and fork assembly from axle.
Remove screws securing ball pegs
(12), then remove ball pegs. Retain
shims (13) for use in reassembly. Re-
move cylinder from fork.
If original cylinder, ball pegs and
fork are being reused, reinstall cylinder
g, 53Install sleeve into body with drive pin at in fork using new seal rings (14) and
right angie (90") to fitting side of body. original shims (13).
If cylinder, ball pegs or fork is re-
newed, ball peg shim thickness should
be adjusted to provide preload of 0.025-
0.076 mm (0.001-0.003 inch) as follows:
Assemble cylinder in fork using new
Fig. 60Exploded view of typical side mounted
seal rings (14). Install lower ball peg steering cylinder used on some two-wheei drive
and tighten retaining screws. Install tractors.
upper ball peg with sufficient amount 1. Cylinder tube 16. Backup ring
2. End plate 17. "0" ring
of shims (13) to ensure cylinder move- 3. Nonreturn valve 18. Backup ring
ment on ball pegs. Remove relief valve 4. " 0 " ring
5. Fitting
19. Bolt
20. Tie rod end
(11) and position dial indicator probe 6. Tie rod end 21. Dust shield
through relief valve hole so it contacts 7. "0" ring
8. " 0 " ring
22. Snap ring
23. Snap ring
cylinder. Raise and lower cylinder and 9. "0" ring 24. Scraper seal
measure movement. Remove shims 10. "O"ring 25. Seal ring
11. Spool valve & sleeve 26. Backup ring
Fig. 59Rotor is properiy "timed" to vaivespooi equal to dial indicator reading plus 0.05 12. Spring 27. " 0 " ring
by engaging drive shaft spiines in such a way that mm (0.002 inch) to provide desired pre- 13. End plate 28. Backup ring
one of the valleys in rotor is aiigned with drive pin 14. Piston rod 29. " 0 " ring
siot in drive shaft. load. Reinstall relief valve (11). 15. Piston 30. Sleeve

28
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 70-72

Prior to assembly, soak backup rings drive equipped models will be obvious Remove tie rod ends (1 and 26-~Fig. 63)
in Case TCH fluid for a minimum of 30 after examination. Mark bearing caps and snap rings (2 and 25) from both
minutes. Lubricate all parts during as- for proper reassembly on models hav- ends of cylinder. Pull cylinder rod (15)
sembly. Reassemble by reversing disas- ing David Brown front axle. and piston out of cylinder. Remove
sembly procedure. After installation, bleed air from sys- sleeve assemblies (5 and 22). Remove
tem as previously outlined. snap ring (10), then remove piston from
Model 1394 With Duai Steering
Cylinders (P.I.N. 11504412 and Modeis 1290-1390-1490 With
After) David Brown Axle
70. R&R AND OVERHAUL. Re- 72. OVERHAUL. To disassemble,
moval of steering cylinders will be ob- first drain oil from cylinder by moving
vious after examination. piston rod through its complete stroke.
To disassemble, first clear cylinder of
oil by moving piston through its com-
plete stroke. Clamp cylinder (6Fig.
62) in a vise, then unscrew cylinder Fig. 62Expioded view of
sleeve (9) and withdraw sleeve and pis- steering cyiinder used
ton rod (14) from cylinder. Remove pis- on Model 13g4 (P.I.N.
ton rod cap (12) and *'O" ring (13). 11504412 and after) equip-
Remove and discard " 0 " ring (8), back- ped with standard front axie.
1. Ball socket
up ring (7), oil seal (10) and scraper seal 2. Nylon pad
(11). 3. Set screw
4. Cylinder assy.
To reassemble, reverse the disassem- 5. Extension rod
6. Cylinder tube
bly procedure. Lubricate all parts dur- 7. Backup ring
ing assembly. Reinstall cylinders and 8. "0" ring
9. Sleeve 13
bleed air from system as previously 10. Oil seal 12
outlined. U. Scraper seal
12. Cap 11
13. "0" ring 10
All Front Drive Modeis 14. Piston rod

71. REMOVE AND REINSTALL.


Removal of steering cylinders on front

Fig, 61Expioded view of


typicai transverse mounted
11 steering cylinder used on
some models. On some iate
modeis, a one-piece piston
and rod assembiy (43) with
different seai arrangement
(shown in inset) is used.
1. Pivot pin
2. Bushing
3. "C'ring
4 "O" ring
5. Nut
6. Pivot link
7. " 0 " ring
8. Washer
9. Bushing
10. Pivot pin
11. Relief valve
12. Ball peg
13. Shim
14. Seal ring
15. Fork
16. Grease Btting
17. Backup ring
18. '*O"ring
19. " 0 " ring
20. Piston
21. Split ring
22. Locking plate
23. Cylinder
24. Vent screw
25. " 0 " ring 23
26. Leather ring
27. End sleeve Fig. 63Expioded view of steering cyiinder used
28. Snap ring on modeis equipped with David Brown front drive
29. Seat ring axies.
30. "0" ring 1. Tie rod end 14. Backup ring
31. Backup ring 2. Snap ring 15. Cylinder rod
32. Wiper seal 3. Wiper seal 16. Bleeder screw
33. Piston rod 4. Seal 17. Tube assy.
34. Spacing washer 5. Sleeve 18. "O" ring
35. Union 6. Backup ring 19. Backup ring
36. "0" ring 7. " 0 " ring 20. "O" ring
37. Snap ring 8. Backup ring 21. Backup ring
41. " 0 " ring 9. "O" ring 22. Sleeve
42. Oil seal 10. Snap ring 23. Seal
43. Piston & rod assy. 11. "0" ring 24. Wiper seal
44. Backup rings 12. Piston 25. Snap ring
45. " 0 " ring 13. " 0 " ring 26. Tie rod end

29
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 73-74 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


rod. Remove and discard all "0*' rings, end of cylinder rod is 41.3-42.9 mm Late Models 1394-1494-1594
backup rings and seals. to l"/i6 inches), measured as shown in With Carraro Axie
Cylinder tube must be smooth and Fig. 66. Then adjust the other tie rod
free of score marks. Piston and piston end so distance from center of one ball 74. OVERHAUL. Clear cylinder of
rod must be free of nicks or burrs. socket to center of the other ball socket oil as necessary by moving piston rod
Slight blemishes may be removed using is 727-730 mm {2^% to 28V4 inches). through its complete stroke. Remove
fine emery cloth lubricated with kero- Tighten locknuts when adjustment is outer retaining ring (11Fig. 69). Push
sene. complete. Make certain tops of ball end cap (7) inward to clear inner retain-
Soak backup rings in clean hydraulic sockets are aligned with air bleed ing ring (10). Insert a small diameter
oil for a minimum of 30 minutes prior screws on cylinder as shown in Fig. 66. rod through hole in side of cylinder to
to assembly. Lubricate all parts during Reinstall cylinder and tighten cylin- disengage inner retaining ring from its
assembly. Refer to Fig. 64 for correct der cap mounting bolts to 68 N-m (50 groove, then pry inner retaining ring
placement of backup rings and "0** ft-lbs.) torque. Bleed air from system out using a small screwdriver or similar
rings. Assemble oil seal, backup rings as outlined in paragraph 58. tool. Pull piston rod assembly and end
and '*0" rings in sleeves as shown in cap from cylinder. Remove piston nut
Fig. 65. Install sleeves and piston and (3) and separate piston and end cap
rod assembly into cylinder and secure Models 1294-1490-1690 and Ear- from piston rod.
with two snap rings in each end. ly Models 1394-1494-1594 With Cylinder bore, piston and piston rod
Install tie rod ends on each end of Carraro Axie must be free of score marks, nicks and
piston rod. Adjust one of the ends so
distance from center of ball socket to 73. OVERHAUL. Clear cylinder of
oil as necessary by moving piston rod
through its complete stroke. Unscrew
end cap (8Fig. 67) and pull piston rod
(1) and piston (4) out of cylinder body
(12). Remove retaining nut (2), washer
(3), piston assembly (4), **0" ring (5)
and washer (6). Slide end cap (8) off of
piston rod (1), then remove "0" ring (7)
and seals (9 and 10).
Clean and inspect all parts. Cylinder
body must be smooth and free of score
marks. Piston and piston rod must be
free of nicks and burrs. Slight blem-
ishes may be removed using fine emery
cloth lubricated with kerosene, but all
parts must be thoroughly cleaned be-
fore reassembly.
Lubricate all parts during assembly,
install thick washer (6) and a new "0"
ring (5) on piston rod. Install piston (4)
with chamfered side towards end cap.
Fig. 64Diagram showing correct piacement of Install thin washer (3) and a new nut
"O" rings and backup rings on piston and rod of (2). Tighten nut to 80 N-m (60 ft.-lbs.)
steering cylinder used on David Brown front drive Fig. 67Expioded view of steering cylinder used
axles. torque. Install end cover and piston rod on 1490 models, some 1690 models and early
1. Piston rod assembly into cylinder. Turn cylinder 1394, 1494 and 1594 modeis equipped with Car-
2. Cylinder tube 6. Piston raro front drive axle.
3. Backup ring 7. Snap ring
into end cap and align oil ports. 1. Piston rod
4. "O" ring 8. "O" ring Reinstall cylinder and tighten retain- 2. Nut 8. End cap
5. Backup ring 9. Snap ring 3. Washer 9. Seal
ing nuts to 353 N-m (260 ft.-lbs.) Bleed 4. Piston 10. Wiper seal
air from system as outlined in para- 5.
6.
"0" ring
Washer
U. Nut
12. Cylinder tube
graph 59. 7. "0" ring 13. Bolt
Clyinder Backup Ring

Air Bleed Screw


Fig. 66Tie rod ends must
lye adjusted to obtain correct
distance between centers of
baii sockets. Refer to text for
detaiis.

Snap Rings
Fig. 65Diagram showing correct placement of
*'O" rings and backup rings on sieeves of steer-
ing cylinder used on David Brown front drive Top of Ball Socket
axie.

30
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 75-77


burrs. Slight blemishes may be re- Reinstall by reversing removal pro- tery ground cable. Drain coolant from
moved using fine emery cloth lubri- cedure. Tighten engine upper and lower radiator and engine block. Disconnect
cated with kerosene. mounting bolts to 40 N m (30 ft.-lbs.) fuel lines and remove fuel tank. Remove
Lubricate all parts during assembly. torque. air intake hose, upper radiator hose,
Renew all seals on piston and end cap. alternator and thermostart unit. Dis-
Install a new piston retaining nut and Models 1290-1294-1390-1394- connect injector fuel return line at
tighten to 85 N-m (62 ft.-lbs.) torque. 1490-1494-1594-1690 front of engine. Remove injector lines
Assemble piston, rod and end cover in and injectors. Disconnect oil return line
cylinder and install inner and outer 76. Drain engine oil, coolant and from cylinder head Disconnect exhaust
retaining rings. transmission oil. Remove hood, side manifold drain pipe. Remove intake
Reinstall cylinder and bleed air from covers, grille and all supporting frame- and exhaust manifolds if desired. Re-
system as outlined in paragraph 59. work. Remove battery, battery support move breather pipe and valve cover.
and air filter assembly. Remove ra- Remove rocker arm assembly and push
diator, fan shroud and oil cooler (if rods. Mark push rods so they can be
equipped). Remove air conditioner com- reinstalled in their original positions.
ENGINE pressor and condenser (if equipped). Remove nuts and bolts retaining cylin-
Remove front mounted hydraulic pump, der head, then lift head from engine.
pump drive shaft and oil lines. Discon- Make certain engine block and cylin-
nect power steering lines. Disconnect der head surfaces are clean before rein-
R&R ENGINE ASSEMBLY electrical wiring, fuel lines and injec- stalling head. Install a new head gasket
tion pump control linkage as necessary. with side stamped "TOP" facing up.
Models 1190-1194 Split tractor between engine and trans- Install a new water pump outlet gasket,
mission as outlined in paragraph 217 or then position cylinder head on engine
75. Drain coolant from radiator and 218. block. Following sequence shown in Fig.
oil from engine. Remove hood, grille, Remove starter motor and engine oil 70, tighten head bolts and nuts in four
fuel tank and supporting framework. filter. Unbolt and remove clutch cover steps to the following torques: first step
Remove battery and battery support. from main frame. Remove engine to to 40 N-m (30 ft.-lbs.), second step to 80
Remove radiator and fan shroud. Re- frame upper and lower mounting bolts. N-m (60 ft.-lbs.), third step to 110 N-m
move all necessary electrical connec- Lift engine from frame using a suitable (80 ft.-lbs.) and fourth step to 135 N-m
tions, fuel lines, tachometer drive cable hoist. (100 ft.-lbs.). Install push rods and
and engine stop and throttle controls. rocker arm assembly. Adjust valve
Remove power steering lines if so Reinstall by reversing the removal
procedure. Tighten engine upper and clearance as outlined in paragraph 80.
equipped. Split tractor between engine Complete installation by reversing re-
and transmission as outlined in para- lower mounting bolts to 40 N m (30 ft.-
lbs.) torque. moval procedure. Bleed air from fuel
graph 217. system as outlined in paragraph 131.
Remove engine to frame upper and
lower mounting bolts. Lift engine from
frame using a suitable hoist. R&R CYLINDER HEAD

Models 1190-1194
77. Remove muffler, air intake stack,
hood and side panels. Disconnect bat-

Fig. 69Bxpioded view of


steering cyiinder used on
iate Modeis 1394, 1494 and
1594 equipped witii Carraro
front drive axie,
1. Piston rod
2. Bearing
3. Locknut
4. Piston
5. Piston seals
6. Oil seal
10 7. End cap
8. Scraper seal
9. Outer seal
10. Inner retaining ring
11. Outer retaining ring
12. Locking pin
Ffg. 68Exploded view of second type steering 13. Pivot pin
cylinder used on Modei 1690 tractors. Note dif- 14. Cylinder tube
ferences in end cap and seal design from cyiin- 15. Bearing
16. Spacer
der shown in Fig. 67.
1. Piston rod
2. Nut 8. End cover
3. Piston 9. Seal
4. Washer 10. Nut
5. "O" ring 11. Cylinder tube
6. End cap 12. Washer
7. Seal 13. Bolt

31
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 78-79 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


Modeis 1290-1294-1390-1394-
1490-1494
78. Drain coolant from radiator and
engine block. Remove hood and side
panels. Disconnect battery ground ca-
Fig. 73instaiinew washers
ble. Remove air intake hose. On turbo- under head boits and nuts.
charged engines, remove exhaust Note that "V" groove of spe-
fiange, connector and turbocharger. On cial washers shouid aiign
all models, disconnect fuel lines and with ends of heads as shown
on six-cyiinder engines.
remove fuel filters and filter bracket.
Plug all openings in fuel system to pre-
vent entry of dirt. Remove exhaust
manifold. Remove injector high pres-
sure lines and fuel return lines, then
remove injectors from cylinder head.
Remove upper radiator hose. Remove
thermostart reservoir and power steer-
ing pump breather (if equipped) from on cylinder block. Install retaining ft.-lbs.) torque. Tighten turbocharger
cylinder head. Disconnect electrical bolts and nuts with new steel washers. (if so equipped) mounting nuts to 34
wiring as necessary. Disconnect ta- Following sequence shown in Fig. 71, N-m (25 ft.-lbs.) torque. Bleed air from
chometer drive cable and cylinder head tighten nuts and bolts in four steps to fuel system as outlined in paragraph
oil supply line. Remove intake manifold the following torques: first step to 40 131.
if desired. Remove rocker arm cover, N. m (30 ft.-lbs.), second step to 80 N m
rocker arm assembly and push rods. (60 ft.-lbs.), third step to 110 N-m (80 Modeis 1594-1690
Mark push rods so they can be rein- ft.-lbs.) and fourth step to 135 N-m (100
stalled in their original positions. Re- ft.-lbs.). Install push rods and rocker 79. Remove muffler, hood and side
move cylinder head retaining bolts and arm assembly. Tighten rocker arm panels. Disconnect battery ground ca-
nuts, then lift head from engine. mounting bolts to 60 N-m (45 ft.-lbs.) ble. Drain coolant from radiator, then
Remove cylinder head gasket and torque. Adjust valve clearance as out- disconnect upper radiator hose. Discon-
thoroughly clean surfaces of cylinder lined in paragraph 81. Complete instal- nect and remove cab heater pipes (if so
block and cylinder head. Install a new lation by reversing removal procedure. equipped) from engine. Remove fan as-
head gasket making sure side marked Tighten injector retaining nuts to 20 sembly from thermostat housing. Dis-
"TOP" faces up. Install a new water N-m (15 ft.-lbs.) torque and intake and connect oil supply pipes from front and
pump outlet gasket, then position head exhaust manifold nuts to 34 N-m (25 rear of cylinder heads. Remove air
cleaner assembly and hose. Remove
connecting tube from intake manifolds
on Model 1594. On all models, remove
exhaust manifold. Remove fuel injector
Fig. 70Tightening se- leak-off pipe and high pressure pipes,
quence for cyiinder head then remove injectors. Plug all open-
boits on three-cyiinder en- ings in fuel system to prevent entry of
gines. Tighten boits in four
steps as outiined in text. dirt. Disconnect wires and pipes from
intake manifolds. Turn coolant con-
nector (2Fig. 74), located between cyl-
inder heads on left-hand side, clockwise
into the front head. Remove valve cov-
ers, rocker arm assemblies and push
rods. Identify push rods in order of
removal so they can be reinstalled in
Fig. 71Tighten four-cyiin-
their original positions. Remove cylin-
der engine head boits in four der head retaining nuts and bolts, then
steps foiiowing sequence ii- remove cylinder heads and gaskets.
iustrated.
Thoroughly clean cylinder block and
cylinder head surfaces before reinstall-
ing head. Install new head gaskets and
a new water pump outlet gasket. Install
new washers under cylinder head re-
taining bolts and nuts noting placement
of "V" groove of washers between the
two neads (Fig. 73). Tighten cylinder
head retaining bolts and nuts evenly in
steps, following sequence shown in Fig.
72, to a final torque of 135 N-m (100
ft.-lbs.). Install a new " 0 " ring (1Fig.
74) in recess of coolant connector (2),
located between the heads, and use Loc-
tite hydraulic sealant on threads of
g. 72Use sequence shown when tightening head boits on six-cyiinder engines. connector. Turn connector counter-

32
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 80-83

clockwise toward rear head. Install intake valves both partially open). Ad- cylinder, intake valve on No. 4 cylinder
push rods and rocker arm assemblies just intake valve on No. 2 cylinder and and exhaust valve on No. 5 cylinder.
making certain oil supply holes in rock- exhaust valve on No. 3 cylinder. Refer Refer to Fig. 79.
er shaft supports are positioned at the to Fig. 76. Rotate engine one full revolution,
front on front shaft and at the rear on again to "TDC", but with No. 1 cylinder
rear shaft. Tighten rocker shaft retain- Models 1290-1294-1390-1394- on exhaust stroke (No. 6 intake and
ing bolts to 61 N<m (45 ft.-lbs.) torque. 1490-1494 exhaust valves fully closed). Adjust ex-
Adjust valve clearance as outlined in haust valve on No. 2 cylinder, intake
paragraph 82. Complete installation 81. Adjust clearance between valve valve on No. 3 cylinder, exhaust valve
while noting the following special in- stem ends and rocker arms to 0.25 mm on No. 4 cylinder, intake valve on No. 5
structions: Use new injector seal wash- (0.010 inch) with engine cold. cylinder and exhaust and intake valves
ers and tighten injector retaining nuts To adjust, rotate engine to "TDC" on No. 6 cylinders. Refer to Fig. 80.
evenly to 20 N-m (15 ft.-lbs.) torque. with No. 1 cylinder on compression
Tighten exhaust manifold nuts evenly stroke (No. 1 exhaust and intake valve ROCKER ARMS AND SHAFT
to 34 N-m (25 ft.-lbs.) torque. Bleed air fully closed). Adjust intake and exhaust
from fuel system as outlined in para- valves on No. 1 cylinder, exhaust valve All Models
graph 131. on No. 2 cylinder and intake valve on
No. 3 cylinder. Refer to Fig. 77. 83. To remove rocker arm assemblies,
Rotate engine one full revolution, refer to appropriate preceding para-
VALVE ADJUSTMENT again to "TDC", but with No. 1 cylinder graph on cylinder head removal for
on exhaust stroke (No. 4 intake and model being serviced.
Models 1190-1194 exhaust valves fully closed). Adjust in-
take valve on No. 2 cylinder, exhaust
80. Adjust valve clearance to 0.25 mm valve on No. 3 cylinder and intake and
(0.010 inch) with engine cold. exhaust valves on No. 4 cylinder. Refer
To adjust, rotate engine to **TDC" to Fig. 78.
with No. 1 cylinder on compression
stroke (No. 1 exhaust and intake valve Models 1594-1690
fully closed). Adjust intake and exhaust
valves on No. 1 cylinder, exhaust valve 82. Adjust clearance between valve
on No. 2 cylinder and intake valve on stem ends and rocker arms to 0.25 mm
No. 3 cylinder. Refer to Fig. 75. (0.010 inch) with engine cold. FRONT
Rotate engine one full revolution, To adjust, rotate engine to "TDC" Fig, 78With No. 1 cyiinder on TDC exhaust
again to **TDC*', but with No. 1 cylinder with No. 1 cylinder on compression stroke on four-cyiinder engines, adjust intake
on exhaust stroke (No. 1 exhaust and stroke (No. 1 exhaust and intake valve valve on No. 2 cylinder, exhaust valve on No. 3
fully closed). Adjust intake and exhaust cylinder and intake and exhaust vaives on No. 4
cylinder.
valves on No. 1 cylinder, intake valve on
1 2 3 No. 2 cylinder, exhaust valve on No. 3

Fig, 79With No. 1 piston on TDC compression


stroke on six-cylinder engines, adjust intake and
Fig. 74On six-cylinder engines, a connector exhaust vaive dearance on No. 1 cylinder, intake
(2) Joins cooiant passages between front and FRONT vaive on No. 2 cylinder, exhaust vaive on No. 3
rear cylinder heads. fig, 76With No. 1 piston on TDC exhaust cylinder, intake valve on No. 4 cylinder and
1. "0" ring stroke on three-cyiinder engines, adjust intake exhaust vaive on No. 5 cyiinder. Refer to
Z Connector 3. Threaded bushing valve on No. 2 cylinder and exhaust vaive on No. Fig. 80.
3 cyiinder.

FMNT

FRONT FRONT
Fig. 80With No. 1 piston on TDC exhaust
Fig. 75With No. 1 piston on TDC compression Fig. 77With No. 1 piston on TDC compression stroke on six-cyiinder engines, adjust exhaust
stroke on three-cyiinder engines, adjust intake stroke on four-cyiinder engines, adjust intake and vaive on No. 2 cyiinder, intake vaive on No. 3
and exhaust vaive dearance on No. 1 cylinder, exhaust valve clearance on No. 1 cyiinder, ex- cyiinder, exhaust vaive on No. 4 cylinder, intake
exhaust vaive on No. 2 cyiinder and intake vaive haust vaive on No. 2 cyiinder and intake vaive on valve on No. 5 cylinder and intake and exhaust
on No. 3 cyiinder. Refer to Fig. 76. No. 3 cyiinder. Refer to Fig. 78. vaives on No. 6 cyiinder.

33
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 84-88 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


With rocker arm assembly removed, With cylinder head or heads re- 0.080 i n .
remove plugs (1Fig. 81) from ends of moved, remove keepers, retainers, (2.032 mm)
shaft. Remove end locating spring (5), springs and valves. Place all compo-
right-hand rocker arm (7), locating nents in order as they are removed so
screw (8) and rear shaft support (4). parts can be reinstalled in their origi-
Remove remaining rocker arms, locat- nal positions if reused.
ing springs and shaft supports and Clean cylinder head thoroughly re-
place them in order on a clean bench. moving all traces of carbon, gasket ma- INTAKE VALVES
Rocker arm shaft diameter should be terial and other deposits. Check for
18.99-19.02 mm (0.748-0.749 inch). Re- cracks and other damage. Check for
new shaft if diameter is less than 18.89 warpage using a suitable straightedge 0.120 i n .
mm (0.744 inch). Inside diameter of or surface plate and a feeler gage. See (3.048 mm)
rocker arm bushings should be 19.05- Fig. 82. If surface is warped in excess of
19.06 mm (0.750-0.7505 inch). Renew 0.075 mm (0.003 inch), cylinder head
bushings if inside diameter exceeds must be resurfaced. The maximum
19.06 mm (0.7505 inch). When renewing amount of material that can be re-
bushings, make certain oil hole in bush- moved from cylinder head is 0.76 mm
ing is aligned with oil hole in rocker (0.030 inch). EXHAUST VALVES
arm bore. Ream or hone bushing bore Fig. 83Measure valve head protrusion above
for proper clearance after installation. 85. SEATS. Renewable intake and surface of cyilnder head when servicing cylinder
Be sure oil holes in shaft and rocker exhaust valve seats (inserts) are used in head and vaives. if protrusion exceeds dimen-
arms are open. Install shaft in rear sions shown, regrind or renew valve seat.
cylinder heads. If seats are rough or
locating support bracket (4Fig. 81) pitted, they should be reground at 43 V2
and secure with locating screw. Peen degrees to a seat width of 1.52-1.78 mm
bracket around screw to lock screw in (0.060-0.070 inch). head counterbore depth should be 3.96-
position, then complete reassembly. 4.03 mm (0156-0.159 inch).
Note that right-hand (7) and left-hand NOTE: If valve guides are worn and over- Chill new insert with dry ice, then
(6) rocker arms are installed in pairs at size valves are being installed, ream valve quickly install insert chamfered edge
each shaft support with offset ends guides to correct size before machining first, into counterbore using a suitable
toward each other as shown in Fig. 81. valve insert seats. driver. When correctly installed, top of
Intermediate springs (3) are slightly insert should be 0.10-0.28 mm (0.004-
longer than center spring (9). If inserts are loose, cracked or seat 0.011 inch) below surface of cylinder
cannot be narrowed to desired width, head. Lightly grind new seats to obtain
insert should be renewed. Be careful not desired seat width.
CYLINDER HEAD, SEATS, GUIDES, to damage cylinder head counterbore Insert valves into cylinder head and
VALVES AND SPRINGS when removing seat inserts. Cylinder measure distance valve heads protrude
head counterbore diameter should be above surface of cylinder head. See Fig.
All Models 41.28-41.30 mm (1.625-1.626 inches) 83. If valve protrusion exceeds 2,03 mm
which provides an interference fit of (0.080 inch) for intake valves, or 3.05
84. CYLINDER HEAD. Service pro- 0.038-0.089 mm (0.0015-0.0035 inch) for mm (0.120 inch) for exhaust valves,
cedures for cylinder heads are basically standard diameter inserts. Cylinder regrind valve seat.
the same for all models.
Fig. 61View showing four- 86. GUIDES. Standard diameter of
5 2
cyiinder engine rocker arm valve guide bores is 9.51-9.54 mm
8 5 assembiy Three and six-cy- (0.3745-0.3755 inch). If guide bores are
linder assembiies are basi-
caiiy arranged the same. excessively worn, the bores may be
1. Plugs reamed oversize for installation valves
2. Front & intermediate with oversize stem diameter. Valves are
supports
3. Intermediate springs available in oversizes of 0.25 mm (0.010
4. Rear support
5. End springs inch) and 0.50 mm (0.020 inch). When
6. Left-hand rocker arms reaming bores to oversize, use care not
7. Right-hand rocker arms
8. Locating screw to damage sharp edge at top of guide
9. Center spring bores.
87. VALVES. Standard stem diame-
ter is 9.454-9.479 mm (0.3722-0.3732
inch) for all valves. Valves should be
Fig. 82-'View showing renewed if stem to guide clearance
method of checidng cylinder exceeds 0.08 mm (0.003 inch). Valves are
head for warpage using a available with 0.25 mm (0.010 inch) and
straightedge and feeier
gage, if a 0.075 mm (0.003
0.50 mm (0.020 inch) oversize stem
inch) feeier gage can be in- diameter. Guides must be reamed to fit
serted between surface of oversize stems.
head and straightedge^ head Renew valves if retainer groove or
must be resurfaced.
valve stem end is worn. Reface all
valves at 45 degrees.
88. VALVE SPRINGS. Valve
springs are the same for all models.
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 89-93

however intake and exhaust valve retaining nut to 190 N-m (140 ft.-lbs.) bolts. Remove oil seal using care not to
springs are not interchangeable. torque. Complete installation by re- damage timing gear cover.
Intake valve springs are color coded versing removal procedure. Use special tool (CAS-1229) to cor-
with a yellow dot. Spring free length rectly center cover and install oil seal.
should be approximately 54 mm (2.125 Models 1594-1690 If tool is not available, install crank-
inches). When compressed under load shaft pulley to center oil seal and cover,
of 342.5 N (77 pounds), spring length 91. Remove muffler, engine cover and then tighten cover retaining screws. On
should be 29.16 mm (1,148 inches). support frame. Remove side panels, Models 1190 and 1194, tighten crank-
Exhaust valve springs are color then disconnect and remove battery. shaft pulley retaining bolt to 122 N m
coded with a blue dot. Spring free Drain engine coolant, then remove ra- (90 ft.-lbs.) torque. On all other models,
length should be approximately 54 mm diator, engine oil cooler (if so equipped) tighten pulley retaining nut or bolt to
(2.125 inches). When compressed under and transmission oil cooler (if so 190 N m (140 ft.-lbs.) torque.
load of 365 N (82 pounds), spring length equipped). Remove hydraulic pump
should be 29.97 mm (1.180 inches). drive shaft coupling from front of
Renew springs if weak, distorted or crankshaft. Two threaded jack screw TIMING GEARS
corroded. holes are provided in coupler flange to
aid removal. Remove rubber spacer disc Models 1190-1194
located between pump drive shaft and
TIMING GEAR COVER end of crankshaft. Remove drive belts 93, Timing gears on 1190 and 1194
and fan assembly. Remove alternator models consist of a camshaft gear driv-
Models 1190-1194 and water pump. Remove crankshaft en directly by the crankshaft gear. To
pulley, using a suitable puller if neces- renew timing gears, first remove tim-
89. Drain cooling system. Remove en- sary. Remove timing gear cover retain- ing gear cover as outlined in paragraph
gine hood, battery, grille, radiator and ing bolts noting their length and loca- 89. Rotate engine to "TDC*' on compres-
shroud. Remove fan blade, alternator tion for reassembly. Remove timing sion stroke of No. 1 cylinder. At this
and power steering belts. Remove gear cover. time, gear tooth marked "D" on cam-
crankshaft pulley. Remove timing gear Clean cover and install a new oil seal, shaft gear should be centered between
cover retaining bolts noting length and felt seal and gasket. Loosely bolt cover the two punch marked gear teeth of
location for reassembly. Remove timing in place, then install crankshaft pulley crankshaft gear. See Fig. 84. Remove
gear cover. to center oil seal. Tighten cover mount- lock wire and cap screw from camshaft
To reinstall, clean cover and install ing bolts to 20 N-m (15 ft.-lbs.) torque. gear. Use a suitable puller to remove
new seal and gasket. Loosely bolt cover Install crankshaft pulley retaining bolt camshaft gear.
in place and install crankshaft pulley to and spacer with a new " 0 " ring and
center oil seal. Tighten cover bolts mak- tighten to 190 N-m (140 ft.-lbs.) torque. NOTE: Do not turn camshaft or crank-
ing certain they are in their original Complete installation by reversing re- shaft with gears removed as damage to
positions. Install " 0 " ring, washer and moval procedure. valve heads or piston tops could occur.
pulley retaining cap screw, then tighten
to 122 N-m (90 ft.-lbs.) torque. Com- Crankshaft gear should be a snug,
plete installation by reversing removal CRANKSHAFT FRONT OIL SEAL but not tight fit on crankshaft splines.
procedure. Timing marks (SM) on gear and crank-
All Models shaft must be aligned.
Models 1290-1294-1390-1394- Check key and keyway in camshaft
1490-1494 92. Crankshaft front oil seal may be for wear. Inspect gears and renew as
renewed without removing timing gear needed. Install crankshaft gear and
do. Drain cooling system. Remove cover. Remove necessary items to re- camshaft gear with proper teeth in
hood, grille, battery and battery sup- move crankshaft pulley. Loosen, but do mesh. See Fig. 84. Tighten camshaft
port. Remove radiator, engine oil cooler not remove timing gear cover retaining gear retaining cap screw to 54 N-m (40
(if so equipped), shroud and fan blade. ft.-lbs.) torque and install new lock
Remove alternator and belt. Remove wire.
hydraulic pump drive shaft coupling, if Reassemble by reversing disassem-
so equipped, from front of crankshaft. bly procedure.
Two threaded jack screw holes are pro-
vided in coupler to aid removal. Remove
rubber spacer disc located between SM
pump drive shaft and crankshaft pul-
ley, then slide drive shaft rearward
until free of pump drive coupling. Some
force will be required to pull shaft
splines past "0** ring in coupling. Re-
move crankshaft pulley. Remove timing
gear cover retaining bolts, noting their
length and location for reassembly. Re-
move timing gear cover. TM
Clean cover and install a new front 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
oil seal and felt seal in cover. Loosely Fig. 84Vlow showing timing gears used on Fig. 85View showing timing gears and reiated
bolt cover in place, then install crank- Models 1190 and 1194. Install crankshaft gear parts used on four-cylinder engines.
with spline marks (SM) aligned as shown. Install 1. Camshaft gear 6. Injection pump drive gear
shaft pulley to center oil seal. Tighten 2. Bracket 7. Slotted head screw
camshaft gear with "D" or punch marked tooth
cover mounting bolts to 25 N-m (19 ft.- between the two punch marked teeth of crank-
3. Shim 8. Idler shaft
4. Crankshaft gear 9. Slotted head screw
lbs.) torque. Tighten crankshaft pulley shaft gear as shown at ( TM). 5. Idler gear 10. Bushing

35
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 94-95 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


Models 1290-1294-1390-1394- eter should be 30.117-30.137 mm (14) and idler gear (12).
1490-1494 (1.1857-1.1865 inches). Inner diameter To remove timing gears, first remove
of idler gear bushing should be 30.180- timing gear cover as outlined in para-
94. Timing gears on four-cylinder en- 30.206 mm (1.1882-1.1892 inches). Re- graph 91. Rotate crankshaft until No. 1
gines consist of crankshaft gear, cam- new bushing (10) if inner diameter piston is at "TDC" on compression
shaft gear, fuel injection pump gear exceeds 30.23 mm (1.190 inches). stroke. Remove idler gear with shims
and an idler gear (Fig. 85). Reinstall plugs, if removed, in idler (10), retainer plate (9) and tab washer
To remove timing gears, first remove shaft using Loctite 271 on threads of (8). Remove nut retaining injection
timing gear cover as outlined in para- plugs. Install idler shaft with oil holes pump drive gear, then use a suitable
graph 90. Rotate crankshaft so No. 1 (Fig. 86) facing downward toward puller to remove gear from tapered
piston is at *TDC" on compression crankshaft. shaft. Remove lock wire and loosen bolt
stroke. Install crankshaft gear with cham- retaining camshaft gear. Use a suitable
Remove idler gear support bracket fered side towards engine. Install injec- puller to pull gear free, then remove
(2Fig. 85) and shims (3). Withdraw tion pump gear, tighten retaining bolts retaining bolt and gear.
idler gear (5) from shaft (8). To remove to 27 N m (20 ft.-lbs.) torque and secure If crankshaft gear is to be renewed, it
idler shaft, remove plug from end of by bending lockplate tabs. Install cam- will be necessary to first remove engine
shaft and install a bolt and flat washer. shaft gear and tighten retaining bolt to assembly as outlined in paragraph 76.
Use a suitable slide hammer puller to 54 N-m (40 ft.-lbs.) torque. Secure with With engine removed, remove camshaft
remove shaft. a new lock wire. retaining plate, idler gear shaft, fuel
Remove locking wire and camshaft All timing marks on installed gears injection pump and power steering
gear retaining bolt, then use a suitable should be pointing toward idler gear pump. Remove timing gear housing.
puller to remove camshaft gear. position. Install idler gear so all timing Use a suitable puller, such as tool No.
To remove injection pump drive gear, marks are aligned as shown in Fig. 87. DB-960604, to remove the crankshaft
straighten tab washer and remove If marks are not clear or a gear is not gear.
three retaining bolts. Note that gear is marked, the numbers shown on gears in If timing gear housing was removed,
timed to injection pump hub by a dowel Fig. 87 correspond to tooth numbers to remove oil supply restrictor (Fig. 90)
pin. be aligned. Count teeth from tooth for timing gears from front of cylinder
Crankshaft gear is keyed and press number "0** in the direction of arrows, block. Clean restrictor and oil passage
fitted to crankshaft. If necessary, re- then put mark next to tooth for future with compressed air, then reinstall re-
move gear using a suitable puller. In- reference. Note that on idler gear any strictor. Inspect all gears for excessive
spect Woodruff key and keyway for tooth can be marked as **0'* tooth, then wear and damage. Backlash between
damage or wear. count clockwise and counterclockwise gears should be 0.10-0.15 mm (0.004-
Inspect all gears for excessive wear from that tooth to locate the two timing 0.006 inch). Crankshaft gear to oil pump
or damage. Idler shaft should be marks. idler gear backlash should be 0.13-0.20
smooth and free of scoring. Shaft diam- Install idler gear support bracket mm (0.005-0.008 inch).
(1Fig. 88) with original shims re- Idler shaft (15Fig. 89) diameter
moved during disassembly. Tighten should be 76.14-76.16 mm (2.997-2.998
bracket retaining bolts to 30 N-m (22 inches). Inner diameter of idler gear
ft.-lbs.) torque. Check clearance be- bushing (13) should be 76.20-76.24 mm
tween idler gear and bracket using a (3.000-3.001 inches). Desired shaft to
feeler gage as shown in Fig. 88. Clear- bushing operating clearance is 0.04-0.10
ance should be 0.05-0.10 mm (0.002- mm (0.001-0.004 inch).
0.004 inch). Adjust clearance by adding To reassemble, reverse the disassem-
or removing shims as necessary. bly procedure while noting the follow-
Complete installation by reversing ing special instructions. Tighten cam-
removal procedure. shaft retaining plate bolts to 34 N-m
(25 ft.-lbs.) torque. Tighten camshaft
Models 1594-1690 gear retaining bolt to 54 N-m (40 ft.-
lbs.) torque and secure with a new lock
95. Timing gears on the six-cylinder wire. Tighten injection pump gear re-
engine used in these models consist of taining nut to 88 N.m (65 ft.-lbs.)
flg^ 06When instaiiing idier siiaft, be sure oii
hoies are positioned downward toward the cranii- crankshaft gear (11Fig. 89), camshaft
shaft. gear (4), fuel injection pump drive gear

Fig. 87View showing tim-


ing gear marks in proper
meshed position on four-
cyiinder engines, ttumbers
on the gears indicate tooth
numbers (counting from
tooth number 0) to be ai-
igned if timing mariis are not
present

Fig. 88'r-Check clearance between idier gear


(2} and support bracket (1) using a feeier gage.
Add or remove bracket mounting shims to adjust
dearance.

36
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 96-97


torque and secure with tab washer. from cylinder block. Remove fuel trans- Camshaft specifications are as fol-
Lubricate idler gear bushing with oil, fer pump and pump push rod. Remove lows:
then install gear, aligning timing tappet chamber cover plates from side Front Journal
marks on installed gears with marks on of cylinder block. Lift each tappet and Diameter 60.261-60.287 mm
idler gear as shown in Fig. 91. retain in raised position by placing a 12 (2.3725-2.3735 in.)
Install idler gear retaining plate (9 mm (^^ inch) diameter *'O" ring around No. 2 Journal
Fig. 89) with shims (10) which were each tappet. Remove camshaft gear and Diameter 47.516-47.549 mm
removed during disassembly. Install camshaft locating plate, then withdraw (1.8707-1.8720 in.)
special tab washer in position as shown camshaft from cylinder block. No. 3 Journal
in Fig. 92. Tighten retaining bolts to 20 Fuel injection pump and oil pump Diameter 46.759-46.792 mm
N-m (15 ft.-lbs.) torque, then check drive gear is renewable separately from (1.8409-1.8422 in.)
clearance between idler gear and re- camshaft. Using a suitable sleeve, press No. 4 Journal
tainer plate with a feeler gage. End gear towards rear of shaft to remove. Diameter 45.567-45.603 mm
clearance should be 0.05-0.10 mm Install gear with Woodruff key in place (1.7940-1.7954 in.)
(0.002-0.004 inch). Adjust by adding or in camshaft. Align gear keyway with No. 5 Journal
removing shims (10Fig. 89) as neces- key and press onto shaft until firmly Diameter 44.386-44.419 mm
sary. When clearance is correct, bend seated against shoulder of shaft. (1.7475-1.7488 in.)
tab washer against bolt heads to se- Camshaft End Play . . . 0.05-0.15 mm
cure. (0.002-0.006 in.)
VALVE TAPPETS Inspect camshaft lobes and surface of
tappets for wear or pitting. If camshaft
All Models is renewed, it is recommended that tap-
pets be renewed also.
96. Mushroom type tappets run di- \ Install camshaft in cylinder block,
rectly in unbushed bores in cylinder then install locating plate. Check cam-
block and are the same for all models. shaft end play. If end play is not within
To remove tappets, it is necessary to range of 0.05-0.15 mm (0.002-0.006
remove camshaft. New tappet stem di- inch), renew parts as necessary. Install
ameter is 15.824-15.850 mm (0.623-0.624 camshaft gear, aligning timing marks
inch). Inspect face of tappet which runs as shown in Fig. 84. Tighten camshaft
on camshaft and renew if surface is Fig. 90View showing removai of oH suppiy gear cap screw to 54 N-m (40 ft.-lbs.)
rough, pitted or shows signs of exces- restrictor for timing gears, dean with com- torque. Complete reassembly by revers-
sive wear. pressed air, then reinstaii. ing disassembly procedure. Install and
time injection pump as outlined in para-
graph 136.
CAMSHAFT
Injection . .
Camshaft Punp Gear
Models 1190-1194 Gear

97. Camshaft may be removed with-


out removing engine assembly by re- Fig. 91Timing gears are
properiy timed when timing
moving timing gear cover as outlined in marks are aiigned as shown
paragraph 89. Remove rocker arm cov- for six-cyiinder engines.
er, rocker arm shaft assembly and push Numbers on the gears indi-
rods. Disconnect tachometer drive ca- cate tooth numbers (count-
ing from tooth number 0) to
ble, remove set screw in side of block be aiigned if timing marks are
retaining tachometer drive assembly not present
and remove drive unit from cylinder
block. Remove fuel injection pump as
outlined in paragraph 136. Pull injec-
tion pump and oil pump drive assembly

1 2 3 4 5
Fig. 89View showing tim-
ing gears and reiated parts
used on six-cyiinder en-
gines.
1. Bolt
2. Washer
3. Woodruff key
4. Camshaft gear
5. Bolt
6. Locating plate
7. Bolt
8. Special tab washer
9. Locating plate
10. Shim
11. Crankshaft gear
12. Idler gear
13. Bushing Fig. 92 View showing proper position of spedai
14. Injection pump drive gear tab washer on idier gear. Use a feeier gage to
15. Idler gear shaft
16. Plug check ciearance between gear and retaining
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 piate. A<Uu9t by removing or installing shims.

37
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 98-102 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


Models 1290-1294-1390-1394- Models 1594-1690 plate. To renew, separate tractor as
1490-1494 outlined in paragraph 217 or 218. Re-
99. Camshaft can be removed without move clutch assembly, flywheel and
98. Camshaft may be removed with- removing engine assembly by removing starter support plate. Remove " 0 "
out removing engine by first removing timing gear cover as outlined in para- ring.
timing gear cover as outlined in para- graph 91. Remove camshaft gear and Reassemble by reversing disassem-
graph 90. Remove rocker arm cover, camshaft locating plate. Remove rocker bly procedure.
rocker arm assembly and push rods arm cover, rocker arm assembly and
from cylinder head. Disconnect ta- push rods. Remove tappet chamber cov-
chometer drive cable. Remove fuel ers from right side of cylinder block. CONNECTING ROD AND
transfer pump and push rods from Lift each tappet and retain in raised PiSTON ASSEMBLY
cylinder block. Drain engine oil and position by placing a 12 mm (V2 inch)
remove oil pan. Remove oil pump locat- diameter "0" ring around each tappet. All Models
ing screw from side of cylinder block, Remove fuel transfer pump and plung-
disconnect oil pressure line from pump er from cylinder block. Disconnect ta- lOL Connecting rod and piston as-
and remove oil pump. Remove tappet chometer drive cable, remove set screw semblies are removed from above after
chamber covers from side of cylinder in side of block retaining tachometer removing cylinder head, oil pan and oil
block. Pull each tappet up and retain in drive assembly and remove drive unit pump assembly. Be sure to remove car-
raised position by placing a 12 mm (V^ from block. Withdraw camshaft from bon and ring ridge (if present) from top
inch) diameter " 0 " ring around each cylinder block. of cylinder prior to piston removal;
tappet. Remove camshaft gear and Camshaft specifications are as fol- otherwise, damage to piston may occur
camshaft locating plate. Pull camshaft lows: during removal.
from cylinder block. Note identification numbers stamped
Camshaft specifications are as fol- Front Journal on camshaft side of connecting rod and
lows: Diameter 47.52-47.54 mm cap before removing caps. If numbers
(1.870-1.872 in.) are not present on connecting rod and
Front Journal No. 2 Journal cap, mark them prior to removal to
Diameter 47.50-47.55 mm Diameter 46.76-46.78 mm ensure proper reassembly. Rod cap and
(1.870-1.872 in.) (1.841-1.842 in.) connecting rod have been machined as
No. 2 Journal No. 3 Journal an assembly and cap must be mated
Diameter 46.35-46.41 mm Diameter 46.37-46.40 mm with original connecting rod from
(1.825-1.827 in.) (1.826-1.827 in.) which it was removed. Keep connecting
No. 3 Journal No. 4 Journal rod bearings, matched with connecting
Diameter 45.97-46.00 mm Diameter 45.97-46.00 mm rods during removal so they can be
(1.810-1.811 in.) (1.810-1.811 in.) installed in original positions if being
No. 4 Journal No. 5 Journal reused.
Diameter 45.97-46.00 mm Diameter 45.57-45.60 mm Install piston and rod assemblies
(1.810-1.811 in.) (1.794-1.795 in.) with valve recesses in piston and num-
No. 5 Journal No. 6 Journal bered side of rod and cap toward cam-
Diameter 44.78-44.83 mm Diameter 44.78-44.81 mm shaft side of engine. Be sure tangs on
(1.763-1.765 in.) (1.763-1.764 in.) bearings properly engage notches in
No. 6 Journal No. 7 Journal rod and cap. Install rod cap making
Diameter 44.37-44.42 mm Diameter 44.39-44.41 mm sure identification numbers on rod and
(1.747-1.749 in.) (1.747-1.748 in.) cap are aligned. Install new retaining
Retainer Plate Camshaft End Play . . .0.06-0.24 mm nuts and tighten evenly to 68 N-m (50
Thickness 6.10-6.22 mm (0.002-0.009 in.) ft.-lbs.) torque.
(0.240-0.245 in.) Inspect camshaft lobes and surface of
Camshaft End Play . . .0.25-0.50 mm tappets for wear or pitting and renew if PISTON PINS AND BUSHINGS
(0.010-0.020 in.) necessary.
Lubricate camshaft, then install in All Models
Renew camshaft if bearing journal
measurements are more than 0.025 mm cylinder block. Install locating plate 102. Piston pins float in renewable
(0.001 inch) below minimum dimen- and tighten retaining bolts to 34 N-m bushings which are press fitted in bore
sions. Inspect camshaft lobes and sur- (25 ft.-lbs.) torque. Check camshaft end of connecting rod. Pins are a transition
face of tappets for wear or pitting and play which should be within range of fit in piston bores and are retained by a
renew if necessary. 0.06-0.24 mm (0.002-0.009 inch). Tighten snap ring at each end.
Install camshaft in cylinder block. camshaft gear retaining bolt to 54 N - m To remove pin from piston, remove
Install locating plate and tighten re- (40 ft.-lbs.) torque and secure with a snap rings and tap pin from piston. If
taining bolts to 34 N-m (25 ft.-lbs.) new lock wire. Make certain timing pin is tight, immerse piston in hot
torque. Check camshaft end play which marks are aligned as shown in Fig. 91. water until pin slides easily from piston
should be 0.25-0.50 mm (0.010-0.020 Complete reassembly by reversing the bore. Measure piston pin diameter and
inch). Renew locator plate and/or cam- removal procedure. diameter of piston bores. Renew piston
shaft if end play is excessive. Install CAMSHAFT REAR SEAL if pin to piston bore clearance exceeds
camshaft gear, aligning timing marks 0.05 mm (0.002 inch).
as shown in Fig. 87. Tighten gear All Models Inside diameter of bushing in con-
retaining bolt to 54 N-m (40 ft.-lbs.) necting rod should be 31.76-31.78 mm
torque and secure with a new lock wire. 100. Camshaft rear bore is sealed by (1.250-1.251 inches). Outside diameter
Complete reassembly by reversing dis- an " 0 " ring inserted in counterbore of piston pin should be 31.74-31.75 mm
assembly procedure. which seals against starter support (1.2495-1.250 inches). If bushing is ex-

38
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 103-108


cessively worn or out-of-round, renew Ring Side Clearance- pump, clutch assembly, flywheel and
bushing. Align oil holes in bushing and Models 1190-1194 starter support plate. Remove connect-
rod as bushing is pressed into bore. Compression Rings.. 0.06-0.09 mm ing rod caps and bearings, then remove
Ream new bushing to provide 0.02 mm (0.0025-0.0035 in.) piston and rod assemblies.
(0.001 inch) clearance for pin being Oil Control Ring .. 0.05-0.07 mm
used. (0.002-0.003 in.) NOTE: Keep connecting rod caps with
When installing piston pin, heating Models 1290-1294-1390-1594-1690 their mated connecting rods and identified
piston in hot water to expand piston Compression Rings.. 0.05-0.10 mm with cyiiinder number so they can be rein-
bores will make pin installation easier. (0.002-0.004 in.) stalled iin originai positions.
Be sure valve recesses in top of piston Oil Control Ring . . 0.02-0.20 mm
are on same side as identification num- (0.001-0.008 in.) Remove rear oil seal retainer plate
bers an connecting rod, then secure pin Models 1394-1490-1494 from rear of cylinder block. Mark posi-
with snap rings. Compression Rings.. 0.05-0.10 mm tions of main bearing caps, then remove
(0.002-0.004 in.) caps and bearings. Lift crankshaft from
Oil Control Ring . . 0.04-0.09 mm cylinder block.
CONNECTING RODS (0.0015-0.0035 in.) If main bearings, thrust washers and
AND BEARINGS rod bearings are to be reused, they
Clean oil holes in piston using a small must be reinstalled in their original
All Models drill or wire When reinstalling piston, positions.
be sure valve recesses in top of piston
103. Precision, insert type connecting are on same side as identification num- 107. INSPECTION. Clean and in-
rod bearings are used on all models. bers on connecting rod. Install rings so spect crankshaft carefully for wear,
Bearings are renewable from below af- end gaps are staggered 120 from each scoring or other damage. Main journal
ter removing oil pan, oil pump and con- other. Lubricate piston and rings with standard diameter is 63.474-63.487 mm
necting rod caps. clean engine oil before reinstalling in (2.4990-2.4995 inches). Rod journal
Recommended bearing oil clearance cylinder. standard diameter is 60.274-60.287 mm
is 0.05-0.10 mm (0.002-0.004 inch). Bear- (2.3730-2.3735 inches). Maximum taper-
ings are available in undersizes as well er out-of-round permitted is 0.013 mm
as standard size. CYLINDERS (0.0005 inch). Maximum journal wear
Lubricate bearings during assembly permitted before reconditioning is re-
and make certain tangs of bearings All Models quired is 0.13 mm (0.005 inch) for main
properly engage notches in connecting and rod journals. When crankshaft
rod and cap. Be sure identification 105. Some models are equipped with journals are machined, original fillet
numbers on rod and cap are in register. dry, interference fit cylinder liners, radius of 3.8-4.1 mm (0.150-0.160 inch)
Tighten cap retaining nuts to 68 N-m while on other models, pistons run must be maintained. Main and rod
(50 ft.-lbs.) torque on all models. directly against cylinder block bores. bearings are available in 0.25, 0.51 and
Standard cylinder bore for all models is 0.76 mm (0.010, 0.020 and 0.030 inch)
100.045-100.066 mm (3.9388-3.9396 undersizes.
PISTONS AND PISTON RINGS inches). Crankshaft balance weights must be
If cylinder bore wear exceeds 0.25 removed before regrinding crankshaft
All Models mm (0.010 inch) or if any bore is out- journals. Scribe identification marks on
of-round or tapered more than 0.13 mm weights and crankshaft so weights can
104. Pistons are of aluminum alloy (0.005 inch), cylinder block or cylinder be reinstalled in their original posi-
and have a combustion chamber ma- liners should be rebored and appro- tions. Use new bolts and tab washers
chined in their crown as well as re- priate oversize pistons installed. All when reinstalling weights, and tighten
cesses to clear intake and exhaust valve cylinders must be rebored to the same bolts to 54 N-m (40 ft.-lbs.) torque.
heads. Three compression rings are fit- size. Make certain there is no gap between
ted above piston pin and an oil scraper Cylinder liners are available and can mating surfaces of weights and crank-
ring is located below piston pin. Piston be used on models not originally equip- shaft.
pin is fully floating and is retained by a ped with liners when cylinder bores are
snap ring at each end of pin. worn beyond maximum oversize or 108. REINSTALL. Main and rod
Piston skirt diameter is measured at when cylinder bore is damaged. To bearing clearance should be 0.05-0.10
bottom of skirt at right angle to piston install liner, cylinder must first be mm (0.002-0.004 inch). Use "Plastigage"
pin hole. Check piston ring groove wear bored to provide an interference fit for to accurately check clearance.
by placing new ring in piston groove, liner of 0.08-0.11 mm (0.003-0.004 inch).
then measure side clearance between Liners may be bored oversize in same
ring and land with a feeler gage. Renew manner as original cylinder bore.
piston if side clearance is excessive.
Check piston ring end gap by pushing
ring squarely into cylinder bore, then CRANKSHAFT AND
measure end gap with a feeler gage. MAIN BEARINGS
Piston specifications for all models
are as follows: Models 1190-1194
Piston Skirt Diameter . . . 99.87 mm 106. REMOVE. To remove crank-
(3.932 in.) shaft, first remove engine assembly as
Ring End Gap, outlined in paragraph 75. Remove tim- Fig. 93When installing front main bearing cap
on three-cylinder engines, apply light coat ofRTV
All Rings 0.28-0.40 mm ing gear cover, timing gears and engine silicone seaier to mounting surface of cap indi-
(0.011-0.016 in.) front plate. Remove cylinder head, oil cated by shaded area "4 ".
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 109-114 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)

Use suitable lubricant on all bearings rod journals to determine if they are inch).
during installation. Apply a thinfilmof excessively worn, tapered or out-of- Complete installation by reversing
RTV silicone sealer to mounting sur- round. Maximum taper or out-of-round the removal procedure.
face of front main bearing cap as shown permitted is 0.013 mm (0.0005 inch).
in Fig. 93. Install rear oil seal and Crankshaft standard specifications are Models 1594-1690
retainer as outlined in paragraph 115. as follows:
Be sure thrust washers are installed on 112. REMOVE. To remove crank-
number three main bearing. Tighten Models 1290-1294-1390 shaft, first remove engine assembly as
main bearing cap retaining bolts to 163 Main Journal outlined in paragraph 76. Remove cylin-
N-m (120 ft.-lbs.) torque. Install new Diameter 63.474-63.487 mm der heads, timing gear cover, engine oil
connecting rod cap locknuts and tighten (2.4990-2.4995 in.) pump, clutch and fiywheel. Remove
to 68 N.m (50 ft.-lbs.) torque. Main Bearing front oil seal retainer from lower part
Crankshaft end play should be 0.05- Clearance 0.05-0.10 mm of timing gear housing. Remove rear oil
0.25 mm (0.002-0.010 inch). End play is (0.002-0.004 in.) seal retainer using two bolts in
controlled by thrust washers at number Rod Journal threaded holes in retainer to push re-
three main bearing. Thrust washers are Diameter 60.27-60.29 mm tainer off crankshaft fiange. Remove
available in standard size and 0.13 and (2.3730-2.3735 in.) connecting rod bearing caps and push
0.51 mm (0.005 and 0.020 inch) over- Rod Bearing connecting rods away from crankshaft.
sizes. Clearance 0.05-0.10 mm Mark position of main bearing caps to
(0.002-0.004 in.) ensure correct reassembly, then remove
Models 1290-1294-1390-1394- caps. Lift crankshaft from cylinder
1490-1494 Models 1394-1490-1494 block.
Main Journal If main bearings, thrust washers or
109. REMOVE. To remove crank- Diameter 66.650-66.662 mm rod bearings are to be reused, they
shaft, first remove engine as outlined in (2.6240-2.6245 in.) must be reinstalled in their original
paragraph 76. Remove cylinder head, Main Bearing positions.
timing gear cover, timing gears, engine Clearance 0.05-0.10 mm
front plate with steering pump and fuel (0.002-0.004 in.) 113. INSPECTION. Clean and in-
injection pump, clutch, fiywheel and Rod Journal spect crankshaft carefully. Journals
starter support plate. Remove oil pump Diameter 63.449-63.462 mm must be smooth and free of scoring.
locating screw from side of cylinder (2.4980-2.4985 in.) Using a micrometer, measure rod and
block, disconnect pressure line from Rod Bearing main journals to determine if they are
pump and withdraw oil pump assembly. Clearance 0.05-0.10 mm excessively worn, tapered or out-of-
Mark connecting rod bearing caps so (0.002-0.004 in.) round. Maximum taper or out-of-round
they can be reinstalled in their original permitted is 0.013 mm (0.0005 inch).
positions, remove bearing caps, then If crankshaft journals are worn, Main journal standard diameter is
push connecting rods away from crank- scored or damaged, crankshaft must be 69.84-69.85 mm (2.7495-2.7500 inches).
shaft. Mark positions of main bearing reground to appropriate undersize. Rod journal standard diameter is 60.27-
caps, then remove caps. Lift crankshaft When journals are machined, original 60.28 mm (2.3728-2.3732 inches). Maxi-
from cylinder block. fillet radius of 3.8-4.0 mm (0.150-0.160 mum allowable runout, measured at
If main bearings, thrust washers and inch) must be maintained. center journal, is 0.02 mm (0.001 inch).
rod bearings are to be reused, they Bearings are available in 0.25, 0.51 and
must be reinstalled in their original 111. REINSTALL. To check main 0.76 mm (0.010, 0.020 and 0.030 inch)
positions. and rod bearing clearance, make sure oversizes as well as standard size.
journals and bearings are clean and When regrinding crankshaft, journal
110. INSPECTION. Clean and in- dry. Use "Plastigage" on each bearing fillet radius of 3.8-4.0 mm (0.150-0.160
spect crankshaft carefully. Journals to accurately check clearance. inch) and fiange fillet radius of 6.35 mm
must be smooth and free of scoring. Use suitable lubricant on all bearings (0.250 inch) must be maintained.
Using a micrometer, measure main and during final assembly. Be sure thrust
washers are installed with steel back 114. REINSTALL. Bearing clear-
side against cylinder block and bearing ance should be 0.05-0.10 mm (0.002-
cap. On Models 1290,1294,1390, tighten 0.004 inch) for both main and rod bear-
main bearing cap retaining bolts to 217 ings. Be sure journals and bearings are
N-m (160 ft.-lbs.) torque. On Models clean and dry and use "Plastigage" on
1394, 1490 and 1494, tighten center each bearing to accurately measure
main bearing cap bolts to 298 N m (220 clearance.
ft.-lbs.) torque and remainder of main Use suitable lubricant on all bearings
bearing cap bolts to 217 N-m (160 ft.- during final assembly. Install thrust
lbs.) torque. On all models, install rear washers at each side of center main
oil seal and retainer as outlined in bearing making sure grooved side of
paragraph 115. Install new connecting washers face the crankshaft. Tighten
rod cap locknuts and tighten to 68 N-m main bearing cap retaining bolts to 217
(50 ft.-lbs.) torque. N-m (160 ft.-lbs.) torque. Install new
Crankshaft end play should be 0.05- connecting rod cap locknuts and tighten
0.25 mm (0.002-0.004 inch). End play is to 68 N-m (50 ft.-lbs.) torque.
controlled by thrust washers at center Crankshaft end play is determined
main bearing. Thrust washers are by thickness of thrust washers installed
fig, 04When renewing packing In crankshaft
rear seal retainer, use a blunt tool to tamp pack- available in standard size and oversizes at center main bearing. End play
ing ends below face of retainer. of 0.13 and 0.51 mm (0.005 and 0.020 should be 0.15-0.25 mm (0.006-0.010

40
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 115-120

inch). Standard thrust washer thick- N-m (15 ft.-lbs.) torque, then retighten ENGINE OIL PUMP
ness is 2.31-2.33 mm (0.091-0.092 inch). socket head screws to 20 N-m (15 ft.-
Thrust washers are available in 0.13 lbs.) torque. Loosen the retainer mount- Models 1190-1194
and 0.51 mm (0.005 and 0.020 inch) over- ing bolts, wait about 30 seconds, then
sizes. retighten to 20 N-m (15 ft.-lbs.) 119. REMOVE AND REINSTALL.
Install rear oil seal and retainer as torque. To remove oil pump, drain engine oil
outlined in paragraph 116. Apply seal- and remove oil pan. Disconnect and
ant to threads of flywheel mounting Models 1594-1690 remove oil pressure tube. Remove pump
bolts, then tighten to 108 N-m (80 ft.- locating screw from right side of cylin-
lbs.) torque. Complete installation by 116. Press new oil seal into seal hous- der block. Withdraw oil pump assembly
reversing the removal procedure. ing using special tool (DB-1163) with from cylinder block being careful not to
seal lip facing away from tool. Lubri- lose thrust spring from counterbore in
cate seal lip and crankshaft flange, top end of pump shaft.
CRANKSHAFT REAR OIL SEAL then install seal and housing over end
NOTE: Injection pump drive shaft may fall
of crankshaft. Align bolt holes, install
out as oil pump is removed. Use caution to
Models 1190-1194-1290-1294- mounting bolts and tighten evenly.
avoid damage to Injection pump drive
1390-1394-1490-1494 shaft. The injection pump must be removed
to reinstali drive shaft.
115. To renew rear oil seal, first ENGINE OIL FILTER
remove old packing and clean grooves
of retainers. Push new packing into All Models Reinstall oil pump making certain
groove of retainer using a smooth, thrust spring is located in top of oil
round bar. Begin at the center and work 117. The engine oil fllter is located on pump shaft. Install injection pump
outward to each end. Use a blunt tool to left side of cylinder block on all models. drive shaft, if removed, with chamfer
push protruding ends of packing below Change oil and fllter at 100 hour inter- end up and install injection pump as
the joint face of retainer as shown in vals. Engine oil should be at operating outlined in paragraph 136. Install oil
Fig. 94. temperature before draining so all pan and tighten bolts to 27 N-m (20 ft.-
impurities will be in suspension and lbs.) torque.
NOTE: Do not cut off ends of packing. removed with old oil. Refer to CON-
The packings are made to correct iength DENSED SERVICE DATA section for 120. OVERHAUL. Disassembly of
and ieakage wili occur if iength is de- crankcase oil capacity speciflcations. pump is obvious after examination of
creased. unit and reference to Fig. 97. When
removing pressure regulator adjusting
Use a sharp knife or razor blade to OIL PAN screw (10), count number of turns re-
trim loose flbers at ends of packings quired to remove screw. The screw can
(Fig. 95). Repeat the procedure for the All Models then be reinstalled to original pressure
other half of retainer. setting.
Position retainer halves on the 118. REMOVE AND REINSTALL. Check all gears, bushings, shafts and
crankshaft and tighten socket head Oil pan is bolted to bottom of tractor wear surfaces for scoring, damage or
screws to draw retainer halves together main frame and can be removed after
and seat the packings. Remove retainer draining engine oil.
assembly. Install gaskets on retainer Tighten retaining cap screws to 27
halves using a light coat of gasket seal- N-m (20 ft.-lbs.) torque.
er on both sides of gaskets. Position
upper retainer on cylinder block, but do 1 2 3
not tighten mounting bolts. Apply
small amount of gasket maker on mat-
ing faces of lower retainer half as
shown in Fig. 96. Position lower retain- o.
er on cylinder block, but do not tighten
mounting bolts. Apply Gasket Maker
Install socket head screws and tight- Fig. 96Apply a smali amount of Loctite 5f5
en evenly to 20 N-m (15 ft.-lbs.) torque, gasket maker on mating surfaces of lower seat
then loosen each screw one half turn. retainer half In areas Indicated,
Tighten retainer mounting bolts to 20

REMOVE
FIBERS
CORRECT

^g. 95^Remove ioose fi-


bers from ends of crankshaft Fig. g7Expioded view of oii pump used on
rear seal packing using a three-cyifnder engine showing component parts
sharp knife or razor biade. and their relative positions.
DO NOT cut off ends of pack- 1. Locknut 9. Locknut
ing. 2. Locating screw 10. Adjusting screw
3. Bushing 11. Pressure tube
4. Bracket 12. Suction pipe & screen
5. Pump body 13. Gasket
6. Cover assy. 14. Driven gear
7. Relief valve plunger 15. Idler shaft
8. Relief valve spring 16. Idler gear

41
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 121-123 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


excessive wear. Renew as needed. Di- Modeis 1290-1294-1390-1394- Install relief valve plunger (13Fig.
ameter of bushing surface of pump 1490-1494 99), spring (14) and adjusting screw
drive shaft must be 12.433-12.446 mm (15). Turn adjusting screw in same
(0.4895-0.490 inch). Inside diameter of 121. REMOVE AND REINSTALL. number of turns as noted during disas-
mating bushing (3Fig. 97) is 12.458- To remove oil pump, first drain engine sembly. One full turn of adjusting
12.509 mm (0.4905-0.4925 inch). Gear oil and remove oil pan. Disconnect and screw will result in 41 kPa (6 psi)
width must be 30.112-30.137 mm remove oil pressure tube. Remove pump change in pressure. Top of screw (15)
(1.1855-1.1865 inches) and gear housing locating screw from side of cylinder must be below fiange for pickup screen
depth must be 30.162-30.200 mm block, then withdraw oil pump. mounting bolt.
(1.1875-1.1890 inches). To reinstall oil pump, reverse the
Assemble drive shaft and driven gear removal procedure. Install oil pan and Modeis 1594-1690
(14Fig. 97) in bracket (4). Install idler tighten mounting bolts to 27 N-m (20
shaft (15) and idler gear (16). Use a dial ft.-lbs.) torque. 123. REMOVE AND REINSTALL.
indicator to measure backlash between To remove oil pump, it is necessary to
pump gears. Backlash must be 0.51-0.66 122. OVERHAUL. Disassembly of first remove engine assembly as out-
mm (0.020-0.026 inch). Install two new oil pump is obvious after examination lined in paragraph 76. Remove suction
gears if backlash is not correct. Install of unit and reference to Fig. 99. Use a filter (28 or 30Fig. 100), suction pipe
pump body (5) and place "Plastigage*' suitable puller to remove spiral gear (4) and pressure pipe (7). Remove pump
on face of pump gears. See Fig. 98. and driven gear (9) from drive shaft (6). retaining bolts and withdraw oil
Install pump cover (6Fig. 97) and Note number of turns required to re- pump.
tighten retaining bolts to 10 N- m (7 ft.- move relief valve adjusting screw (15) Reinstall by reversing removal pro-
lbs.) torque. Remove cover (6) and check so it can be reinstalled to original set- cedure. Tighten pump mounting bolts
clearance. Clearance must be 0.025- ting. to 20 N-m (15 ft.-lbs.) torque.
0.089 mm (0.001-0.0035 inch). Install Check all gears, bushings, shafts and
new gears if clearance is not correct. wear surfaces for scoring, damage or
Reinstall cover (6) and tighten bolts to excessive wear. Renew as needed.
10 N-m (7 ft.-lbs.) torque. To reassemble, press idler shaft (8
Check relief valve spring against the Fig. 99) into bracket (7) until seated.
following specifications: Install shaft (6) and gears (9 and 10).
Press spiral gear (4) onto shaft (6) leav-
Free Length 41.27 mm ing 0.25 mm (0.010 inch) end play. Use a
(1.625 in.) feeler gage between face of spiral gear
Test Length . 33.33 mm shoulder and top edge of bracket (7) to
(1.312 in.) measure end play. Install bolts and
Test Pressure 20 N pump body (11). Using a feeler gage
(4.5 lbs.) inserted between mating gear teeth,
measure backlash. Backlash should be
Install relief valve plunger (7Fig. 0.51-0.66 mm (0.020-0.026 inch). Meas-
97), spring (8) and adjusting screw (10). ure gear side clearance using a feeler
Turn adjusting screw into cover (6) the gage inserted between gear body (11)
same number of turns as noted at and outer edge of pump gears. Side
removal. If necessary, an approximate clearance should be 0.025-0.050 mm
setting can be made by leaving four (0.001-0.002 inch). Place "Plastigage"
screw threads of adjusting screw (10) on face of pump geais as shown in Fig.
showing above locknut (9). This will 98. Install pump cover (12) and tighten
give approximately 276 kPa (40 psi). bolts to 12-15 N-m (9-11 ft.-lbs.) torque.
One full turn of adjusting screw will Remove cover (12) and check clearance.
result in a 41 kPa (6 psi) change in pres- Clearance should be 0.025-0.089 mm
sure. Tighten locknut (9) securely. (0.001-0.0035 inch). Reinstall cover and
tighten bolts to 12-15 N-m (9-11 ft.-lbs.)
torque.

Fig. 98View showing prop-


er positioning of *'Piasti-
gage" when checking end
ciearance of oii pump rotors. Fig. 99Expioded view of oii pump used on four-
Ciearance must be within cyiinder engine showing component parts and
range of 0.025-0.089 mm their reiative positions.
(0.001-0.0035 inch). 1. Pressure tube
2. Set screw 10. Idler gear
3. Locknut 11. Gear body
4. Drive gear 12. Cover
5. Bushing 13. Relief valve plunger
6. Drive shaft 14. Relief valve spring
7. Bracket 15. Adjusting screw
8. Idler shaft 16. Suction screen
9. Driven gear 17. Screen retaining cap screw

42
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 124-127


124. OVERHAUL. Disassembly of Rotor teeth to ft.-lbs.) torque. On all other models,
pump is obvious after examination of body clearance 0.08-0.13 mm install mounting bolts dry and tighten
unit and reference to Fig. 100. (0.003-0.005 in.) to 68 N-m (50 ft.-lbs.) torque.
Check all gears, bushings, shafts and Lubricate all parts with oil during
housing wear surfaces for scoring, dam- assembly. Tighten pump body through-
age or excessive wear and renew as bolts to 20 N-m (15 ft.-lbs.) torque. TURBOCHARGER
needed. Oil pump specifications are as Install pump drive gear using a new
follows: locknut. A Holset 3501259 or Schwitzer L
When assembling pressure relief 185221 turbocharger is used on Model
Idler gear shaft diameter, valve, turn the adjusting screw in until
gear end 25.35-25.37 mm end of screw protrudes 9.92 mm (0.390 1490. A Schwitzer 310335 turbocharger
(0.998-0.999 in.) inch) from housing (AFig. 101). In- is used on Models 1394 and 1494.
Idler gear bore . . . . 25.40-25.43 mm stall locknut and tighten securely.
(1.000-1.001 in.) Engine oil pressure should be ap- All Models So Equipped
Idler gear to proximately 205 kPa (30 psi) at 700 rpm
shaft clearance . . . . 0.02-0.08 mm and 275-345 kPa (40-50 psi) at 1800 rpm 126. REMOVE AND REINSTALL.
(0.001-0.003 in.) with engine at operating temperature. Remove engine cover and clean area
Idler shaft end play . . . 0.05-0.15 mm surrounding turbocharger. Loosen
(0.002-0.006 in.) clamps and remove hoses between air
Idler gear to oil pump cleaner and turbocharger and turbo-
FLYWHEEL charger and intake manifold. Remove
gear backlash 0.18-0.27 mm
(0.007-0.011 in.) All Models oil supply and oil return lines. Unbolt
Housing depth . . . . 20.65-20.67 mm exhaust elbow from manifold and re-
(0.813-0.814 in.) move elbow and coupling which is be-
125. To remove flywheel, first sepa- tween elbow and turbocharger. Unbolt
Drive rotor bushing rate tractor between engine and trans-
bores installed . . . 15.62-15.64 mm mission as outlined in appropriate and remove turbocharger.
(0.615-0.616 in.) paragraph 217 or 218. Remove clutch Reinstall turbocharger by reversing
Drive rotor assembly and flywheel. removal procedure. Before connecting
shaft diameter . . . 15.545-15.59 mm oil supply line, fill oil chamber with oil
Starter ring gear is installed from to provide initial lubrication.
(0.612-0.614 in.) front side of flywheel. Heat new gear
Rotor shaft to until gear will slip onto flywheel, but do Prime the turbocharger as follows:
bushing clearance . . . 0.03-0.08 mm not heat to more than 225C (420F). Be With fuel shut-ofF control in "STOP"
(0.001-0.003 in.) sure gear is seated squarely against position, crank engine with starter un-
Rotor width 20.59-20.61 mm shoulder of flywheel. til engine oil pressure light goes out. Do
(0.810-0.811 in.) not operate starter motor longer than
Inspect pilot bearing for roughness 30 seconds without interruption to
Rotor end play 0.025-0.08 mm and wear and renew if necessary.
(0.001-0.003 in.) avoid overheating. Start engine and op-
On Models 1594 and 1690, apply seal- erate at 1000 rpm for about two min-
Rotor teeth backlash . . 0.40-0.50 mm ant to threads of flywheel mounting
(0.016-0.020 in.) bolts and tighten bolts to 108 N-m (80 utes to ensure proper lubrication before
increasing speed.

127. INSPECTION. Always deter-


mine cause of turbocharger failure be-
fore installing new turbocharger.
Fig. 100Expioded view of
oii pump used on six-cyiinder
Contact damage to turbine indicates
engine showing component bearing damage and/or excessive shaft
parts and their relative posi- motion. Compressor wheel will proba-
tions. bly be damaged. This is caused by lack
1. Front rocker pipe
2. Pipe hrackets of lubricant or oil contamination as a
3. Rear rocker pipe
4. Rocker supply pipe
result of overextended service inter-
5. Filter adapter vals. Shaft end play must be within
6. Oil filter
7. Pressure tuhe
8. Plug
9. Idler gear shaft
10. Idler gear
11. Bushing
12. Locknut
13. Adjusting screw
14. Spring
15. Plunger
16. Gasket
17. Suction pipe
18. Pump body, front
19. Dowel
20. Key
21. Driving rotor
22. Bushing
18 23. Drive gear
24. Driven rotor
25. Rotor shaft
26. Pump body, rear
27. Filter pipe (front drive
axle models)
28. Filter (front drive axle
Fig. 101On six-cylinder engine oil pump, turn
models)
29. Gasket relief valve adjusting screw in until end of screw
30. Filter (2WD) Is 9.92 mm (0.390 inch) from pump body as
31. " 0 " ring shown at (A).

43
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 128-129 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


range of 0.08-0.15 mm (0.003-0.006 19
inch).
Center housing or bearing failure Fig. 103Sectionai view of
Schwitzer turbocharger
caused by sludge or hardened deposits showing component parts
in oil passages are result of overfueling, and their relative positions.
overloading or improper cool down pe- 1. Lockwasher
riod before engine shut off, causing 2. Cap screw
3. Bearing housing
high exhaust temperatures. Shaft and 4. Clamp ring
bearing scoring are also caused by lack 5. Turbine wheel & shaft
6. Turbine housing
of oil or overextended service inter- 7. Seal rings
8. Bearing
vals. 9. Oil deflector
Any foreign material in either ex- 10. Compressor wheel
11. Locknut
haust or intake will cause compressor 12. Compressor cover
or turbine wheel damage. 13. Spacer sleeve
14. Seal rings
Flakes of engine bearing material 15. Flinger plate insert
imbedded in turbocharger bearings in- 16. Snap ring
17. " 0 " ring
dicate possible engine bearing failure. 18. Thrust plate
If conditions which caused turbo- 19. Clamp plate
20. Thrust ring
charger failure are not corrected, pre-
mature failure of new turbocharger will
result.
Inspect all parts and renew as Install snap ring (19) with beveled
128. OVERHAUL HOLSET TUR- needed. See paragraph 127. NEVER side out. Slide compressor wheel (17)
BOCHARGER. Remove turbocharger attempt to straighten any bent parts. over shaft, coat threads with graphite
unit as outlined in paragraph 126. Mark Use care to not overexpand ring (8 grease and install nut (16). Using
compressor cover, center housing, tur- Fig. 102) when installing in groove. wrench in vise to hold turbine shaft,
bine housing and clamp positions for Lubricate turbine shaft (9) and ring (8), tighten nut to 18 N-m (160 in.-lbs.)
reassembly. Remove clamp (6Fig. then assemble in bore of housing (13). torque, then spin rotor wheels. Turbine
102) and lift core from turbine housing Lubricate bearing (10), then install over and compressor wheels should spin
(7). Remove screws (3), then separate turbine shaft and into housing bore. freely with no rubbing or binding. Dis-
from compressor cover (20). Clamp a % Lubricate thrust plate (5), then install assemble and recheck if any binding or
inch 12-point wrench in vise, locate hub in housing with bronze side up and rubbing is noted. Reassemble turbine
of turbine wheel (9) in wrench and holes engaging groove pins. Install housing (7), clamp (6) and compressor
remove nut (16). Carefully slide com- thrust ring (11) over shaft and onto cover (20) making certain previously
pressor wheel (17) from shaft. Turbine thrust plate, then position oil deflector made alignment marks are in register.
wheel and shaft (9) and bearing (10) can over shaft and groove pins. Install ring Coat threads and back face of screw and
be removed from housing. Use snap (14) in groove of spacer sleeve (15), nut on clamp (6) with graphite grease,
ring pliers to remove large retaining lubricate parts and slide spacer sleeve then tighten nut to 13 N m (120 in.-lbs.)
ring (19), then pry insert (18) from into bore of insert (18). Install **0" ring torque. Coat machined flange of com-
housing bore. Remainder of parts can (4) in groove, lubricate outside diame- pressor cover (20) with graphite grease
be lifted out. Oil defiector (12) and ter, then slide insert (18) with spacer and install special screws (3), lockwash-
thrust plate (5) are located by two sleeve (15) and **0" ring installed into ers (2) and flat washers (1). Tighten
groove pins which should not be re- bore of housing. screws (3) to 7 N-m (60 in.-lbs.)
moved. torque.
Clean all parts using care not to NOTE: Use care to prevent spacer sleeve
bend, scratch or damage. from falling out of insert when installing. 129. OVERHAUL SCHWITZER
TURBOCHARGER. Remove turbo-
123 45 6 charger as outlined in paragraph 126.
Mark compressor cover, bearing hous-
ing and turbine housing for reassembly.
Clamp turbocharger mounting flange
(exhaust inlet) in vise and remove cap
screws (2Fig. 103), lockwashers (1)
Fig. 102Sectionai view of
Holset turbocharger showing and clamp plates (19). Remove com-
component parts and their pressor cover (12). Remove nut from
relative positions. clamp ring (4), expand clamp ring and
1. Washer remove bearing housing assembly from
2. Lockwasher
3. Special screw turbine housing (6).
4. "O"ring
5. Thrust plate
6. "V" clamp
7. Turhine housing CAUTION: Never allow weight of bearing
8. Seal ring
9. Turbine wheel & shaft housing assembiy to rest on either turbine
10. Bearing or compressor wheel vanes. Lay bearing
11. Thrust ring
12. Oil deflector housing assembiy on a bench so turbine
13. Bearing (center) housing shaft is horizontal.
14. Sealing ring
15. Spacer sleeve
16. Nut
17. Compressor wheel Remove locknut (11Fig. 103) and
18. Compressor insert
19. Snap ring
slip compressor wheel (10) from end of
13 12 11 20. Compressor cover shaft. Withdraw turbine wheel and

44
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL ,1 Paragraphs 130-131


shaft (5) from bearing housing. Place lubricate seal ring and install turbine ring (16). Place compressor wheel on
bearing housing on bench with com- wheel and shaft in bearing housing. turbine shaft, coat threads and back
pressor side up. Remove snap ring (16) Lubricate ID and OD of bearing (8), side of nut (11) with graphite grease,
and pry flinger plate insert (15) from install bearing over end of turbine then install and tighten nut to 18 N m
bearing housing. Push spacer sleeve shaft and into bearing housing. Lubri- (160 in.-lbs.) torque. Assemble bearing
(13) from insert. Remove oil deflector cate both sides of thrust plate (18) and housing to turbine housing and align
(9), thrust ring (20), thrust plate (18) install plate (bronze side out) on align- punch marks. Install clamp ring, apply
and bearing (8). Remove " 0 " ring (17) ing dowels. Install thrust ring (20) and graphite grease on threads and install
from flinger plate insert (15) and re- oil deflector (9), making certain holes in nut, tighten to 13 N-m (120 in.-lbs.)
move seal rings (14) from spacer sleeve deflector are positioned over dowel torque. Apply graphite grease around
and turbine shaft. pins. Install new seal ring on spacer machined flange of compressor cover
Clean all parts using care not to sleeve (13), lubricate seal ring and press (12). Install compressor cover, align
bend, scratch or damage Inspect all spacer sleeve into flinger plate insert previously made marks and secure cov-
parts and renew as needed. See para- (15). Position new "0** ring (17) on er with cap screws, washers and clamp
graph 127. NEVER a t t e m p t to insert, lubricate "0*' ring and install plates. Tighten cap screws to 7 N m (60
straighten any bent parts. insert and spacer sleeve assembly in in.-lbs.) torque.
Install seal ring on turbine shaft, bearing housing, then secure with snap Check for free rotation.

DIESEL FUEL SYSTEM


Diesel fuel systems consist of three lute cleanliness is of the utmost impor- head and tighten cap screw (4). Repeat
basic components; fuel tank and filters, tance. Of equal importance is avoidance the procedure for remaining filter.
injection pump and injection nozzles. of nicks or burrs on any working Remove sediment bowl on fuel lift
When servicing any unit associated parts. pump, clean screen and reassemble.
with fuel system, maintenance of abso- Bleed system as outlined in paragraph
131.
FUEL FILTERS
131. BLEEDING SYSTEM. Make
All Models sure fuel tank contains at least 10 L (2V2
2 3 gallons) of fuel. Loosen filter bleed
130. REMOVE AND REINSTALL. screw (1Fig. 105 or 106), then operate
Fuel filter head is fitted with two re- primer pump lever (3) until air-free
newable type elements. Primary and fuel flows from bleeder screw. Note
secondary filter elements are identical that it may be necessary to rotate
and are used on all models. It is recom- crankshaft to reposition primer pump
mended both filters be changed at 500 actuating cam in order to manually
hour intervals under normal operating operate primer pump. Tighten filter
conditions. bleed screw and loosen injection pump
Clean area around filters and remove bleed screws (2). Actuate primer pump
cap screws (2 and 4Fig. 104) which lever until air-free fuel flows from
retain elements and bases. Remove bleed screws, then retighten bleed
base (7 and 12) and elements (6 and 10). screws.
Discard all sealing rings and clean base If engine fails to start at this point,
with diesel fuel. loosen high pressure fuel line connec-
Install small "0" ring (8-Fig. 104) in tions at injectors. Place fuel shut-off
groove around protrusion which centers control in "RUN" position and move
filter element on filter head. Install throttle to full speed position. Crank
sealing ring (9) in groove around outer engine with starter until fuel is dis-
edge of filter head and sealing ring (11) charged from injection lines. Tighten
in base. Place element on base and seal- fuel line connections, then start en-
ing ring, push onto protrusion on filter gine.

Fig. 105View of fuei sys-


tem used on four-cyiinder en-
12 gines. Three-cyiinder engine
system is simiiar except in-
jection pump is mounted ver-
ticaiiy.
1. Filter bleed screw
2. Injection pump bleed screws
Fig. 104View of typicai fuei fiiter arrangement 3. Primer pump lever
used on aii modeis. 4. Sediment bowl
1. Spacer 7. Filter base 5. Injectors
2. Cap screw 8. "0" ring 6. Fuel return line
3. Bleeder screw 9. Sealing ring 7. Fueltenk
4. Cap screw 10. Filter element
5. Filter head 11. Sealing ring
6. Filter element 12. Filter base

45
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 132-136 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


FUEL iNJECTiON PUMP

Modeis 1190-1194
135. PUMP TIMING. Provided in-
jection pump drive gear to camshaft
timing (paragraph 93) has not been dis-
Fig. 106View showing typ-
icai fuei system for six-cyiin-
turbed, CAV fuel injection pump is
der engine. Refer to Fig. 105 properly timed when timing marks on
iegend except for thermo- drive housing fiange and pump fiange
start unit (8). are aligned as shown in Fig. 109. If
pump drive gear has been removed,
refer to paragraph 137.
Refer to table in Fig. 115 for injection
pump timing specifications in degrees
and corresponding piston travel before
top dead center.
CAUTiON: Never spray ether into air
intaice system if thermostart unit is to be or 136. REMOVE AND REINSTALL
has been activated. Unit remains energized INJECTION PUMP. Disconnect
when starter is being operated. throttle and fuel shut-off controls.
Thoroughly clean pump, lines and sur-
Operator must manually hold key in rounding area. Remove fuel injector
HEAT position for 10 to 25 seconds to lines and disconnect fuel inlet and re-
activate thermostart unit. turn lines from injection pump. Cap all
openings. Unbolt and remove pump
laa. TROUBLESHOOTING. Ther- from drive housing. Splined drive shaft
mostart system is relatively simple and may be lifted out with pump; if so, take
easy to check. To determine if system is care not to drop shaft. Remove shaft
working, hold key in HEAT position for and thrust spring from bore in end of
10 to 25 seconds while hose from air oil pump shaft.
cleaner to intake manifold is removed. To reinstall pump, first install thrust
Light from burning fuel should be visi- spring in top end of oil pump shaft.
ble inside manifold. Insert splined drive shaft in drive gear
If unit is not activated, check for with chamfered end up. Install injec-
voltage at thermostart unit using a test
light while holding key in HEAT posi-
tion. If test light does not light, check
Fig. 107Diagram of typicai thermostart unit wiring, connections and switch.
showing component parts and their reiative posi-
tions.
If test light shows current reaching
1. Fuel line from reservoir 5. Valve coil thermostart unit, disconnect fuel line
2. Thermostart unit
3. Burner coil
6. Starter solenoid
7. Starter safety switch
and check for restricted fuel fiow.
4. Fuel valve 8. Starter switch If fuel is fiowing to thermostart unit
remove unit and visually inspect. Re-
new as necessary.

THERMOSTART SYSTEM
FUEL SUPPLY PUMP
Aii Modeis
Aii Modeis
132. Thermostart systems are avail-
able as an aid for cold weather starting 134. Fuel supply (transfer) pump is
on all models. actuated by a lobe on engine camshaft
System consists of a fuel reservoir via a short push rod running in a bore
connected to fuel return line, thermo- in cylinder block. Pump service consists
start unit located in intake manifold of renewing diaphragm (6Fig. 108).
and a switch which is an integral part Before disassembling pump, scribe
of the starter switch. See Fig. 107. alignment marks on pump cover (5) and
When starter key (8Fig. 107) is body (7) to ensure proper reassembly.
turned to HEAT position, electrical Push down on diaphragm (6) and rotate
current energizes thermostart unit (2) 90 degrees in either direction to remove
in intake manifold. Current heats coil diaphragm.
(5) which opens fuel valve (4) and When reassembling, lift priming le-
changes fuel into vapor. Another coil ver to compress spring as cover screws
(3) ignites fuel vapor which burns in- are tightened. Be sure marks made dur-
Fig. 108Expioded view of fuei transfer pump
side intake manifold and warms air ing disassembly are aligned. used on aii modeis.
going into the cylinders. This makes Tighten pump mounting bolts to 20 1. Bowl clamp
N-m (15 ft.-lbs.) torque. Bleed air from 2. Bowl 5. Cover
engine easier to start in very cold 3. Gasket 6. Diaphragm
weather. system as outlined in paragraph 131. 4. Filter screen 7. Pump body

46
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 137-139


tion pump aligning timing marks as Models 1290-1294-1390-1394- pump. Disconnect injector lines, fuel
shown in Fig. 109, and tighten pump 1490-1494 supply line and fuel return line from
retaining nuts. Reconnect fuel lines injection pump. Cap all openings. Re-
leaving injector line connections loose 138. PUMP TIMING. Injection move pump mounting bolts and with-
at injectors. Install throttle and stop pump drive gear is timed to pump shaft draw pump. The pump drive gear will
controls, then bleed air from system as by a dowel pin. Providing mesh position remain in the timing gear cover.
outlined in paragraph 131. of engine timing gears is correct (para-
graph 94), injection pump is properly NOTE: Once injection pump Is removed,
137. INJECTION PUMP DRIVE timed when timing marks on pump do not turn crankshaft as damage to gears
GEAR. To remove drive gear (10Fig. flange and engine front plate are or timing gear cover couid resuit.
110) and housing assembly, first re- aligned as shown in Fig. 114.
move injection pump, splined drive If pump timing mark accuracy is in To reinstall injection pump, first
shaft and drive shaft thrust spring as doubt, injection timing should be make certain idler gear and pump drive
outlined in paragraph 136. Lift gear and checked using static timing specifica- gear timing marks are still correctly
housing assembly from cylinder block. tions and corresponding piston travel aligned. Install pump, aligning slot in
If drive gear (14) on camshaft is to be before top dead center (BTDC) specifi- pump shaft with dowel in gear. Align
renewed, refer to paragraph 97. cations listed in table shown in Fig. marks on pump flange and engine front
To remove drive gear from housing, 115. plate (Fig. 114), then tighten pump
remove snap ring (6Fig. 110) from top
end of gear (10) and press gear down- 139. REMOVE AND REINSTALL
INJECTION PUMP. Clean timing BALL BEARING
ward out of housing. Remove caged nee-
dle roller bearing (9) and snap ring (8) gear cover, injection pump, fuel lines
retaining lower bearing. Press bearing and surrounding area. Drain coolant
(7) out of housing (2). from radiator, then remove lower ra-
To reassemble, install bearing (7 diator hose Remove pump drive gear
Fig. 110) first, then install snap ring (8) cover plate from timing gear cover.
with chamfered edge downward. See Rotate crankshaft until single timing
Fig. 111. Press new needle roller bear- mark on injection pump drive gear is
aligned with double timing marks on CHAMFER SNAP RING
ing (9Fig. 110) into position.
idler gear. Bend tab washer and remove
NOTE: If needle roller bearing Is re- pump gear retaining bolts. Disconnect
moved, a new bearing MUST be installed. throttle and fuel shut-off controls from
Press, do not drive, bearing into place. Fig. IllView showing proper instailatlon of
snap ring retaining baii bearing in injection pump
Install drive gear (10Fig. 110) into drive housing used on three-cyiinder engines.
housing assembly and install snap ring
(6) with chamfered edge downward. See
Fig. 112. -SNAP RING
To install gear and housing assembly,
first turn crankshaft so No. 1 piston is CHAMFER
at TDC on compression stroke. Install
gear and housing with master spline at
"4 o'clock" position (AFig. 113). As
gear meshes with drive gear on cam- Fig. 112When relnstaiUng drive gear in injec-
shaft, master spline should move to tion pump drive housing, install snap ring with
chamfered edge downward.
position (B) between "6 o'clock" and *'7
o^clock".
With injection pump drive gear prop-
erly meshed with camshaft gear, rein-
stall splined drive shaft and injection
pump as outlined in paragraph 136.

15
14

Fig. 110Expioded view showing three-cylinder


diesei fuel Injection pump drive assembiy and
reiated parts.
1. Spring
2. Bearing housing 9. Needle roller bearing
3. Gasket 10. Gear
4. Stud U. Bolt Fig. 113View showing "4 o'dock" position
5. Snap ring 12. Camshaft gear
Fig. 109View showing timing mark aiignment (A) and "6 o^clock" assembiy position (B) used
6. Snap ring 13. Locating housing
on fuei injection pump for 1190 and 1194 mod- 7. Bearing 14. Injection pump drive gear in injection pump drive gear instaiiation on Mod-
8. Snap ring 15. Camshaft els 1190 and 1194. Refer to text.

47
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 140-145 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


mounting bolts to 20 N-m (15 ft.-lbs.)
torque. Tighten gear retaining bolts to TRACTOR STATIC TIMING PISTON TRAVEL
27 N. m (20 ft.-lbs.) torque and bend tab MODEL BTDC BTDC
washer to secure. Complete installation 1190 and 16 2.832 mm
by reversing removal procedure. Bleed 1194 (0.1115 in.)
air from system as outlined in para- 1290 Prior to 17" 2.771 mm
graph 131. P.I.N. 11052369 (0.1091 in.)
1290 P.I.N. 11052369 \r 3.195 mm
Models 1594-1690 Fig. 115Injection pump and After, 1294 (0.1258 in.)
timing specification tabie. and 1390
140. PUMP LUBRICATION. The 1490 Prior to 10 3.980 mm
inline injection pump used on these P.I.N. 11414528 (0.1567 in.)
models contains an oil reservoir for
lubrication of pump rotating parts. The 1490 P.I.N. 11414528 20' 4.850 mm
and After, 1394 {0.1910 in.)
oil must be drained and renewed after and 1494
every 100 hours of operation when en-
1594 and 25' 6.817 mm
gine oil is changed. Recommended oil is 1690 (0.2684 in.)
same grade and viscosity as used in
engine. Add oil through fill plug (Fig.
116) until it flows from level plug open-
ing.
lines, supply lines and return lines. Cap injector, check for defective unit as fol-
141. PUMP TIMING. Pump drive all openings. Remove pump retaining lows: Run engine at speed that defect is
gear is keyed to injection pump shaft. nuts and remove pump. most noticeable, then loosen high pres-
Providing mesh position of engine tim- sure fuel line connection at each injec-
ing gears is correct, injection pump is NOTE: Do not turn crankshaft after re- tor in turn and note any change in
properly timed when marks on pump moving injection pump. engine operation. The faulty unit is the
and timing gear case are aligned in sim- one that least affects running of the
ilar manner as marks in Fig. 114. To reinstall pump, first make certain engine.
Refer to table in Fig. 115 for pump idler gear and pump drive gear are If a faulty injector is found and con-
static timing specifications in crank- positioned as marked at disassembly. siderable time has elapsed since injec-
shaft degrees and corresponding piston Install pump aligning key in pump tors have been serviced, it is recom-
travel before top dead center. shaft with slot in gear. Align timing mended that all injectors be removed
marks on pump flange and timing gear and serviced.
142. REMOVE AND REINSTALL case, then tighten pump retaining nuts.
INJECTION PUMP. Turn crankshaft Tighten drive gear retaining nut to 61 144. REMOVE AND INSTALL IN-
until No. 1 piston is at TDC on compres- N-m (45 ft.-lbs.) torque and bend tab JECTORS. Clean injectors, lines and
sion stroke. Clean timing gear cover, washer to F^^cure nut. Complete instal- surrounding area until free of all loose
injection pump, lines and surrounding lation by reversing removal procedure. dirt, grease or foreign material. Re-
area. Drain radiator and remove lower Bleed air from system as outlined in move return lines and high pressure
radiator hose. Remove pump drive gear paragraph 131. Check lubricating oil lines. Cap all openings. Remove stud
cover plate from timing gear cover. level in pump and fill to proper level nuts at each injector. Note location of
Mark injection pump drive gear and with engine oil. Refer to paragraph each injector as an aid in locating any
idler gear so pump drive gear can be 140. sealing washers which may stay in
reinstalled with same teeth meshing. cylinder head, then remove injectors.
Bend tab washer away from pump drive FUEL INJECTORS Remove sealing washers.
gear retaining nut and remove nut. Clean nozzle recesses in cylinder
Using a suitable puller, free drive gear All Models head using care not to damage seating
from tapered pump shaft (drive gear surfaces. Renew sealing washer, coat
will stay inside timing gear cover). 143. LOCATING FAULTY NOZ- injector body and nozzle retaining cap
Remove throttle and fuel shut-off con- ZLE. If rough or uneven engine opera- with heat resistant antiseize compound
trols at pump. Disconnect fuel injector tion or misfiring indicates a faulty and insert carefully into cylinder head.
Tighten nozzle holder stud nuts evenly
to 20 N-m (15 ft.-lbs,) torque. Reinstall
all fuel lines, but leave high pressure
line connections loose at injectors. With
fuel shut-off control in RUN position,
crank engine with starter until fuel is
Fig. 114On four-cylinder discharged from injector lines. Tighten
engines, injection pump is fuel line connections and start engine.
properiy timed to engine
when marks on pump flange 145. NOZZLE TESTING. A com-
and engine front piate are
aligned. plete job of testing and adjusting fuel
injectors requires use of special test
equipment. Use only clean approved
testing oil in tester tank. The nozzle
should be checked for opening pressure,
seat leakage, back leakage and spray
pattern.

48
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 146-150


CAUTION: Fuel leaves nozzle tip with suf- mately one stroke per second and ob- ing solvents should be used. Nozzle
ficient force to penetrate the skin. Keep serve spray pattern. Four finely atom- valve and body are individually fit and
unprotected parts of body ciear of nozzle ized, equally spaced and shaped sprays lapped and must be kept together as a
tip when testing. should emerge from nozzle tip. If pat- unit. Do not intermix parts from one
tern is uneven, ragged or a solid spray, injector to another.
146. OPENING PRESSURE. Connect overhaul or renew nozzle. Before disassembling any injector,
injector to tester and operate lever sev- thoroughly clean with a brass wire
eral times to purge air from nozzle and 150. OVERHAUL. Maintenance of brush. Soak injectors in approved car-
to make sure nozzle valve is not stuck. absolute cleanliness in the overhaul of bon cleaning solvent, if necessary, to
Operate tester lever slowly and observe injector assemblies is of the utmost loosen hard carbon deposits. Rinse in-
pressure at which injection spray oc- importance. Of equal importance is jectors in clean diesel fuel after clean-
curs. Opening pressure for a new injec- avoidance of nicks, scratches or han- ing with solvent. Never use steel wire
tor should be 18750 kPa (2720 psi). dling damage on any lapped or polished brush, emery cloth or hard or sharp
Opening pressure for a used injector surfaces. To avoid damage, only recom- tools to clean injectors.
should be 17650 kPa (2560 psi). Maxi- mended cleaning kits and carbon clean- To disassemble injector, clamp body
mum allowable pressure variation be- in holding fixture or soft jawed vise
tween injectors is 690 kPa (100 psi). with only enough pressure to keep in-
To adjust nozzle opening pressure, jector from slipping. Remove cap (1
remove top cap nut (1Fig. 117) and Fig. 117) and washer (2). Some injectors
turn adjusting screw (3) until specified have a locknut which is removed next.
opening pressure is obtained. On all injectors, back off pressure ad-
justing screw (3) until all tension is
NOTE: When adjusting an overhauled removed from pressure spring (5). Re-
injector with a new pressure spring ( 5 ) , move nozzle retaining cap (12) and noz-
set pressure to new injector specifications zle (10). Remove nozzle from retaining
to allow for initiai pressure loss as spring cap and needle (9) from nozzle. Place in
takes a set. approved cleaning solvent. Remove ad-
justing screw (3), using care not to lose
147. SEAT LEAKAGE. Wipe nozzle washer (4). Remove spring (5) and spin-
tip dry, then operate tester lever slowly dle (6). Place in cleaning solvent.
to maintain pressure at 1000 kPa (145 Examine lapped pressure faces
psi) below nozzle opening pressure. If where nozzle mates with body and sur-
fuel appears on nozzle tip within a peri- faces of needle for nicks, scratches or
od of five seconds, nozzle is leaking and
must be overhauled or renewed.

148. BACK LEAKAGE. Operate test-


er lever slowly until pressure reading is
slightly below opening pressure. Re-
lease tester lever and note time taken
as pressure falls from 14755 kPa (2140
psi) to 9860 kPa (1430 psi). The time
must be between 6 and 25 seconds. Note
that a leaking tester will show up in
this test as excessively fast leakback. If
all nozzles fail to pass this test, tester
rather than nozzles should be sus-
pected. Fig. 118Clean small feed channel bores with
drill or wire as siiown. Ttiese bores are rareiy
149. SPRAY PATTERN. Operate Fig. 117Exploded view of typical fuel Injector choiied and insertion of drili or wire by hand will
used on all models. be sufficient
tester lever several times at approxi- 1. Cap nut 7. Body
2. Copper washer 8. Dowels
B. Adjusting screw 9. Needle
FILL PLUG 4. Washer 10. Nozzle
5. Spring 11. Washer
6. Spindle 12. Nozzle retaining cap

Fig. 116View sitowing lo-


cation of fiiier piug, oii ievei
plug and drain plug on Inline
If^ectton pump used on slx-
cyllnder engines.

Fig. 119Insert special groove scraper until


hooked nose of scraper enters fuel gallery. Press
scraper hard against side of gallery and rotate
noxzle to clear any carbon deposit from this
LEVEL PLUG DRAIN PLUG area.

49
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 151-154 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


heat discoloration. Clean small feed
channel bores using a small wire as COOLING SYSTEM Standard thermostat should begin to
open at 79-83C (174^-181F) and
shown in Fig. 118. Insert special groove should be fully open at 93-96C (199-
scraper into nozzle body until nose of RADIATOR 205F).
scraper enters fuel gallery. Press nose
of scraper hard against side of cavity All Models
and rotate nozzle to clear carbon depos- WATER PUMP
its as shown in Fig. 119. While pressing 151. REMOVE AND REINSTALL.
seat scraper against needle seat, rotate Drain radiator and remove complete All Models
scraper and clean carbon off seat as ehgine cover assembly, side panels and
shown in Fig. 120. Remove carbon from supporting frame. Remove battery and 153. REMOVE AND REINSTALL.
dome cavity with dome cavity cleaner battery support as necessary. Discon- Drain cooling system and remove nec-
as shown in Fig. 121. Place proper size nect upper and lower radiator hoses at essary radiator, heater or manifold
cleaning pin in pin vise. Cleaning pin radiator. Disconnect hose to expansion hoses at water pump. Loosen all belts.
should protrude from pin vise only tank if so equipped. Remove shroud Remove fan blade and slip belts off
enough to enter nozzle orifice. Caution bolts and bolts retaining radiator. water pump pulley. On some models it
should be used not to break cleaning pin Some models may be equipped with a will be necessary to remove shroud
off in orifice as removal is often impos- radiator blind for cold weather opera- bolts and reach between shroud and
sible. Clean orifices as shown in Fig. tion. If so, remove blind, hangers and radiator to gain access to fan bolts.
122. control tube and cord. On all models, Remove alternator as required. Remove
Clean all parts using clean diesel fuel remove any electrical wiring necessary water pump. Remove impeller housing
and install needle (9Fig. 117) into and remove radiator. if so equipped.
nozzle (10). Needle should slide freely Reinstall by reversing removal pro- Install new gaskets and seals and
by its own weight to bottom of nozzle cedure. reinstall by reversing removal proce-
body. If needle sticks, reclean or renew dure. On Models 1594 and 1690, tighten
nozzle valve assembly. pump mounting bolts to 20 N m (15 ft.-
Place washer (11), if so equipped, on THERMOSTAT lbs.) torque. On all other models, tight-
nozzle. Position nozzle on injector body en pump and fan mounting bolts to 34
(7) engaging dowels (8) in holes in noz- 152. Thermostat is located at front of N.m (25 ft.-lbs.) torque.
zle. Install retaining cap (12) and tight- cylinder head and may be removed
en securely. Place spindle (6) in injector after draining cooling system and re- 154. OVERHAUL. To disassemble
body and install spring (5), washer (4) moving upper radiator hose and ther- water pump, first note position of pump
and adjusting screw (3). mostat housing. shaft in pulley for proper reassembly.
Connect injector to tester and set To test, place thermostat and a suit- Using a suitable puller or press, remove
opening pressure and check operation able thermometer in a container of pulley from pump shaft. Separate im-
as outlined in NOZZLE TESTING para- water. Heat water and observe at what peller housing (10Fig. 123) from
graphs. temperature thermostat begins to open, pump body (2). Press bearing and shaft
and when it is fully open. assembly (1) forward out of impeller (7)
and pump body. Remove seal ring (6)
and seal (5) from pump body.
Inspect all parts for wear or damage
and renew as necessary.
To reassemble, press bearing and
shaft assembly into body from the front
with smaller diameter end of shaft
entering housing first. Press against
outer race only of bearing until end of
bearing is flush with outer face of hous-
ing as shown in Fig. 124. Support impel-
Fig. 122Use a pin vise and proper size cleaning ler end of shaft, then press pulley onto
wire to probe aii carbon from the four injection shaft to same position noted during dis-
spray hoies in each nozzie tip. assembly. Install new seal (5Fig. 123)
Fig. 120Use a seat scraper to dean aii carbon
from needle seat In tip of nozzie by rotating
scraper whiie pressing it against seat. 1 2 3 Flush
Pulley

Bearing Spindle
4 5 6 7 10
Fig. 123Expioded view of typicai water pump
showing component parts and their reiative posi-
tions. Pump body design varies, but basic assem-
Support Here'
bly is the same.
1. Bearing assy. 6. Sealing ring Fig. 124Outer end of pump shaft bearing
2. Pump body 7. Impeller should be flush with face of water pump body.
3. Rubber seal 8. Fiber washer Ruiiey instaiiation shown is for aii modeis except
Fig. 121Remove any carbon from dome (tip) 4. Gasket 9. Plug
cavity with dome cavity deaner as shown. 5. Seal 10. Impeller housing 1594 and 1690.

50
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 155-158

Impeller Bearing Spindle alternator drive belt is properly ad-


justed.
NOTE: Do not disconnect any wires from
aiternator whiie engine is running as dam-
age to aiternator may result.
- 0.30 mm
- 0.012 i n . ) Alternator warning light should not
come on when key switch is in OFF
Body Fig. 125Support puiiey position. If light fails to go out when
end of shaft, then press im- key is in OFF position, test circuits as
peiier onto shaft untii desired
ciearance between impeiier outlined in paragraph 158.
and body is obtained. Normal operation of warning light is
to come on only when key switch is in
ACC or IGN position, engine NOT
running. If engine is started while
throttle is in low idle position, light
may stay on until engine speed is
increased for the first time. Light
Support Here should not come on at any time after
engine is running and initial engine
speed increase was sufficient to shut
and seal ring (6) with smooth sealing ance between body and impeller is 0.05- light off. If operation of warning light
surfaces facing together. Support pump 0.30 mm (0.002-0.012 inch). Rotate pul- is not normal, test circuits as outlined
shaft at pulley end (Fig. 125), then ley to assure smooth operation. Install in paragraph 158.
press impeller onto shaft until clear- body on impeller housing.
158. WARNING LIGHT CIRCUIT
TEST. If warning light fails to go out
with key switch in OFF position, dis-
ELECTRiCAL SYSTEiVi connect plug at alternator. If light goes
out after plug is removed at alternator,
replace rectifier assembly in alterna-
BATTERY CHARGiNG SYSTEM tor.
If light stays on after disconnecting
Aii Modeis Aii Modeis plug at alternator, there is an electrical
short between the brown and yellow
155. Before any electrical system 157. TESTING. Prior to beginning wire and another positive wire in wir-
service is performed, a thorough check test, be sure battery is fully charged, all ing harness. Repair as necessary.
of battery condition, condition of cable connections are clean and tight and If light fails to come on with key
connections and condition of alternator switch in ACC or IGN position, engine
drive belt and pulleys should be made.
Battery should be checked for total TEST HERE
voltage and voltage drop under rated
load.
All relative connections should be
checked for excessive resistance using
an ohmmeter.
If battery voltage is excessively low,
it should be recharged to rated level
using an external battery charger. Fail-
ure to do so can cause alternator to
overheat resulting in premature failure
of alternator, regulator or both.
Fig. 126View showing test DELCO ALTERNATOR
hoie iocation for bypassing
156. BATTERY C U R R E N T voitage reguiator. Refer to
DRAIN TEST. If after checking, serv- paragraph 160.
icing and installing a battery, it returns
to an undercharged condition when
tractor is not in use, current drain
should be suspected. To check, discon-
nect negative battery terminal and con-
nect an ammeter lead to negative bat-
tery post and the other lead to negative
cable end. Make sure all electrical sys-
tems are off. Any reading on ammeter
indicates current leakage. Check for
lights, radio or accessories being on, or
shorted electrical wiring or compo- LUCAS ALTERNATOR
nents. TEST HERE

51
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 159-165 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


NOT running, disconnect plug from terminal of alternator and ground neg- ALTERNATOR
alternator and connect a jumper wire at ative lead to adequate ground. Start
number one terminal (brown and yel- engine and run at 1500 rpm. Voltmeter Lucas alternators are used on all
low wire) in connector and ground it to should read between 13 and 15 volts. If models, however some tractors may be
alternator housing. If light comes on at voltage is less than 13 volts, bypass reg- equipped with an AC Delco alternator.
this time, alternator warning light bulb ulator and check as outlined in para- Both Lucas and AC Delco alternators
and wiring are good and problem is in graph 160. Voltage in excess of 15 volts used have nonadjustable internal type
alternator. Check as outlined in para- indicates either a grounded brush in- voltage regulators.
graph 159. If light still fails to come on, side alternator or faulty voltage regula-
check bulb, bulb socket, current supply tor. Repair as necessary. Lucas Standard Duty Alternator
to socket and wiring from socket to
alternator. 160. VOLTAGE REGULATOR BY- 162. DISASSEMBLY. Scribe locat-
If warning light functions normally PASS TEST. With voltmeter connected ing marks on alternator housings (7
with engine not running, but fails to go as outlined in paragraph 159, start and Fig. 128), then remove end cover (23).
off when engine is running at various run engine at 1500 rpm. Ground voltage Note location of stator leads and un-
speeds, check alternator as outlined in regulator to alternator case using probe solder leads from rectifier (19). Use
paragraph 159. with ground wire (Lucas) or small caution to not overheat diodes. Remove
screwdriver (Delco) inserted through brush, regulator and rectifier assem-
159. ALTERNATOR VOLTAGE test hole in back of alternator case. See blies. Remove retaining bolts and sepa-
OUTPUT TEST. Make certain all wir- Fig. 126. If voltage before bypassing rate drive end housing (14) and rotor
ing connections are in place, then con- regulator was not between 13 and 15 assembly (5) from rear housing (20) and
nect voltmeter positive lead to BAT volts, but is between 13 and 15 volts stator assembly (22). Remove drive pul-
while regulator is being bypassed, re- ley, fan and shaft key, then press rotor
new voltage regulator. If voltage fails and shaft (5) out of drive end housing
to be between 13 and 15 volts while (14) and front bearing (10). Remove
bypassing regulator, remove alternator snap ring (8), plate (9), bearing (10),
and overhaul as outlined in paragraphs pressure ring (11), plate (12) and felt
for appropriate model. seal (13). Unsolder field winding con-
nections and remove slip ring (1) if rear
161. ALTERNATOR AMPERAGE bearing (3) or seal (4) are to be renewed.
OUTPUT TEST. Disconnect brown Press off rear bearing (3). Separate sta-
wires from alternator and connect tor assembly (22) from rear housing
ammeter in alternator output circuit as (20).
shown in Fig. 127. Start and run engine
at full rated speed. Turn on all lights 163. BRUSHES AND SPRINGS.
and accessories, then check ammeter Brushes should work freely in brush
reading. holder and be clean and free of grease
Amperage output must not be more or oil. Renew if overall length is less
Fig. 127View showing proper installation of than 10 amps below rating stamped on than 7.9 mm (^6 inch). Spring pressure
ammeter for performing amperage output test. alternator identification plate. should be 2.5-3.6 N (9-13 oz.). Light
Refer to paragraph 161.
sanding of rotor slip rings is permissi-
ble.
164. ROTOR WINDING TESTS.
Check rotor winding continuity and re-
Fig. 128Expioded view of
standard-duty Lucas alterna- sistance simultaneously by connecting
tor showing component parts a battery operated ohmmeter (Fig. 129)
and their reiative positions. leads to slip rings. Resistance should be
1. Slip ring 3.3 ohms. Check rotor winding insula-
2. Seal
3. Bearing tion by connecting a 110 volt, 15 watt
4. Seal
5. Rotor AC current test light between each slip
6. Key ring and rotor body. See Fig. 130. If test
7. Scribe marks
8. Snap ring light comes on, rotor should be re-
9. Retaining plate newed.
10. Bearing
11. Pressure ring
12. Retainer 165. STATOR WINDING TESTS.
13. Felt seal
14. Housing Short circuiting between windings is
15. Regulator
16. Isolation diode
17. Brushes
18. Brush holder
19. Rectifier assy.
20. Housing
21. Pressure ring
22. Stator
23. Cover

Fig. 129View showing proper connection of


ohmmeter to slip ring for resistance check. Refer
to paragraph 164.

52
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 166-168


indicated by burnt insulating varnish using a 12 volt battery and 1.5 watt test diode separately and renew rectifier if
covering winding. Renew stator assem- light. Connect one lead of test light to any of the three check bad.
bly if damage is apparent. battery and remaining lead to diode to
Continuity of stator windings may be be checked. Connect remaining diode 167. REASSEMBLY. Note that
checked by connecting any two of the lead to battery. Observe liqht. Reverse some type of heat sink should be used
three stator winding leads in series leads of diode and observe light. Light between diode and connections to be
with a 12 volt test light of not less than should come on during only one-half of resoldered (needle nose pliers lightly
36 watts. If test light comes on, transfer this test. If test light fails to come on, clamped on diode lead) to protect diode
one of test light leads to remaining sta- or comes on when diode is connected from heat damage. Reassemble by re-
tor winding lead. See Fig. 131. Test either way, diode is faulty and should versing disassembly procedure and re-
light should come on at each position, if be renewed. align scribe marks when joining hous-
not, renew stator assembly. To test rectifier diodes, connect 12 ing halves.
Insulation of stator winding may be volt battery and 1,5 watt test light in
checked by connecting a 110 volt, 15 series with each separate diode using Lucas Heavy-Duty Alternator
watt, AC current test light lead at sta- heat sink plate in which diode is
tor laminations and touch each of the mounted as one point of connection. See 168. DISASSEMBLY. Scribe locat-
three stator lead wires in turn with Fig. 133. Observe light and reverse con- ing marks on alternator housings, then
remaining test light lead. See Fig. 132. nections. Light should come on during remove cover (3~Fig. 134). Remove
If test light comes on, stator is short only one-half of this test. Test each regulator (4) and brush holder (5). Un-
circuited and must be renewed. solder stator (11) leads and remove rec-
tifier assembly and surge (isolation)
166. DIODE TESTS. Diodes act as protection diode. Remove retaining
one-way gates for electrical current by bolts and separate drive end housing
allowing current to pass through in one (20) and rotor assembly (15) from rear
direction only. They may be checked housing (8) and stator assembly (11).
Remove nut (24), pulley (23), fan (22)
and collar (21), then press rotor assem-
bly (15) out of drive end housing bear-
ing (19). Remove retaining plate (18)
and bearing (19) from housing (20). Dis-
connect rotor leads and remove slip
Fig. 133To check diode in rectifier, connect rings (12) from rotor shaft. Remove
test iight as shown and refer to paragraph 166.

Fig. 130Check rotor winding for short circuit to


body using test iight as outlined in paragraph
164.

Fig. 134Exploded view of


heavy-duty Lucas aiternator
used on modeis having cab
or high electricai require-
ments.
1. Alternator assy
2. Brushes
3. Cover
4. Regulator
5. Brush holder
Fig. 131Continuity check of stator winding 6. Rectifier
7. Surge protection diode
using 30 watt test iight. Refer to paragraph 165. 8. Housing
9. Collar
10. Pressure ring
11. Stator
12. Slip rings
13. Bearing
14. Seal
15. Rotor
16. Key
17. Collar
18. Retainer plate
19. Bearing
20. Housing
21. Collar
22. Fan
23. Pulley
24. Nut

21
Fig. 132When using 15 watt test iight to check
insuiatlon of stator winding, connect one iead to
22
stator body and remaining lead to 110 volt power 23
source. Connect 110 volt iead to each stator iead
separateiy. Refer to paragraph 165.

53
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 169-178 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


bearing (13) and seal (14). Remove sta- rotor (6) from rear housing (10). Re-
tor (11) from rear housing (8). move retaining nut, pulley and fan from
REGULATOR rotor shaft and withdraw rotor from
ROUND SCRtW housing. Remove retainer plate (4) and
169. BRUSHES AND SPRINGS.
Brushes should work freely in brush bearing (3). Note location of insulating
holder and be clean and free of grease washers under screws at **A" and **B"
or oil. Renew brushes if excessively connections (Fig. 136) at brush holder,
worn. Springs should apply 2.5-3.6 N then remove retaining screws and nuts.
(9-13 oz.) pressure to brushes, and slip Remove diode trio (8Fig. 135), brush
ring surface of rotor should be clean holder (11), regulator (12) and rectifier
and smooth. Light sanding of slip rings assembly (9). Press needle bearing (13)
to remove scores or scratches is permis- inward to remove from housing.
sible.
Fig. 136Screws at ''A'' and '*B" connections 175. BRUSHES, SPRINGS AND
170. ROTOR WINDING TESTS. must use insulating washers. Screw at "C" Is a SLIP RINGS. Brushes should work
ground connection. freely in holder and have sufficient
Check rotor winding continuity and re-
sistance simultaneously by connecting spring pressure to maintain brush to
battery operated ohmmeter leads to (isolation) protection diodes as outlined slip ring contact. Brushes, springs and
rotor leads. Resistance should be 4.3 in paragraph 166. holder are serviced as an assembly only,
ohms. and should be renewed if excessively
Check rotor winding insulation by 173. REASSEMBLY. Note that worn or damaged.
connecting a 110 volt, 15 watt, AC cur- some type of heat sink should be used Rotor slip rings should be smooth
rent test light lead to rotor body and between diode and connections to be and free of grease or oil. Mount rotor in
remaining lead to separate rotor wind- resoldered (needle nose pliers lightly lathe and check slip ring runout. If
ing leads, each in turn. If test light clamped on diode lead) to protect diode runout exceeds 0.05 mm (0.002 inch) or
comes on, rotor should be renewed. from heat damage. Reassemble by re- if surface is scored, surfaces may be
versing disassembly procedure and re- trued on a lathe. Finish with 400 grit
171. STATER WINDING TESTS. align scribe marks when joining hous- (nonmetallic) sandpaper or polishing
Test stator windings as outlined in ing halves. cloth until scratches or machine marks
paragraph 165. are removed.
Deico Alternator
172. DIODE TESTS. Note that recti- 176. ROTOR WINDING TESTS.
fier assembly construction is different, 174. DISASSEMBLY. Scribe align- Check rotor winding continuity and re-
but basic testing procedures are the ment marks across alternator housings sistance simultaneously by connecting
same as for standard duty Lucas alter- to ensure proper reassembly. Remove battery operated ohmmeter leads to
nators. Locate individual diode leads housing retaining bolts, then separate each brush contact surface of slip rings.
and test rectifier assembly and surge drive end housing (2Fig. 135) and Resistance must be 3.3 ohms for stand-
ard duty alternators and 4.3 ohms for
heavy duty alternators.
Check rotor winding insulation by
connecting a 110 volt, 15 watt, AC cur-
rent test light lead to rotor body and
remaining lead to separate slip ring
surfaces. If test light comes on, rotor
should be renewed.

177. STATOR WINDING TESTS.


Test stator as outlined in paragraph
165.
Fig. 135Exploded view of
Delco alternator used on 178. DIODE TESTS. To test diode
some tractors. trio (8Fig. 135), connect a battery
1. Spacer operated ohmmeter lead to diode trio at
2. Housing
3. Bearing "D", Fig. 137 and remaining lead to
4. Retainer plate
5. Spacer
6. Rotor
7. Stator
8. Diode trio
9. Rectifier bridge aasy.
10. Housing
11. Brush holder
12. Regulator
13. Bearing

ji^^s v^...^

Fig. 137Connect ohmmeter as shown to test


diode trio as outlined In paragraph 178.

54
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 179-183


brush holder (22). Inspect brush 182. ARMATURE INSULATION
springs (21) and renew as needed. Re- TEST. Armature insulation may be
move field housing (18). Remove eccen- tested by using a 110 volt, 15 watt AC
tric pin (1) and remove drive end hous- current test light connected as shown in
ing (3). Push thrust collar (12) off of Fig. 140. Touch each commutator seg-
snap (11) and remove snap ring and ment in turn with test light lead. If test
thrust collar. Remove starter drive (13), light comes on at any segment, wind-
intermediate support (14) and shims ings are shorted and must be repaired
(16). Note thickness and number of or renewed.
shims (16) for reassembly. Inspect
bushings (2, 15 and 27) for excessive 18a. FIELD COIL TEST. Field coil
Ffg. 138Rectifier bridge has a grounded
wear or damage. Renew as required. insulation may be tested using a 110
mounting screw **A** and an insuiated screw "E" Soak new bushings in oil for 24 hours volt, 15 watt, AC current test light con-
which is connected to output terminai. "S", " C " prior to installation. nected as shown in Fig. 141. Brushes
and " D " are individual diode ieads. must not touch field housing and power
"A", "B" and "C" in succession, noting 181. ARMATURE. Inspect armature terminal insulation must not allow
ohmmeter reading at each connection. commutator and if worn, rough or voltage to short to housing. If test light
Reverse ohmmeter connections and pitted, it may be trued in a lathe. Mini- comes on and brushes are not touching
check each diode again. Ohmmeter mum commutator diameter is 38.1 mm housing and insulation is good at power
reading should be high for each diode (1.50 inches). Polish commutator with terminal, there is a short between field
during one-half of test and low during nonconductive emery cloth. Do not un- coils (20Fig. 139) and field housing
the other half of test. If reading is dercut insulators between commutator (18). Repair or renew as necessary.
equal, or no reading is registered, re- segments.
new diode trio assembly.
The rectifier bridge (Fig. 138) has a
grounded heat sink (A) and an insu-
lated heat sink (E) that is connected to
output terminal. To check rectifier, con- Fig. 139Expioded view of
typicai Lucas starter assem-
10
nect ohmmeter to grounded heat sink biy. Note that construction
(A) and flat metal strip (B). Then, may vary siightiy according
reverse ohmmeter lead connections and to modei, but basic design
note meter readiiigs. If both readings remains the same.
1. Pivot bolt
are the same, rectifier bridge is defec- 2. Bushing
tive. Repeat this test between points 3. Drive end housing
4. Gasket
A-C, A-D, B-E, C-E and D-E. 5. Grommet
6. Link
7. Plunger
179. REASSEMBLY. Note position 8. Spring
d. Solenoid
of insulated washers (Fig. 136) when 10. Solenoid end cap
reassembling. If needle bearing (13 11. Retaining ring
12. Thrust collar
Fig. 135) is being renewed, press new 13. Starter drive
bearing into housing from the outside 14. Intermediate support
15. Support bushing
until bearing is flush with outside of 16. Shims
end frame. Push brushes against spring 17. Armature
18. Field housing
pressure, then insert a plastic pin or 19. Pole shoe
toothpick through holes in brush holder 20. Field coils
21. Brush spring
and end frame to hold brushes in 22. Brush holder
retracted position. Be sure to align 23. Brushes
24. Brake springs
scribe marks when assembling hous- 25. Brake shoes
ings. Make certain that pin retaining 26. Thrust washer
27. Bushing
the brushes is removed after housings 28. Seat
are assembled. 29. End cover
30. Through-bolt

STARTING MOTOR
With the exception of 1390 models,
Lucas starting motors are used on all
I S WATT TEST BULB
tractors. A Bosch starting motor is BRUSHES MllST NOT
used on 1390 models. TOUCH F I E L D HOUSING'

Lucas Starter 110 VOLT

180. DISASSEMBLY. To disassem-


ble Lucas starter, first remove solenoid ARMATURE
assembly and copper link connecting
solenoid to starter. Remove through- 15 WATT TEST BULB
bolts (30Fig. 139) and end cover (29).
Use caution to avoid losing brake shoes Fig. 140When checicing insulation, each com- Fig. 141Brushes must not touch housing and
(25) and springs (24). Remove brushes mutator segment must be checi<ed separately, insuiation at terminais must be good when check-
(23) from brush boxes and remove f^efer to paragraph 182. ing field coiis. Refer to paragraph 183.

55
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 184-192 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


184. INSULATED BRUSH BOX
TEST. Two of the brush boxes on brush
holder assembly must be insulated Fig. 144Expioded view of
from the assembly itself. Connect a 110 Bosch starter showing com-
volt, 15 watt, AC current test light as ponent parts and their reia-
shown in Fig. 142 and touch test light five positions.
1. Solenoid
lead to each insulated brush holder in 2. End cap
turn. If test light comes on, insulation 3. Bushing
4. Drive housing
between brush box and brush holder 5. Link
assembly is faulty and brush holder 6. Pivot pin
7. Bushing
assembly must be renewed. 8. Intermediate support
9. Field housing
10. Sealing ring
185. REASSEMBLY. Reassemble by 11. Bushing
reversing disassembly procedure. Make 12. Brush holder
13. Brush
certain slots in brake shoes align with 14. Brush spring
cross pin in armature shaft. 15. End cover
16. Field coil 18. Bushing 20. Armature
Armature end play must be 0.13-0.63 17. Snap ring 19. Starter drive- 21. Shims
mm (0.005-0.025 inch) and is controlled
by thickness of shims (16Fig. 139) bled starter to activate solenoid. Push SOLENOID
between intermediate support and ar- back lightly on starter drive clutch (1
mature core. Fig. 143) to remove any free play. Meas- All Models
Pinion clearance is set by connecting ure with a feeler gage as shown in Fig.
a 6 volt battery to solenoid on assem- 143. Turn pivot bolt (1Fig. 139) to 19 L Solenoids differ slightly in ap-
adjust clearance and when set, lock pearance but basic construction and
pivot bolt in place with locknut. Stand- operating principles are the same.
ard-duty starter pinion clearance must When electrical current is applied to
1 5 WATT TEST BULB be 0.13-0.38 mm (0.005-0.015 inch) and start terminal, it energizes closing
heavy-duty starter pinion clearance is coils. This pulls plunger in which ener-
0.13-1.14 mm (0.005-0.045 inch). gizes hold in coil and maintains starter
drive engagement. If solenoid fails to
Bosch Starter hold starter drive in engaged position,
hold in coil circuit of solenoid is faulty.
186. DISASSEMBLY. Remove sole- All models have serviceable end caps
noid assembly (1Fig. 144 and pivot and service kits include new terminals,
pin (6). Remove through-bolts and end insulating and sealing washers and
cover (15). Lift brushes (13) from brush nuts, washers and contact strips. If an
boxes and remove brush holder assem- excessive voltage drop between solenoid
bly and note number and thickness of and starter is apparent, contact sur-
shims (21). Remove field housing (9) faces in end cap should be cleaned or
and drive housing (4). Remove starter renewed.
GROUND BRUSH drive (19) and intermediate support (8).
Inspect bushings (3, 7, 11 and 18) for
Fig. 142Check both insulated brush holders as excessive wear or damage. Renew as WIRING
outlined in paragraph 164. required. Soak new bushings in oil for
24 hours prior to installation. Inspect All Models
brushes and springs and renew if exces-
sively worn or damaged. 192. When a problem is suspected in
1 2 3 wiring harness, follow an orderly, step
187. ARMATURE. Inspect armature by step check of the problem circuit.
commutator for wear, roughness or pit- Always check protective circuits (fuses,
ting. Light sanding with nonconductive circuit breakers and diodes) first, then
emery cloth to clean and smooth sur- locate the primary point of current sup-
face is permissible. Check insulation as ply for circuit in question. Using a 12
outlined in paragraph 182. volt test light or voltmeter, check for
adequate voltage at this point. If volt-
188. FIELD COIL. Inspect field coil age is present at this point, continue
for overheating and burnt insulating to check for voltage at appropriate con-
wrap. Test as outlined in paragraph nections along harness working
183. towards unit malfunctioning until
problem area is isolated. Harness con-
189. INSULATED BRUSH BOX nectors (plugs), sockets and connection
TEST. Locate the two insulated brush terminals being corroded, loose or bro-
boxes on brush holder assembly and ken are most often the cause for inter-
test as outlined in paragraph 184. ruptions in power supply.
Fig. 143Measure pinion clearance with a feeier
If voltage was not present at primary
gage as shown. Refer to paragraph 165 for speci- 190. REASSEMBLY. Reassemble by point of current supply, check wiring
fications. reversing disassembly procedure. In- moving toward battery until interrup-
1. Starter drive clutch stall shims (21Fig. 144) to original tion of current is isolated. Repair as
2. Starter drive 4. Feeler gage
3. Thrust collar 5. Clearance thickness noted during disassembly. needed.

56
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 193-200

PROTECTIVE CIRCUITS If light fails to come on when key is vacuum reading. Each switch has rat-
in ACC position, engine not running, ing stamped on its side, compare to
All Models remove white/brown wire from pres- gage reading. If gage reading is lower
sure switch and ground it to engine. If than rating on switch, renew switch. If
193. FUSES. Fuses are installed in light comes on, renew sending unit. If gage reading is higher than switch rat-
circuits to protect wiring from damage light still fails to come on check wiring, ing, service transmission filter system.
in event of shorted wiring, and when bulb, printed circuit and power source. To test bulb and wiring, remove
**blown'* (fuse strip melted) must be If light fails to go out with wire black/light green wire from switch and
renewed with a fuse of the same size removed, there is a short circuit be- ground it to the tractor. Light should
and amperage rating. Locate and repair tween wiring and tractor. Repair as come on. If light fails to come on, check
problem which caused fuse failure. necessary. If light goes out when wire is bulb, wiring and power source. Repair
removed, stop engine, remove sending as needed.
194. CIRCUIT BREAKERS. Cir- unit and install pressure gage. If pres-
cuit breakers perform the same func- sure is above 62-89 kPa (9-13 psi), renew 200, D I F F E R E N T I A L LOCK
tion as fuses, however a circuit breaker pressure sending unit. If pressure is WARNING LIGHT. Differential lock
will cut off current fiow, breaker will below 62-89 kPa (9-13 psi), check engine indicator light is located in lower left-
cool down and reset automatically, re- lubricating system; hand corner of indicator light section
establishing current fiow. Usually used and should light with key on, differen-
in lighting, cab wiring and gage cir- 198. AIR FILTER WARNING tial lock pedal engaged. If light stays on
cuits, it eliminates complete failure LIGHT. The air filter warning light is when pedal is disengaged, disconnect
allowing limited use of systems consid- normally off. When on, it indicates need yellow/black wire at differential lock
ered necessary for safe operation. to service engine air filter. To test bulb indicator switch. If light goes out, re-
Circuit breakers will be in line with and wiring, remove yellow/white wire new switch, if light stays on, wiring is
brown wire connected to positive cable from air filter vacuum switch (1690 shorted to tractor between switch and
connection of starter solenoid. Under models have two switches) and ground indicator light. Repair as necessary.
normal operation with voltage at BAT wire to engine. Light should come on.
connection of circuit breaker, voltage If light fails to light when yellow/
should pass through breaker to remain- white wire is grounded, check circuit
ing terminal. wiring for short and check indicator
bulb. Repair as necessary.
If light comes on while engine is run- B
ACCESSORY SYSTEMS ning, remove air filter momentarily
and observe light. If light goes off, re-
All Models new air filter. If light stays on, renew
vacuum switch.
Accessory systems include lights,
gages and warning systems, windshield 199. TRANSMISSION FILTER
wipers, cab ventilating, heating and air WARNING LIGHT. Some tractors are
conditioning system. equipped with a transmission filter
warning light which is normally off
195. LIGHTS. Front and rear work with engine running. If light is on,
lights and warning lights are standard remove the black/light green wire from
equipment, however additional front transmission filter switch located on
and rear work lights are available. manifold in bottom of pto housing.
Single light failure is usually a bad Light should go out, indicating wiring
light bulb, poor ground or current con- and bulb are good. If light failed to go Fig. 146Engine cover (B) must be raised to
out, there is a short in wiring between gain access to fuse holder (A) on modeis not
nection. Multiple light failure is usually equipped with cab.
caused by bad switch or power source light and switch. Repair as necessary.
wiring problems. Check fuses and cir- If light went out after wire is discon-
cuit breakers, then check wiring as out- nected, but is on when connected, re-
lined in paragraph 192. move switch and install an accurate
If hazard warning (fiashing) or turn vacuum gage. Start tractor and note
signal lights come on, but do not fiash
renew fiasher unit.
196. GAGES AND WARNING
SYSTEMS. Gage and warning systems
consist of three basic components,
which are the gage or warning light,
sending unit or activating switch and
necessary wiring to connect all compo-
nents.

197. OIL PRESSURE LIGHT. Nor-


mal operation of oil pressure warning
light is to light when key is in ACC
position, engine not running and to go Fig. 145Fuse hoider (A) and cover (B) are
located on right side of instrument panel on some Fig, 147On modeis equipped with cab, fuse
out when engine is running and ade- models. Repiace fuses with specified size and holder is located on right-hand side of roof pan-
quate oil pressure is reached. amperage fuse oniy. el.

57
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 201-207 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


If light fails to come on with differ- terminal but does not reach "L" or "H" 206. HEATER AND AIR CONDI-
ential lock pedal engaged, remove yel- terminal as switch is operated, renew TIONING. Heater and air conditioner
low/black wire at switch and ground to wiper switch. If voltage is present at blower motor testing procedures are
tractor. If test light comes on, renew each terminal and switch is in proper the same as outlined in paragraph 205.
switch. If light fails to come on with position, test for voltage in wires as However, the air conditioning system
wire grounded, check bulb, power close to wiper motor as possible. If volt- compressor clutch, high and low pres-
source and wiring. Repair as neces- age is present at wiring but motor does sure switches and temperature control
sary. not run, renew motor. If no voltage is switch may be checked as individual
present, check wiring between switch units.
201. ALTERNATOR WARNING Before attempting to diagnose elec-
LIGHT. Normal alternator warning and motor.
If wiper motor operates but does not trical problems in air conditioning sys-
light operation, testing and repair pro- tem, make certain compressor belt is
cedures are outlined in paragraphs 157 return to park position, use voltmeter
and with wiper switch in OFF position tight, clean condenser and evaporator
and 158. cores to ensure maximum air flow and
check for voltage at "P" terminal of
202. FUEL LEVEL GAGE. If fuel wiper switch. If voltage is present at check refrigerant level in sight glass.
gage reading is inaccurate, remove tank *T" terminal, check wire to motor and Refrigerant level may be checked af-
sending unit and connect the two ohm- repair or renew motor as necessary. If ter operating system for ten minutes
meter leads to sender terminals. With no voltage is present at *T'* terminal, when ambient temperature is 21C
float at "empty" position, ohmmeter renew wiper switch. (70F) or above. If slow moving, steady
reading should be 0 to 1 ohm. With float stream of bubbles are visible in sight
at "half" position, ohmmeter should 204. R&R WIPER MOTOR. To re- glass, system may be low on refriger-
read 44 to 46 ohms. With float at "fulF' move wiper motor, first move top of ant. Foam or heavy flow of bubbles
position, ohmmeter should read 83 to 92 arm forward (Fig. 148) and remove nut indicates a very low refrigerant level.
ohms. If ohmmeter is not as specified at retaining wiper arm to motor shaft. Oil streaks or dark spots on inside of
all positions, renew sending unit. If Remove wiper arm. Remove seal, wash- sight glass indicate no refrigerant in
readings are as specified and wiring is er and nut retaining wiper motor to cab system. See Fig. 149.
good, but gage is still inaccurate, renew roof from motor shaft. Remove panel A clear sight glass usually indicates
gage. covering wiper motor from cab roof an adequately charged system, however
inside cab, note positions of wires and a completely empty system can have a
20a. WINDSHIELD WIPER. Nor- disconnect and remove wiper motor. clear sight glass also. If in doubt, shut
mal operation of windshield wiper on Reinstall by reversing removal pro- compressor on and off while watching
cab equipped models is with key on, cedure, connecting wires in positions sight glass. A slight, momentary
wiper should operate when wiper noted during removal. stream of bubbles should appear in
switch is moved to LO and HI positions. even a full system as compressor starts.
Move wiper switch to OFF position and 205. CAB FAN MOTOR. Cab fan See Fig. 149.
wiper should automatically return to (blower) motor is used for cab ventila- Slightly low systems should be re-
PARK position. tion, heater or air conditioning system charged and checked for leaks. Ex-
If wiper motor does not operate in fan as models are equipped. tremely low systems need to have re-
one or all positions, check cab relay, cir- If motor fails to operate with key on frigerant oil level checked, receiver-
cuit breaker and 15 amp fuse at No. 2 and blower switch turned to LO, MED dryer renewed and system evacuated
fuse position of fuse panel. Use a volt- or HI position, use voltmeter and check and recharged. Check for leaks.
meter and check for voltage at "B" ter- for voltage at "B" terminal of blower
minal of wiper switch. If current is switch. If no voltage is present, check 207. COMPRESSOR CLUTCH CIR-
present at '*B" terminal, move wiper wiring, fuses, ignition switch and cir- CUIT TEST. With tractor running and
switch control to LO position and check cuit breakers. Repair as needed. If volt- system recharged, set temperature con-
voltage of **L" terminal, then move con- age is present at "B" terminal, check trol switch to coldest position and turn
trol to HI position and check voltage at for voltage at "L", *'M*' and "H" termi- blower control switch to MED or HI.
"H" terminal. If no voltage is found at nals as blower switch is turned to LO, Clutch should engage as blower switch
'*B** connection, check wiring, ignition MED or HI. If voltage is not present at is turned on. If clutch does not engage,
switch and fuses. If voltage reaches "B" all locations with blower switch in
proper position, renew switch.
If voltage is present at all terminals,
locate resister block and with blower
switch on, check voltage at resister
block terminal where blue wire from
blower switch "B" terminal is connect- BUBBLES
ed. If voltage is present, check for volt-
age at resister block terminal where red
and green wires are connected. If no
voltage is present at blue wires termi-
nal, check wire between blower switch
and resister block. If voltage is to resist-
er block but fails to pass through resist-
er, renew resister block.
If voltage passes through resister
block, check wiring for voltage as close OIL STREAKS FOAM
Fig. 148To remove wiper arm, pull top of arm to blower motor as possible. If voltage
forward as shown and remove nut retaining arm Fig. 149Appearance of refrigerant In sight
to motor shaft. Remove wiper arm complete with is present, make sure motor ground is glass indicates condition of refrigerant charge In
wiper blade. good and renew motor as needed. air conditioning system.

58
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 208-210


use voltmeter to check for voltage at install jumper wire to bypass low pres-
compressor clutch. If voltage is present, sure switch. If clutch engages, check
renew compressor clutch. system pressure and refrigerant level
If no voltage is present at clutch, dis- or renew low pressure switch as neces-
connect light blue wires on high pres- sary.
sure switch located at compressor and If clutch still fails to engage, use 12
install jumper wire to bypass switch. If volt test light and check for voltage at
compressor clutch engages, check sys- temperature control switch. If light
tem pressure or renew high pressure fails to come on at either terminal and
switch as necessary. blower motor is working, check black
If clutch still fails to engage, discon- wire from temperature control switch
nect light blue wires from low pressure to blower motor switch. Repair as nec-
switch located at receiver dryer and essary.

CLUTCH Fig. 152On 1194, 1290 and 1390 tractors


equipped with a cab and Independent dutch,
dearance of 2 mm (%4 inch) shouid be main-
tained between siave cyiinder push rod (2) and
ADJUSTMENT hydraulically actuate transmission adjusting screw (4). Refer to Fig. 153 for pto
clutch release mechanism. The pto dutch iinkage adjustment
1. Clutch slave cylinder 3. Locknut
Models 1190-1194-1290-1294- clutch release linkage is actuated me- 2. Push rod 4. Adjusting screw
1390 With Continuous Clutch chanically by a hand lever and cable
assembly.
208. Clutch pedal free travel should Check transmission clutch linkage to
be 25 mm (1 inch) as shown in Fig. 150. make certain there is clearance of ap-
Adjust jam nuts (1) as necessary to proximately 2 mm (V64 inch) between
obtain recommended free travel. adjusting screw (4Fig. 152) and slave
cylinder push rod (2). To adjust, turn
Models 1190-1194-1290-1294- screw clockwise until there is no free
1390-1394 (Without Cab) With movement, then turn screw counter-
Independent Pto Clutch clockwise IV2 to 2 turns and tighten
locknut.
209. Adjust transmission clutch ped- On all models, there should be free
al free travel to 25 mm (1 inch) by turn- movement of 3-5 mm (Vs-V4 inch) at pto
ing adjusting screw (TFig. 151) as clutch cross-shaft lever (1Fig, 153)
necessary. when clutch is in engaged position. To
Adjust pto clutch lever screw (P) to adjust, loosen locknut (5) and turn
provide 38 mm (IV2 inches) lever free cable adjuster (4) as necessary to pro-
travel measured as shown in Fig. 151. vide free movement. After making ad-
justment, be certain pto clutch is com- Fig. 153^On 1194, 1290 and 1390 tractors
Modeis 1194-1290-1390 (With equipped with independent type dutch, adjust
Cab) With Independent Pto dutch cabie to provide 3-5 mm ( %- % inch) free
movement of dutch cross-shaft iever.
Clutch 38 mni
1. Cross-shaft lever
2. Ruler 4. Adjuster
210. These models use a foot operated 3. Pto clutch cable 5. Locknut
master cylinder and a slave cylinder to

25 mm
(1 i n . )

3 2
Fig. 154View of dutch siave cyiinder and
reiease iever used on Modeis 1294, 1394, 1494
Fig. 151On tractors (without cab) equippeo and 1594 equipped with a cab and independent
with independent type dutch, adjust nut (T) to type dutch. No adjustment is required on these
Fig. 150On tractors with continuous type provide 25 mm (1 inch) dutch foot pedal free modeis. Refer to Fig. 155 for pto dutch iinkage
dutch, adjust jam nuts (1) to provide 25 mm movement Adjust nut (P) to provide 38 mm adjustment
(1 inch) pedai free piay measured at top of (IV2 inches) pto dutch iever free movement 1. Transmission clutch 2. Push rod
pedai. Refer to paragraph 208. Refer to paragraph 209. release lever 3. Slave cylinder

59
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 211-214 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


pletely disengaged when hand lever is clutch is engaged. Turn cable yoke NOTE: Do not operate tractor if free
pulled fully up. clockwise to decrease free movement movement is iess than 45 mm ( 1 %
and counterclockwise to increase free inches.
Models 1294-1394-1494-1594 movement. Clutch must be completely
(With Cab) With Independent Pto disengaged when hand lever is pulled Models 1490-1690 With High
Clutch fully up. Platform or Cab
211. These models use hydraulically Low Profiie Model 1490 213. Transmission clutch linkage
actuated transmission clutch release should be checked and adjusted after
mechanism and mechanical pto clutch 212. Transmission clutch free travel every 60 hours of operation. Move
release linkage. should be 4 mm (%2 inch) measured at cross-shaft lever away from slave cylin-
No adjustment of transmission "D" (Fig. 156) between adjusting sleeve der push rod (Fig. 158) until release
clutch is required. However, after every (C) and cross-shaft lever. Loosen lock- bearing is against release lever plate
400 hours of operation, clutch wear nut (B) and turn adjusting sleeve (C) on and note amount of lever movement.
should be checked as follows: Push slave cylinder push rod (A) as neces- Clearance (free movement) between
operating lever (1Fig. 154) counter- sary. cross-shaft lever and end of push rod
clockwise by hand until release plate To adjust pto clutch, move hand lever adjusting sleeve should be 4 mm (%2
contacts clutch release bearing. Then to disengaged position. Check angle be- inch). If necessary, loosen locknut (B
move operating lever clockwise as far tween centerline of crank lever and Fig. 159) and turn adjusting sleeve (C)
as possible and note amount of lever cable as shown in Fig. 157. The angle until correct clearance is obtained.
movement. If movement is 1.5 mm (Vi6 must be 90 and is adjusted by turning To adjust pto clutch linkage, place
inch) or less, clutch plate is excessively cable adjuster sleeve (B). Measure free pto clutch hand lever in engaged posi-
worn and should be renewed as soon as movement of pto clutch hand lever. If tion. Loosen locknut (AFig. 160) and
possible. After performing this check, necessary, adjust control rod nuts (D turn cable adjuster (B) to provide 3-5
push clutch pedal to the floor several and E) to obtain lever free movement of mm {Vs-Vi inch) free movement at end
times and make sure clutch operates 63 mm (2y2 inches). of pto clutch cross-shaft lever.
correctly before starting the engine.
Pto clutch cable (Fig. 155) should be BLEEDING AIR FROM CLUTCH
adjusted to provide some free move- HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
ment at end of cross-shaft lever when
3 All Models So Equipped
214. The clutch hydraulic system is
filled at the factory with Agricastrol
FBS fluid. It is recommended that fluid
be changed every two years. Refill sys-
tem with Agricastrol FBS fluid or
equivalent. Do not mix different types
of fluid when adding fluid to system.
To bleed system, clean a pressure oil
can and fill can with specified fluid.
Fig. 157View showing pto iinkage adjustment Connect oil can to air screw (CFig.
for 1490 iow profile tractors. 161) on clutch slave cylinder (D) using a
A. Locknut flexible hose (B). Remove reservoir fill-
B. Cable adjusting sleeve D. Locknut er cap and loosen air screw. Operate
C. Crank lever E. Locknut
pressure oil can to push fluid into reser-
voir. When fluid entering reservoir is
Fig. 155Adjust pto dutch cabie yoke to pro- free of air bubbles, tighten air screw.
vide free movement at end of cross-shaft iever
when dutch hand iever is in engaged position.

Fig. 158Use a wrench to move transmission


Fig. 156View showing transmission dutch ad- ciutch cross-shaft iever untii reiease bearing is
justment iinkage for 1490 low profile tractors. against thrust plate when adjusting dutch free
A. Push rod C. Adjusting sleeve travel on 1490 and 1690 modeis equipped with Fig. 159View showing adjusting sieeve (C)
B. Locknut D. Free movement of 4 mm (^/32 inch) high piatform or cab. and locknut (B) on 1490 and 1690 models.

60
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 215-218

Add fluid to reservoir to correct level as from transmission. Disconnect hydrau- not binding, then move tractor sections
necessary. lic pump inlet pipe and outlet pipe. apart.
On all models, remove clutch housing To reconnect tractor, reverse the
cover mounting bolts. Remove lower splitting procedure while noting the
CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER bolts securing rear frame to center following special instructions: Installa-
frame. (These bolts can be difficult to tion of two guide studs in rear frame
All Models So Equipped remove after installing splitting tools.) will aid in aligning front and rear sec-
Support front and rear sections of trac- tions. When properly aligned and
215. Overhaul kits are available for tor using suitable splitting stands such shafts properly engaged in clutch disc
clutch master cylinder and slave cylin- as Case special tools CAS-10506-1, splines, it should be possible to push the
der. CAS-10506-2 and CAS-10100. Drive two sections together without using ex-
After repairing or renewing master wooden wedges between front axle and cessive force. Do not use bolts to pull
cylinder, adjust as follows: With pedal frame to prevent tipping. Engage pto to the sections together. Install wedge and
against return stop screw, adjust clevis prevent selector gear from moving out original shim between transmission
until pin (CFig. 162) will fit easily of position. Remove remaining front to housing and clutch cover. Tighten
into clevis and clutch pedal with push rear frame mounting bolts. Move sec- clutch cover mounting bolts to 40 N m
rod (A) lightly contacting master cylin- tions apart about 25 mm (1 inch), then (30 ft.-lbs.) torque. Tighten front to
der piston. Be sure piston is not being remove wedge, shims and clutch cover. rear frame mounting bolts to 68-81
pushed into cylinder when making this On Models 1290, 1294, 1390 and 1394 N-m (50-60 ft.-lbs.) torque.
adjustment. with independent type clutch, remove
left-hand trunnion pin from pto clutch Models 1490-1494-1594-1690
release fork. Remove cotter pin from
TRACTOR SPLIT right-hand trunnion. 218. To split tractor, remove muffler
On all models, make certain all nec- and air intake precleaner. Open hood
216. To remove engine clutch assem- essary parts are disconnected and are and move forward until locked in posi-
bly, it is first necessary to separate tion. Disconnect battery cables. Drain
(split) tractor between transmission oil from transmission.
and engine as outlined in the following If equipped with cab, drain cooling
paragraphs. system and disconnect heater hoses.
Disconnect air conditioner hoses if so
Models 1190-1194-1290-1294- equipped.
1390-1394 Disconnect engine stop control and
throttle control linkage. Disconnect and
217. To split tractor, remove muffler remove steering pipe on left-hand side
and air intake pipe. Open engine hood, of console. Disconnect power steering
remove two upper bolts from hood rear lines. Disconnect engine wiring harness
supports and push hood forward. Re- and wires to starter motor. Remove
move retaining screws from rear of side starter motor mounting bolts and re-
panels. Disconnect battery cables. On move starter. Disconnect hydraulic
models with top mounted fuel tank, pump inlet and outlet lines. Disconnect
drain fuel, disconnect necessary wire fuel supply and return lines, fuel tank
and fuel lines, remove tank mounting flller hose and air vent hose. Disconnect
bolts and remove fuel tank. On models tachometer drive cable. Remove steps
with side mounted fuel tanks, discon- and foot plates on models so equipped.
nect fuel tank flller tube, air vent hose Fig. 160Adjust pto clutch by turning cabie Disconnect clutch control linkage,
and fuel supply and return lines. On adjuster (B) untii cross-shaft lever free move- clutch hydraulic pipes and brake hy-
Model 1190 with manual steering, dis- ment is 3-5 mm ( % V4 inch).
draulic pipes as necessary.
connect drag link. On models with pow-
er steering, disconnect hydraulic lines
at the steering valve and cap openings.
Remove steering pipe at upper left-
hand side of console.
On all models, disconnect engine wir-
ing harness and wires to starter motor.
Remove starter motor mounting bolts
and remove starter. Disconnect ta-
chometer drive cable. Remove engine
speed control foot pedal. Disconnect
transmission and pto clutch linkage.
Disconnect hydraulic brake lines and
clutch lines (if so equipped) as neces-
sary. Disconnect engine stop and throt-
tle control linkage.
On models equipped with a cab, dis-
connect heater hoses and air condition-
er hoses. On models equipped with
Fig. 161Use pressure oil can (A ) connected to
front-wheel drive, remove drive shaft air screw (C) on siave cyiinder (D) by flexibie Fig. 162Remove pin (C) from rod (A) and
to front axle. On models with front tube (B) to bieed air from dutch hydrauiic loosen locknut (B), and adjust master cyiinder
mounted hydraulic pump, drain oil system. as outiined in paragraph 215.

61
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraph 219 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


On models equipped with front-wheel base plate, install flat washers and nuts
drive, remove drive shaft to front axle. on studs and tighten nuts evenly until
On all models, support front and rear clutch cover contacts spacers. Release
of tractor with stands suitable for split- the large release lever springs (21) from
ting tractor. Drive wooden wedges be-
tween front axle and frame to prevent 1 clutch cover tabs. Remove pivot pins
(25) and release levers (27). Remove
tipping. Remove clutch cover mounting springs (20 and 21), pivot pin (23) and
bolts and front to rear frame mounting needle bearing (24) from release le-
bolts. vers.
Fig. 164When instaiiing Borg and Beck contin- Loosen stud nuts evenly until clutch
NOTE: Engage pto to keep pto selector uous type ciutch, use a piiot shaft made to dimen- spring tension is relieved, then separate
gear in position during tractor separation. sions shown.
pressure plate components. Remove
A. 22.20 mm E. 15.88 mm
(0.874 in.) (0.625 in.) snap ring (13) and tap bearing (12) from
Move front and rear sections apart B. 23.24 mm . F. 38.10 mm
outer cover.
(0.915 in.) (1.5 in.)
carefully making sure all components C. 36.07 mm G. 44.45 mm Check release levers for wear on tips
are disconnected as necessary. (1.420 in.) : (1.750 in.)
of fulcrum points and renew as needed.
D. 44.98 mm H. 127 mm
To reconnect tractor, reverse the (1.771 in.) (5.0 in.) Check all clutch springs and renew if
splitting procedure while noting the distorted, discolored or weak.
following special instructions: Installa- Inspect pressure plate for cracks,
tion of two guide studs in rear frame nut under each release lever to relieve scoring or discoloration. Light scores
will aid in aligning front and rear sec- spring tension as clutch mounting bolts may be removed by resurfacing, howev-
tions. Be sure studs are positioned so are removed. Remove pressure plate er maximum amount of material re-
they can be removed after tractor is assembly and outer clutch disc from moved must not exceed 0.38 mm (0.015
reconnected. When front and rear sec- flywheel. Identify flywheel side of inch).
tions are properly aligned and shafts clutch discs (if not already marked) to If separator plate shows wear only on
properly engaged in clutch disc splines, assure correct reassembly. Make align- transmission side, further use may be
the two sections should go together eas- ment marks on separator plate and obtained by reversing the plate. If plate
ily. Do not use bolts to pull the sections flywheel for reassembly, then remove is badly scored or cracked, it may be
together. separator plate and inner disc. Remove resurfaced providing amount of materi-
the three springs from flywheel. al removed does not exceed 0.76 mm
Scribe alignment marks on clutch (0.030 inch) total for both sides. Plate
R&R AND OVERHAUL CLUTCH pressure plate, inner cover and outer thickness when new is 17.78-17.90 mm
cover and release levers to pressure (0.700-0.705 inch). Make certain separa-
Borg And Beck Continuous Type plate lugs for reassembly in original tor plate is a free sliding fit in flywheel
Clutch Assembly positions. teeth. A tight plate can cause pto clutch
slippage. A very loose plate may rattle
219. Before removing clutch, mark NOTE: Use of special clutch fixture icit when clutch pedal is depressed, howev-
pressure plate to flywheel position for (CAS-1217. CAS-1218 and CAS-1224 is er separator plate rattle does not affect
reassembly. Place an 11 mm (Vi6 inch) recommended for proper disassembiy, clutch operation.
reassembly and adjustment of clutch unit. Install pressure plate into inner and
The foiiowing overhaui procedure is for use outer covers and check side clearance
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 11 with these special tools. between the three pressure plate lugs
and their respective slots in covers. Side
1314 Remove release lever actuating plate clearance should be 0.15-0.30 mm
(14Fig. 163). Remove the three ad- (0.006-0.012 inch). If slots are excessive-
justing screws (16). Place three Code 14 ly worn, renew covers.
spacers (from clutch tool kit) on 912917 Inspect clutch release bearing and
base plate. Position pressure plate on renew if excessively worn or damaged.
base plate so pressure plate rests on top To reassemble, position pressure
of spacers. Install a 912724 spacer un- plate on 912917 base plate so the Code
der and a stud through each mounting 14 spacers are located below the release
hole in clutch cover. Thread studs into lever lugs. Place clutch inner cover (7)

f
23 24 25 26 27 18 19
Fig. 163Expioded view of Borg and Beck con-
tinuous type ciutch showing component parts Fig. 165On Borg and Beck
and their reiative positions. continuous type dutch, in-
1. Flywheel spring 15. Spring cover sert feeier gage through INSTALL FEELER GAUGE
2. Dowel 16. Adjusting screw hoies in clutch cover to iNTO COVER HOLE
3. Driven plate, pto 17. Locknut check clearance between
4. Separator plate 18. Thrust spring,
5. Drive plate, transmission outer adjusting screws and pres-
transmission 19. Thrust spring, sure piate.
6. Pressure plate transmission inner
7. Inner cover 20. Retainer spring
8. Thrust spring, pto 21. Spring, antirattle
9. Outer cover 22. Retainer ring
10. Shim 23. Pin
11. Adjusting pad 24. Needle roller bearing
12. Bearing 25. Pin, release lever
13. Snap ring 26. Cotter pin
14. Release lever plate 27. Release lever

62
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraph 220


over pressure plate aligning marks assembly to flywheel, then remove Surfaces may be reground providing
made during disassembly. Install clutch being careful not to drop inner amount of material removed does not
springs on inner cover, then place outer clutch disc. exceed 0.38 mm (0.015 inch). Check sep-
cover over the springs and onto the arator housing bearing (7) for smooth
studs and spacers aligning match NOTE: To properly service dual clutch operation and renew if necessary.
marks on covers. Tighten stud nuts unit, use of special clutch kit (CAS-1217, Renew pressure springs if rusted,
evenly until outer cover contacts the CAS-1218 and CAS-1224) is recom- distorted or weak. Renew insulating
spacers. Assemble release levers and mended. The following overhaul procedure washers (4) if damaged. Loose washers
install in their original positions on is for use with these special tools. should be held in place in housing with
pressure plate. suitable adhesive.
Using clutch actuating tool or other Install nine special long studs into Inspect release levers and pivot pins
suitable means, actuate release levers appropriate holes in 912917 base plate. for wear or damage and renew as
several times to be certain clutch Place three Code 3 spacers on base needed. Renew release lever plates (30
springs are properly seated. Install plate, then install clutch assembly onto and 31) if excessively worn.
912723 adapter in center hole of base base plate and studs and arrange spac- To reassemble, install pto pressure
plate. Assemble 961845 guide pin into ers so they are located below pto release plate (2) on base plate and position
adapter and position Code 8 spacer on lever lugs of pressure plate. Install flat three Code 3 spacers under plate at
guide pin with recess side down. Install washers and nuts on studs and tighten release lever lugs. Assemble pto springs
961880 stud, 920203 gage and 961879 nut nuts evenly until clutch is seated on and separator housing on pressure
on the guide pin. Hold gage down firm- base plate. plate. Place three Code 13 spacers on
ly, then check clearance between each friction surface of separator housing,
release lever and the gage. The levers NOTE: Mark positions of the following then install transmission pressure
must just touch gage or be within 0.05 components so they can be reinstalied in plate (20), aligning assembly marks and
mm (0.002 inch) of gage. To adjust their original positions if reused: Pressure positioning spacers under release lever
clearance, add or remove shims (10 plates (2 and 20Fig. 166) and covers lugs. Assemble springs and outer cover
Fig. 163) under roller pads (11). A vari- (6 and 2 3 ) , pressure piate iugs and re- on pressure plate. Install flat washers
ation of 0.025 mm (0.001 inch) in shim lease levers (28) and outer cover and and nuts on studs and tighten until
thickness will change release lever reiease levers ( 1 8 ) . clutch is bottomed on base plate. Install
height approximately 0.114 mm (0.0045 six bolts retaining cover to separator
inch). Adjust all levers to as near equal Install release lever actuator into housing. Install release levers and lever
height as possible. Remove lever ad- base plate, depress pto release levers plates.
justing gage. and remove release lever retainer wires Install short adapter and release le-
Reconnect release lever springs (21) installed during removal. Remove ac- ver actuator into base plate. Actuate
in tabs of outer cover. Install adjusting tuator from base plate. Remove release release levers about a dozen times to
screws (16), but do not adjust at this lever pivot pins and remove levers from ensure components are properly seated,
time. Place 11 mm (7/16 inch) nuts cover. Remove six bolts retaining clutch then remove actuator. Thread guide pin
under each release lever, then remove cover (23) to separator housing (6). Un- into adapter, then place Code 16X spac-
nuts from base plate studs. Remove screw stud nuts evenly to relieve spring er on guide pin with recessed side
clutch assembly from base plate. Install tension, then separate clutch compo- towards adapter. Install short gage on
release lever actuating plate (14). nents. guide pin, then adjust screws (26) on
To reinstall clutch, place springs (1) Inspect all parts for excessive wear transmission clutch release levers until
in flywheel, then install inner disc with or other damage. Friction surfaces of lever plate just touches gage all the way
large hub towards flywheel. Install sep- clutch cover and separator housing around. Tighten locknuts to secure ad-
arator plate aligning marks on plate should be smooth and free of cracks. justment.
and flywheel made during removal. In-
stall outer disc with side stamped "Fly-
wheel Side" facing flywheel. Install
Fig. 166Exploded view of
pressure plate assembly aligning match Borg and Beck independent
marks made during removal. Use a type dutch used on 1290
15
suitable pilot tool (Fig. 164) to align and 1390 modeis and eariy
inner and outer discs, then tighten 1294 and 1394 modeis with
independent pto.
clutch mounting bolts evenly to 68 N m 1. Pto plate
(50 ft.-lbs.) torque. 2. Pto pressure plat
3. Thrust spring, pto
Using a feeler gage through holes in 4. Insulating washer
cover (Fig. 165), check clearance be- 5. Dowel
6. Separator housing
tween end of adjusting screws and the 7. Bearing
pressure plate. Clearance should be 1.77 8. Snap ring
9. Pin
mm (0.070 inch). Adjust the screws as 10. Eye-bolt
required, then secure with locknuts. 11. Locknut
12. Turnbuckle
13. Locknut
14. Pin
Borg and Beck Independent Type 15. Cotter pin
Clutch Assembly 16. Spring, antirattle
17. Pin
18. Release lever, pto
220. Before removing clutch, mark 19. Transmission plate
pressure plate to flywheel position for
20. Transmission pressure plate 19 20 21 22 23 28
21. Thrust spring
reassembly. Install retainers made 22. Cup, spring
23. Cover
from stiff wire over pto clutch release 24. Spring, antirattle 24 25 26 27
levers to retain pressure of clutch 25. Pin
26. Adjusting screw 28. Release lever, transmission 30. Release levers plate
springs. Remove bolts securing clutch 27. Locknut 29. Spring clip 31. Release levers plate

63
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraph 221 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


Remove short adapter from base to base plate. Install the six cover Install six cover mounting bolts with
plate and install long adapter. Install retaining bolts. Remove wire retainers fiat washers through cover and spacers
release lever actuator and depress pto from transmission clutch levers. and tighten evenly. Remove retainer
release levers about a dozen times to Reinstall pto clutch release levers, clips from pto release levers,
ensure parts are properly seated. Re- pivot pins and lever plate. Secure pto
move actuator and install guide pin in levers with stiff wire retainers used NOTE: Mark ail parts before disassem-
adapter. Install Code 16X spacer with during removal, then loosen the three bling ciutch so parts can be assembled in
recessed side facing down. Install long stud nuts and lift clutch assembly from original positions if reused.
adjusting gage on guide, then adjust base plate.
pto release levers (18) until lever plate To reinstall, install inner disc with Remove pto release lever pivot pins,
just touches gage all the way around. longer hub side towards flywheel. Posi- then move release levers (20Fig. 169)
Remove gage, spacer and guide pin. tion clutch assembly in flywheel align- outward from clutch cover. Remove pi-
Remove pto release lever plate and ing match marks made during removal. vot pins and springs from transmission
pto release lever pivot pins. Swing re- Use a suitable pilot shaft to align clutch release levers (15), then remove levers
lease levers outward clear of clutch. discs, then tighten clutch mounting and roller (16). Remove centering
Install three stiff wire retainers over bolts evenly. Remove pilot tool from sleeve. Loosen cover retaining bolts ev-
transmission release levers to retain clutch. enly, then remove clutch cover (6) and
clutch spring tension. Remove cover separate clutch components.
retaining bolts, then loosen stud nuts Laycock Clutch Assembly Inspect release levers and pivot pins
evenly and lift clutch cover from sepa- for wear or damage and renew if neces-
rator housing. Remove spacers and in- 221. Before removing clutch, mark sary.
stall transmission clutch disc on sepa- position of clutch cover to flywheel so Inspect friction surfaces of pressure
rator housing with side marked *Tly- unit can be reinstalled in its original plates and cover for distortion, heat
wheel" towards housing. Reinstall cov- position. Install retainers (AFig. 168) cracks, scoring or other damage. Fric-
er assembly. Use a pilot tool (Fig. 167) made from stiff wire over pto clutch tion surfaces can be machined, but do
or a clutch drive shaft to align clutch release levers to retain pressure of not remove more than 0.50 mm (0.020
disc with separator housing bearing, clutch springs. Loosen clutch mounting inch) of material from each plate. The
then install nuts and washers on three bolts evenly, then remove clutch assem- combined total amount of material re-
studs and tighten evenly to clamp cover bly from flywheel. moved from all three of the surfaces
must not exceed 1.0 mm (0.040 inch).
NOTE: To properly service dual clutch Thickness of pto pressure plate (2)
unit, it is recommended that special clutch when new is 28.63 mm (1.127 inches)
kit (CAS-1217, CAS-1224, CAS-1240, and thickness of transmission pressure
CAS-1610 and CAS-1611) be used to dis- plate (4) when new is 23.77 mm (0.936
assemble, reassembie and adjust ciutch. inch). Depth of clutch cover (6) when
new is 72.82 mm (2.867 inches).
To disassemble clutch, place three Renew clutch pressure springs that
Code 33 spacers on base plate to align are rusted, distorted or weak.
with pto release lever lugs of pressure To reassemble, arrange the three
plate and place six spacers DB 8832/2 Code 33 spacers and the six DB 8832/2
Fig. 167When instaliing Borg and Becii inde- over holes in base plate which will align spacers on base plate. Position pto pres-
pendent type dutch, use a pilot shaft made to with clutch cover bolt holes. Install cen- sure plate on base plate so Code 33 spac-
dimensions shown to aiign dutch discs. ter post adapter DB 8832/1 in base ers are aligned with release lever lugs.
A. 22.20 mm E. 19 mm
(0.874 in.) (0.750 in.)
plate, then install locating sleeve DB Install new fiber washers (11) on pres-
B. 23.24 mm F. 57 mm 1176 on center post. Small OD of locat- sure plate. Place the pressure springs
(0.915 in.) {2.250 in.)
C. 34.90 mm G. 38 mm ing sleeve is up on 1490 and 1494 models (10) and Belleville spring (3) in position
(1.374 in.) (1.500 in.) and down on 1594 and 1690 models. on pto pressure plate. Be sure outer
D. 36.07 mm H. 152 mm
(1.420 in.) (6 in.)

Fig, 169~~Expioded view of


Laycock doubie disc ciutch
showing component parts
and their relative positions. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1. Disc, pto
2. Pressure plate, pto
3. Belleville spring
4. Pressure plate, transmission
5. Disc, transmission
6. Clutch cover
7. Bearing
8. Snap ring
9. Release lever plate
10. Thrust spring
11. Insulating washer
12. Locknut
13. Adjusting screw
14. Spring, antirattle
15. Release lever, transmission
16. Roller
17. Pin
Fig. 168Use retainers (A) made from stiff wire 18. Link
to hoid pto ciutch release levers down during 19. Pin
20. Release lever, pto
removai and instaiiation of dutch. Do not use soft 21. Spring, antirattle
wire or weiding rod as they wiii not retain pres- 22. Pivot pin
sure of clutch springs. 23. Adjusting bolt 10 11 12 13 14 15 ie 17 18 19 20 21 22

64
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraph 221 Cont.


edge of Belleville spring is higher than thrust plate (9) lug. Tighten six cover properly seated. Remove actuator and
inner edge. Align assembly marks and bolts until cover is seated, then remove install center post 961845 into center
position pressure plate (4) with new centering sleeve and post. adapter (1Fig. 171). Install Code 4
fiber washers on top of pressure To set height of transmission release spacer (2) and setting gage (3). Hold
springs. Install transmission clutch levers, first install center post adapter gage against spacer, then adjust each
disc (5) with hub facing downward. DB 8832/1 (7-Fig. 170) and release pto release lever adjusting screw (4)
Align assembly marks and install lever actuator in base plate. Actuate until screws just contact gage. Remove
clutch cover (6), Install center post transmission release levers about a doz- gage and spacer and install lever actua-
adapter 961845 and centering sleeve DB en times to make sure all parts are tor and adapter plate. Actuate release
1176. The small OD of sleeve must be up properly seated. Remove actuator and levers several times, then recheck lever
on 1490 and 1494 models and down on install center post 981845 into adapter. height and readjust if necessary. Re-
1594 and 1690 models. Install six cover Install Code 4 spacer (6), extra spacer move gage, spacer, center post and
mounting bolts and tighten until pto DB 1248 (5) on 1594 and 1690 models adapter.
release levers can be connected to cov- and setting gage (4). Adjust each adjus- Install wire retainers over pto levers
er. ter bolt (1) until setting gage just con- to hold pressure springs in compressed
tacts thrust plate (3) all the way position. Remove six cover bolts and lift
NOTE: Make sure pressure plate lugs are around. Remove gage and spacers, in- clutch unit from base plate.
free in slots of clutch cover and Belleville stall lever actuator and actuate release Use a suitable pilot tool such as one
spring is properly seated when tightening levers several times. Reinstall spacers shown in Fig. 172 or 172A to align
bolts. and gage and recheck lever adjustment. clutch discs. Be sure inner disc is posi-
Readjust if necessary. Remove gage and tioned so large part of hub is towards
Install adjuster screws in transmis- spacers. flywheel. Align assembly marks on
sion pressure plate, but do not tighten. To adjust pto release lever height, clutch cover and flywheel, then install
Install transmission release levers, install center post adapter DB 8832/4 six mounting bolts and tighten evenly.
rollers and thrust plate. Assemble lever and lever actuator with adapter plate Remove pilot tool from clutch, and
springs (14) to transmission release le- 920204. Actuate pto release levers about remove wire retainers from pto release
vers with longer leg of spring through a dozen times to be sure all parts are levers.

Fig, 170Adjust height of


transmission levers using
toois shown. Extra spacer
DB1248 (5) Is used oniy on
1594 and 1690 modeis.
1. Adjusting bolt
2. Transmission release lever
3. Thrust plate
4. Setting gage
5. Spacer DB1248
6. Code 4 spacer
7. Adapter DB8832/1 Fig. 172When installing Laycock clutch in aii
8. Code 33 spacers modeis except 1594 and 1690, use a piiot shaft
9. Spacers D68832/2 made to dimensions shown.
10. Base plate A. 22.20 mm E. 19.05 mm
(0.874 in.) (0.75 in.)
B. 23.16 mm F. 57.15 mm
(0.912 in.) (2.25 in.)
C. 38.10 mm G. 38.10 mm
(1.50 in.) (1.50 in.)
D. 44.93 mm H. 152.4 mm
(1.769 in.) (6.0 in.)

-EHF G H

1
Fig. 171Adjust pto release
lever adjusting screws (4)
until they Just touch setting
i B
1
^^^^^
C
1
1

gage (3).
1. Adapter DB8832/4
2. Code 4 spacer Fig. 172AUse a piiot shaft made to dimensions
3. Setting gage shown when installing Laycock clutch assembly
4. Adjusting screw on 1594 and 1690 models.
5. Pto release lever A. 22.20 mm
(0.874 in.)
B. 25.55-26.65 mm F. 44.5 mm
(1.006-1.010 in.) (1.750 in.)
C. 40.51-40.58 mm G. 57.15 mm
(1.595-1.598 in.) (2.250 in.)
D. 44.85-44.90 mm H. 101.6 mm
(1.766-1.768 in.) (4 in.)
E. 19 mm J. 45 by 1.5 mm
(0.750 in.) (Vi6 in.)

65
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 222-223 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)

SYNCHROMESH TRANSMISSION
All models with synchromesh trans- REMOVE AND REINSTALL bolts and install a guide stud on each
mission have a three forward and one TRANSMISSION side of housing. Slide housing rearward
reverse gear section and a four-speed on studs and remove pto unit from trac-
range section providing twelve forward Models 1190-1194-1290-1294-1390 tor. Withdraw pto clutch shaft from
and four reverse gear choices. A synch- rear of tractor.
romesh hub between second and third 223. REMOVE, If equipped with On 1190,1194,1290 and 1294 tractors,
gear permits on the move gear shifts platform or cab, remove as outlined in remove hydraulic pump, pressure line
from first to second and second to third paragraph 348 or 349. Remove muffler, retaining bracket and pump support
and a down shift on the move from air intake precleaner, engine hood and plate from rear of tractor.
third to second by depressing foot side covers. Remove hand and foot op- On all models, support each side of
clutch and shifting. erated throttle control rods and engine tractor with suitable stands. Raise rear
stop cable. Disconnect fuel lines, neces- of tractor and position a suitable sup-
SHIFT LEVERS sary power steering lines, tachometer port stand under center of rear frame.
drive cable and all necessary electrical Remove left and right wheels and final
All Models connections, then remove fuel tank drive assemblies as outlined in para-
(vi^ithout cab) and instrument panel. graph 279. Remove right-hand brake
222. Transmission or range selector Drain oil from transmission. Remove assembly, right-hand seal, differential
lever (Fig. 173) assemblies may be re- remote valve couplers and support lock sleeve and spring. Remove trans-
moved as separate units from transmis- bracket. Disconnect remote valve hoses mission dipstick and transmission
sion top cover. Models equipped v^^ith and remove remote valve assembly. range and gear selector lever assem-
platform or cab vary in construction, Disconnect draft sensing cable at hitch blies from transmission cover. Remove
however basic design is similar to 1190, upper link connection. Remove drawbar mounting bolts from transmission cov-
1194,1290, 1294 and 1390 models shown mounting bolts and lower drawbar as- er and rear axle case. Remove wedge
in Fig. 173. sembly to the ground. and shim from front of transmission
Shift rods are carried in transmis- On Models 1190, 1194, 1290 and 1294, cover. Lift transmission cover from
sion assembly end plates. Refer to remove vacuum switch from bottom of housing.
transmission overhaul procedure for pto housing. Support axle housing with a hoist.
removal and disassembly of shift rods On all models, attach a hoist to pto Disconnect differential lock linkage
and forks. housing. Remove housing retaining and hand brake linkage. Remove axle
housing mounting bolts, then remove
housing from main frame.
Remove lubrication line from trans-
3 mission. Remove mounting bolts from
4 clutch shaft bearing carrier. Remove
transmission mounting bolts and bush-
ings. Remove transmission rearward
16^ :^Q 5
from main frame (Fig. 175).
6
7
\ ^
^ 9

25 26

Fig. 173Expioded view of range and transmis-


sion shift seiector levers for tractors without cabs
equipped with synchromesh transmission. Mod- Fig. 174Expioded view showing end piates,
eis with cabs are similar, shift rods and shift forks used on 1190, 1194,
1. Knob 1290, 1294 and 1390 modeis.
2. Retaining ring 17. Retainer ring 1. Front end plate 16. 2nd & 3rd shift fork
3. Lever 18. Lever 2. Top spacer bar 17. Shift fork, slow/normal
4. Boot 19. Lever 3. Rear end plate 18. Slow/normal shift rod
5. Housing 20. Housing 4. Shim 19. Selector
6. Ball housing 21. Bushing 5. Bushing 20. Roll pin
7. Ball housing 22. Gasket 6. Mounting bolts 21. Detent ball
8. Roll pin 23. Snap ring 7. Tab washer 22. Detent spring
9. Selector shaft arm 24. Bushing 8. Differential cap bolt 23. Range shift rod
10. Oil seal 25. Roll pin 9. Bottom spacer bar 24. Shifter fork, Hi-Lo Fig. 174AExploded view of end piates, shift
11. Selector shaft 26. Selector lever 10. 2nd & 3rd shift rod 25. Sleeve rods and shift forks used on 1394, 1490, 1494,
12. Selector lever 27. Selector lever 11. 2nd & 3rd selector 26. Steel ball
13. Gasket 28. Washer 12. 1st & reverse selector 27. Plunger 1594 and 1690 modeis. Refer to Fig. 174 for
14. Core plug 29. Selector tube 13. 1st & reverse shift fork 28. Plunger iegend except for the following:
15. Roll pin 30. Selector shaft 14. 1st & reverse shift rod 29. Shim 31. Hi-Lo slector jaw
16. Knob 31. Roll pin 15. Gear lock 30. Safety start switch 32. Sleeve 33. Spacer

66
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 224 225


way valve lever and remove axle cover
mounting bolts. On right-hand side,
disconnect hydraulic control lever as-
r^ % sembly and remove axle cover mount-
ing bolts. Unbolt and remove fenders,
axle cover and seat as one unit.
Disconnect and remove drawbar as-
Fig. 175Attach a hoist to sembly and hitch lift arms, leveling
transmission as shown and
remove unit rearward from
levers and lower links. Remove external
main frame. hydraulic filter. Disconnect hydraulic
hoses and lines from remote valve, then
remove remote valve and couplers. Dis-
connect jcable from draft sensing unit.
Use a hoist to support pto assembly.
Remove pto housing mounting bolts
and install two guide studs. Remove pto
unit and withdraw pto drive shaft.
Disconnect brake lines and cap open-
224. REINSTALL. Using a hoist, On Models 1190, 1194, 1290 and 1294, ings. Push differential lock pedal down
install transmission assembly in main install hydraulic pump support plate, and secure with wire to hold it in
frame (Fig. 175). Install mounting bolts pressure tube retainer bracket and hy- engaged position. Support final drive
and bushings. Tighten bolts to 163 N-m draulic pump. Tighten pump mounting with suitable hoist and lifting bracket,
(120 ft.-lbs.) torque, then measure bolts to 47-57 N-m (35-40 ft.-lbs.) remove mounting bolts and remove fi-
clearance between bolt heads and end torque. nal drive assembly. Repeat for opposite
plate using a feeler gage as shown in On all models, install pto drive shaft. side.
Fig. 176. Clearance should be 0.08-0.50 Using a hoist, install pto assembly. Put On 1490 and 1494 models, push differ-
mm (0.003-0.020 inch). If clearance is pto in gear and turn output shaft to ential lock sleeve in and down to disen-
not within this range, add or remove engage splines of drive shaft and teeth gage from selector fork, then remove
shims (4~Fig. 174) below bushing (5). of hydraulic pump gear. Remove guide sleeve and spring.
Tighten clutch shaft bearing retainer studs, install mounting bolts and tight- On 1594 and 1690 models, release dif-
mounting bolts to 23-27 N-m (17-20 ft.- en to 102 N.m (75 ft.-lbs.) torque. ferential lock pedal. Pull sleeve and
lbs.). Complete installation by reversing spring away from differential and put a
Apply gasket sealer to front mating removal procedure. Install a new trans- piece of flat metal between spring and
surface of rear axle housing, then in- mission filter and fill transmission differential to hold spring clear while
stall axle housing assembly. Tighten V2 with oil. removing axle housing.
inch mounting bolts to 110-130 N-m On all models, support axle housing
(80-95 ft.-lbs.) torque and % inch Models 1394-1490-1494-1594- with a hoist and sling, remove mount-
mounting bolts to 205-245 N m (150-180 1690 ing bolts and remove axle housing from
ft.-lbs.) torque. Connect differential main frame.
lock linkage. 225. REMOVE. Remove platform or Remove gear selector assemblies
Apply gasket sealer to upper surface cab as outlined in paragraph 348 or 349 from transmission cover. Remove cover
of rear axle housing. Install transmis- if so equipped. Drain oil from transmis- mounting bolts and lift out wedge and
sion lubrication tube. Install transmis- sion and final drive units. Raise rear of shims from front of transmission cover.
sion cover and drive the wedge and tractor and install suitable support Lift cover from rear main frame.
shim into gap at front of cover. Tapered stands under center of rear main frame Attach a lifting eye to transmission
side of wedge must be against clutch and at each side of front frame rails. rear end frame, then use a hoist to sup-
housing. Tighten V2 inch diameter rear Disconnect battery ground cable and port transmission unit. Remove snap
mounting bolts to 110-130 N-m (80-95 rear wiring harness connector. On left- ring from groove in clutch shaft and
ft.-lbs.) torque and % inch diameter hand side, remove brake cables from slide coupling forward. On models
rear mounting bolts to 205-245 N-m hand lever, remove knobs from dump equipped with David Brown front drive
(150-180 ft.-lbs.) torque. Tighten side valve lever (if so equipped) and three- axle, remove bolt from drive shaft cou-
and front mounting bolts to 110-130
N-m (80-95 ft.-lbs.) torque. Install gear
selector housings and tighten mounting
bolts to 23-27 N-m (17-20 ft.-lbs.)
torque.
Install spring for differential lock in
right side axle opening and install dif- Fig. 176Measure dear-
ferential locking sleeve using special ance between head of
tool CAS-1633. Use wire to hold differ- mounting boits and transmis-
ential lock linkage in engaged position sion housing. Clearance is
determined by thickness of
until final drive is installed. Install axle shims instaiied beneath
housing seals and brake shoes. Install mounting boit bushings.
final drive assemblies and tighten
mounting bolts to 68 N-m (50 ft.-lbs.)
torque. Install wheels and tighten nuts
to 190 N. m (140 ft.-lbs.) torque. Remove
support stands. Connect brake lines and
parking brake linkage.

67
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 226-227 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


pier and move coupler rearward. On all coupler until desired clearance is ob- Install flnal drive assemblies as out-
models, remove transmission mounting tained, then reinstall snap ring over lined in paragraph 279. Install pto drive
bolts and bushings. Move transmission adjusting screw. shaft and pto assembly. Pto unit should
rearward to disengage drive couplers, On all models, install transmission slide easily into position. Do not use
then lift transmission unit from frame. cover, wedge and shims, but do not mounting bolts to pull pto into position
Retain any shims used with clutch tighten mounting bolts. as damage to engine crankshaft thrust
shaft coupler. On 1594 and 1690 models, position surfaces could result.
differential lock sleeve in right-hand Complete installation by reversing
226. REINSTALL. Clean all foreign side of rear axle housing. Groove in the removal procedure.
material from housing mounting sur- sleeve must be aligned with differential
faces. Install front drive axle coupler (if lock selector fork. TRANSMISSION OVERHAUL
so equipped) on pinion shaft. Install On all models, install rear axle hous-
original shims onto transmission input ing onto transmission housing making Models 1190-1194-1290-1294
shaft and position coupler on clutch certain that lubrication supply tube in
shaft. Install transmission into main axle housing is connected with trans- 227. It is recommended that trans-
frame and slide it forward into cou- mission lubrication tube. On 1594 and mission be mounted in a suitable sup-
plers. Install transmission mounting 1690 models, be sure small diameter port stand to aid in handling unit dur-
bolts without the bushings (5Fig. lubrication tube in rear axle housing is ing overhaul procedure.
174A). installed into hole in lubrication flange Remove mounting bolts from input
Be sure both lugs of transmission for pto shaft. shaft rear bearinq carrier (3Fig. 179)
front housing contact the frame. If lugs On 1394, 1490 and 1494 models, in- and remove input shaft (1) assembly.
are not flat on frame, loosen the four stall differential lock return spring into Remove snap ring securing input shaft
transmission housing nuts and push axle housing through right-hand axle front bearing carrier, then slide carrier
housing down against frame. Tighten hole. Use special tool CAS-1633, or oth- from shaft. Remove " 0 " ring and oil
nuts to 95 N-m (70 ft.-lbs.) torque when er suitable tool, to insert differential seal from front bearing carrier. Remove
lugs are flat on frame. lock sleeve into axle housing. Push seal (8) and *'O" ring (7) from input
Remove transmission mounting sleeve in and down to engage selector gear (5). Remove snap rings (2 and 6)
bolts, reinstall bolts with bushings and fork with groove in sleeve. Push sleeve and remove input gear and rear bearing
tighten to 163 N-m (120 ft.-lbs.) torque. in until it engages internal splines of carrier with bearing from input shaft.
Use a feeler gage to check clearance differential carrier, then wire differen- Drive roll pins from shift forks. Cov-
between bolt heads and housing lugs as tial lock linkage in engaged position. er detent holes in end housing to pre-
shown in Fig. 176. Clearance should be On 1594 and 1690 models, install dif- vent detent balls and springs from fly-
0.08-0.50 mm (0.003-0.020 inch). If nec- ferential lock spring into differential ing out as shift rails are removed. Keep
essary, install shims (4Fig. 174A) be- and differential lock sleeve. Insert spe- each shift rail assembly together as
low bushings (5) to obtain desired clear- cial tool CAS-1633, or other suitable they are removed.
ance. tool, into axle housing and engage tool Use a wooden wedge to lock differen-
Measure clearance between clutch with splines of lock sleeve. Be sure tial assembly, then remove pinion shaft
shaft coupler (Fig. 177) and snap ring. groove in sleeve is engaged with select- nut (31).
Clearance should be 0.2-1.0 mm (0.008- or fork, then lift sleeve and turn to
0.040 inch). Add or remove shims on engage sleeve with differential lock NOTE: Pinion shaft nut has left-hand
transmission input gear to obtain cor- ring gear. Use wire to fasten differen- threads.
rect clearance. tial lock linkage in engaged position.
On models equipped with David On all models, tighten ^k inch axle Remove four nuts from housing spac-
Brown front drive axle, install bolt and housing mounting torque bolts to 110- er rods, then withdraw front end hous-
locknut in transfer gearbox coupler. 130 N-m (80-95 ft.-lbs.) torque and Vg ing (49). Remove high/low slow gear
On models equipped with Carraro inch mounting bolts to 205-245 N-m (9). Remove idler shaft retainer plate
front drive axle, measure clearance be- (150-180 ft.-lbs.) torque. Tighten trans- (50), then remove idler shaft (61) and
tween transfer gearbox shaft (Fig. 178) mission cover mounting bolts to 110-130 idler gear (65). Remove remaining bear-
and pinion shaft coupler. If clearance N. m (80-95 ft.-lbs.) torque. ing cups from end housing as neces-
exceeds 0.30 mm (0.012 inch), unseat sary.
snap ring that holds coupler adjusting Remove neutral start plungers (27
screw. Turn adjusting screw to move and 28-Fig. 174) and detent balls (26)
0 . 3 0 mm from rear housing. Remove flrst and
"(0.012 i n . )
0.2-1.0 mm reverse shift rod assembly and second
(0.008-0.040 in. Adjusting and third shift rod assembly. Remove
Screw countershaft assembly (69Fig. 179)
Snap Ring Shims and rear input shaft (17) assembly.
Press front bearing (12) off rear
input shaft (17). Remove spacer (13),
snap ring (14) and range pinion gear
(15). Press reverse idler gear carrier
(18), idler gear (20) and bearing (23)
together off rear input shaft. Use care
Coupling Pinion not to lose dowel pin (21). Remove bush-
Clutch Shaft
Drive Shaft Transmission ings (10 and 19) from input shaft and
Input Gear reverse idler gear if necessary.
Fig. 177Clearance between transmission Fig. 178On models equipped with Carraro
front drive axie, dearance between transfer gear-
Remove first and reverse gear shift
dutch shaft coupier and snap ring shouid be 0.2-
1.0 mm (0,008-0.040 inch). Add or subtract box shaft and pinion shaft coupier must not fork from pinion shaft assembly. Re-
shims to adjust. exceed 0.30 mm (0.012 inch). move spacer (35), shims (36), spacer

68
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 228-231


(37), washer (51) and third gear (52) Install second gear (41) on pinion shaft end. Install bushing carrier (18) on rear
from pinion shaft (59). Remove the six and bearing pads with gear side toward input shaft (17) with largest outside
bearing pads (38), then lift synchroniz- retainer plate (57). Install rear syn- diameter next to snap ring (16). Lubri-
er (40) with shift fork off shaft. Remove chronizer gear (not shown) with slotted cate and install reverse idler gear (20).
front and rear synchronizer gears, sec- side against second gear (41). Install Install dowel pin (21) if so equipped.
ond gear (41) and the six bearing pads snap ring (39) and front synchronizer Install thrust washer (22) with fiat side
(55). Remove splined washer (42) and gear (53) with slotted side of gear away toward reverse idler gear. Heat rear
split retainer ring (43). Remove first from snap ring (39). Make certain front bearing to 120C (250F) maximum,
and reverse gear (56). Remove pinion and rear synchronizer splines (teeth) then install onto shaft.
shaft retainer plate (57) and shims (44). are aligned. Place shift fork in groove Install high/low range gear (15) with
Remove pinion shaft (59) and press on synchronizer, then install synchro- larger diameter gear on shaft first.
bearing (58) off shaft. nizer and shift fork together making Install snap ring (14) and spacer (13).
certain shift fork slides easily on spacer Heat front bearing (12) to 120C
228. INSPECTION. Clean and in- bar. Apply grease to the six bearing (250F) maximum, then install onto
spect all parts. Examine bearings and pads (38) and install in splines of pinion shaft.
bushings for wear or damage. If renew- shaft (59). Install third gear (52) on pin- Install input shaft assembly in posi-
ing a bearing, renew its respective mat- ion shaft and bearing pads with gear tion on rear housing (28) minus shims
ing cup. Gear teeth should be evenly side towards threaded end of pinion
marked along length of teeth. If gear shaft. Install splined washer (51) and
teeth have been shaved or show irregu- spacer (37). Do Not install shims (36) or
lar wear pattern, gear should be re- spacer (35) at this time. Place first/
newed along with its mating gear. reverse gear shift fork in groove of
If shifting into second or third has first/reverse gear (56). CORRECT NOT CORRECT
been difficult, examine synchronizer Fig. 180Shift rod grooves must have straight
friction surfaces and the synchronizer 231. REAR INPUT SHAFT ASSEM- 60'' sides and aiiow a smaii dearance under
pads (38 and 55-Fig. 179). Slight radial BLY. Press bushing (10-Fig. 179) into detent balls.
clearance (looseness) in synchronizer is rear input shaft (17). Press bushing (19)
normal and the pads should slide easily into reverse idler gear (20).
into their grooves without binding. No Install snap ring (16) in groove of
attempt should be made to disassemble rear input shaft at bushing carrier (18)
synchronizer assembly as individual
service parts are not available.
If jumping out of gear has been a
problem and gears appear good, exam-
ine fit of detent balls in grooves of
shifter rails. See Fig. 180. Shift rail
grooves should have straight 60 degree
sides and balls must be smooth with no
pits, rust or fiat spots. If necessary,
grind bottom of groove, taking care not
to damage sides, until detent ball has
sufficient clearance at bottom of
groove. Check detent spring length
which should be 31.75 mm (1.250 28
inches).
Examine all thrust washers and
spacers for excessive wear or damage
and renew as necessary.
If pinion shaft, end housings, center
housing, or pinion shaft bearings are
renewed, pinion shaft protrusion must
be set as outlined in paragraph 273
before transmission reassembly. Fig, 179Expioded view of 12-speed synchromesh transmission used on 1190, 1194, 1290, 1294
and 1390 modeis.
1. Front input shaft 25. Mounting bolt 49. Front end housing
229. REASSEMBLY. If pinion shaft 2.
3.
Snap ring
Rear bearing carrier
26. Shim
27. Bushing
50. Locating plate
51. Splined washer
protrusion must be set, refer to para- 4. Bearing 28. Rear end housing 52. Third gear
graph 273. 5.
6.
Input gear
Snap ring
29. Tab washer
30. Bolt
53. Front synchronizer gear
54. Synchronizer spring
7. "0" ring 31. Locknut 55. f a r i n g pad
230. PINION SHAFT ASSEMBLY. 8. Seal 32. Washer 56. First/reverse gear
9. High/low slow gear 33. Bearing 57. Retainer plate
With pinion shaft (59Fig. 179), bear- 10. Bushing 34. Shim 58. Bearing
ing (58) and correct thickness of shims 11. Snap ring 35. Spacer 59. Pinion shaft
12. Bearing 36. Spacer 60. Tab washer
(44) in position, install retainer plate 13. Spacer 37. Spacer 61. Idler shaft
(57) and tighten retaining bolts to 40 14. Snap ring 38. Bearing pad 62. Thrust washer
15. Range pinion 39. Snap ring 63. Bearing
N-m (30 ft.-lbs.) torque. Install first/ 16. Snap ring 40. Synchronizer 64. Spacer
17. Rear input shaft 41. Second gear 65. Idler gear
reverse gear (56) with shift fork groove 18. Gear carrier 42. Splined washer 66. Bearing
toward retainer plate (57). Install split 19. Bushing 43. Split rings 67. Thrust washer
20. Reverse idler gear 44. Shim 68. Bearing
rings (43) and spacer (42). Apply grease 21. Dowel pin 45. Locknut {used with front drive) 69. Countershaft assy.
to the six bearing pads (55) and install 22. Washer 46. Tab washer (used with front drive) 70. Bearing
23. Bearing 47. Washer (used with front drive) 71. Shim
pads in splines of pinion shaft (59). 24. Shim 48. Snap ring 72. Spacer bar

69
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 232-237 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


(24). Install front housing (49) and below end surface of range idler gear sleeve. Place input gear (12) onto shaft
tighten spacer bar nuts to 95 N-m (70 when installed. Install idler gear as- (4) and install snap ring (13). Install
ft.-lbs.) torque. Mount dial indicator on sembly with a thrust washer (62 and 67) new " 0 " ring (14) and oil seal (15) into
front housing so probe touches end of at each end. Install idler shaft (61) and input gear. Install snap ring (11)
rear input shaft. Move shaft up and secure with locating plate (50) and against input gear. Slide rear bearing
down and measure end play. Correct mounting bolt. Position high/low slow carrier assembly (9) onto input shaft.
end play is 0.05-0.43 mm (0.002-0.017 gear (9) in front housing with shift fork Install front carrier bearing (7) and
inch). Remove front housing and the groove up. Install front housing assem- retaining rings onto shaft. Lubricate
rear input shaft assembly. Assemble bly onto transmission making certain support sleeve seal, then slide sleeve
and install shims (24) as necessary in rear input shaft goes through high/low over the shaft and onto front bearing.
rear housing bearing bore to obtain cor- slow gear. Install new spacer rod nuts Install snap ring (3) in support sleeve.
rect end play. Reinstall rear input shaft and tighten to 95 N-m (70 ft.-lbs.)
assembly. torque. 236. SHIFT RODS AND DETENT
ASSEMBLY. To facilitate installation
232. COUNTERSHAFT ASSEMBLY. 234. PINION SHAFT END PLAY. of detent balls and springs, fabricate an
Heat bearings (68 and 70Fig. 179) to Install original shim pack (36Fig. installation tool as shown in Fig. 182.
120C (250F) maximum before install- 179) removed during disassembly plus Install detent ball and spring for
ing on countershaft (69). Install bearing an additional 0.25 mm (0.010 inch) thick first/reverse shift rod using tool as
cup in rear housing without shims (71). shim. Install shoulder washer (35) with shown in Fig. 183. Push detent ball
Position countershaft in rear end hous- flat side against shims. Install bearing down with tool while moving shift rod
ing, install front housing and tighten cone, washer and nut on pinion shaft into rod bore as shown.
spacer bar nuts to 95 N-m (70 ft.-lbs.) and tighten nut to 270 N- m (200 ft.-lbs.) Install shift interlock plug by placing
torque. torque. Position a dial indicator on in position through second/third gear
Mount a dial indicator on rear hous- front housing so probe contacts end of shift rod bore. With interlock plug in
ing so probe contacts face of rear gear pinion shaft. Move pinion shaft up and position, install detent ball and spring
of countershaft. Move shaft up and down and measure end play. Remove and second/third shift rod.
down and measure end play. Specified nut and bearing, then reduce shim Install remaining shift rods, forks,
end play is 0.05-0.10 mm (0.002-0.004 thickness as necessary to provide zero detent springs and balls in similar
inch). Remove front end housing, coun- end play to 0.05 mm (0.002 inch) pre- manner. Install roll pins in shift forks
tershaft and rear bearing cup. Install load. Reassemble using a new nut and and rods. Install neutral start switch
shims (71) as necessary to provide de- tighten nut to 270 N-m (200 ft.-lbs.) balls, rods, plate and switch.
sired end play, then reinstall bearing torque. Install input shaft assembly and
cup and countershaft. tighten rear bearing retainer mounting
Install first/reverse and second/ 235. FRONT INPUT SHAFT AS- bolts to 23-27 N.m (17-20 ft.-lbs.)
third shift rail assemblies. SEMBLY. Install new needle bearing torque.
(10Fig. 181), if removed, into retainer Shift transmission and range section
233, FRONT HOUSING ASSEMBLY. (9) using special tool CAS-1015 or other through all gears and check to be cer-
Install bearings (63 and 66Fig. 179) suitable tool. Install oil seal (5) in sup- tain all gears and detents work prop-
and spacer (64) into range idler gear port sleeve (2) and place " 0 " ring (1) on erly.
(65). Bearing cages should be slightly
Fig. 181Expioded view of Models 1394 (Prior to P.I.N.
front input shaft assembiy 11139846)-1490-1494 (Prior to
used on Modeis 1190, 1194, P.i.N. 1194089)
1290, 1294 and 1390.
1. "0" ring
2. Support sleeve 237. DISASSEMBLY. Place trans-
3. Snap ring mission in a suitable transmission sup-
4. Front input shaft
5. Seal port stand, then remove roll pins from
6. Snap ring slow/normal shift fork (74Fig. 184)
7. Bearing
8. Snap ring and selector jaw (75). Push slow/nor-
9. Rear bearing carrier mal shift rod (72) rearward just far
10. Bearing
11. Snap ring enough to remove detent ball and
12. Input gear spring. Remove shift rod, selector jaw
13. Snap ring
14. "0" ring and shift fork. Remove high/low shift
15 Seal
fork, sleeve, detent ball and spring and
shift rod (73). Remove roll pins from
TOOL shift fork and selector jaw on second/
third shift rod (57) and move rod
SHIFT ROD
toward rear of transmission just
enough to remove detent ball and
spring. Remove shift interlock plug
(55).
Noting pinion nut (27) has left-hand
threads, remove nut (27), washer (28)
'DETENT
and bearing cone (29) from pinion shaft
Fig. 182^As an aid for instaiiing detent balls and (54). Remove stud bolt nuts, then sepa-
springs, fabricate a tool using the foitowing
dimensions. rate and support front end housing (31)
Fig. 183When instaiiing shift rods and detents,
A. 9.5 mm C. 4.8 mm
use tooi as shown to push detent bail and spring
approximately 40 mm (1.5 inches) from
(0.375 in.) (0.187 in.) transmission center housing (56). Push
B. 15.8 mm D. 150 mm down whiie moving shift rod in. Remove tooi and
(0.625 in.) (6.0 in.) push shift rod completely into rod bore. first/reverse shift rod (58) rearward

70
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 238-241

just enough to remove detent ball and of pads in synchronizer is normal and shaft with larger diameter gear toward
spring. Lift front end housing (81) off the pads should slide easily into their rear end of shaft. Heat front bearing
transmission center housing (56). Re- grooves with no binding. No attempt (12) to 120C (250F) maximum, then
move slow/normal sliding gear (10) should be made to disassemble syn- install snap ring (14), spacer (13) and
from inside front end housing. chronizer assembly as individual serv- bearing on shaft. Note that bearing
Remove roll pin (60) and remove idler ice parts are not available. must be installed with side stamped
shaft (59). Remove snap ring (1) from Examine fit of detent balls in grooves with bearing numbers towards front
input gear (8) and snap ring (2) from of shifter rails (Fig. 180). Shift rail end of shaft. Press new bushing (19)
front end housing (31). Carefully re- grooves should have straight 60 degree into reverse idler gear (20), then install
move input gear assembly out of front sides and detent ball must not contact gear onto input shaft with beveled edge
end housing. Do not use force as dam- bottom of groove. of gear teeth towards front of shaft.
age to bearings may result. Remove idl- Check all thrust washers and spacers Install thrust washer (24) with flat side
er gear (65) and both thrust washers (62 for excessive wear or damage and re- towards idler gear. Heat rear bearing
and 67). Remove bearings (63 and 66) new as necessary. (25) to 120F (250F) maximum, then
and spacer (64) from inside idler gear install bearing and snap ring (26).
(65). Remove input gear bearing cup 239. REASSEMBLY. If pinion shaft, Position shaft assembly on rear
and outer spacer (6) from front end bearings, end housiligs or center hous- housing and install retaining washer
housing. Remove remaining bearing ing are renewed, pinion shaft protru- (21), tab washer (22) and bolt (23).
cups, spacer, bearings and snap rings as sion must be set as outlined in para- Tighten bolt to 11 N-m (8 ft.-lbs.)
necessary. graph 273 before reassembling trans- torque, then bend tab washer against
Remove stud bolts. Remove center mission. bolt head.
housing (56) by rotating center housing
towards countershaft to gain clearance, 240. INPUT SHAFT ASSEMBLY. In- 241. PINION SHAFT ASSEMBLY.
then lift housing over shaft and gear stall new bushing (15Fig. 184) into Install pinion shaft and rear bearing
assemblies. front end of input shaft (17). Place
Remove countershaft (69) from rear high/low sliding gear (16) on input
end housinq (42). Remove retaining bolt
(23), remove high/low shift fork from
sliding gear (16), and remove input
shaft assembly (17) from rear end hous-
ing. Use care not to lose retainer (21).
Remove snap ring (26) and press rear
bearing (25), thrust washer (24) and
reverse idler gear (20) off together.
Move snap ring (14) away from bearing
(12) and press bearing and spacer (13)
off input shaft (17). Remove snap ring
(14) and high/low sliding gear (16).
Remove bushing (15) from inside input
shaft.
Remove second/third shift fork from
synchronizer (37). Remove shoulder
spacer (46), shims (33), spacer (47) and
third gear thrust washer (34). Remove
third gear (48) and the six bearing pads
(35). Remove synchronizer (37) and
front synchronizer gear (49). Remove
snap ring (36) and gear synchronizer 72
gear (not shown). Remove second gear 74
(38), the six bearing pads (51), split ring
retainer washer (39) and split rings Fig. 164Expioded view of 12-speed syncromesh transmission used on early 1394 (prior to P.I.N.
(40). Remove first/reverse sliding gear 11139646), early 1494 (prior to P.I.N. 11194069) and all 1490 modeis.
(52) and shift rod assembly together. 1. Snap ring
If pinion shaft (54) is to be renewed, 2. Snap ring 27. Locknut 52. First/reverse sliding gear
3. Bearing 28. Washer 53. Bearing
mark differential bearing cap positions 4. Snap ring 29. Bearing 54. Pinion shaft
and remove differential assembly. Re- 5. Inner spacer 30. Spacer 55. Shift interlock
6. Outer spacer 31. Front end housing 56. Center housing
move pinion shaft rearward from hous- 7. Bearing 32. Snap ring 57. Second/third shift rod
ing. 8. Input gear 33. Shims 58. First/reverse shift rod
9. Sealing ring 34. Thrust washer 59. Idler shaft
10. Slow/normal sliding gear 35. Bearing pad 60. Roll pin
11. Snap ring 36. Snap ring 61. Plug
238. INSPECTION. Clean and in- 12. Bearing 37. Synchronizer 62. Thrust washer
spect all parts. Examine bearings and 13. Spacer 38. Second gear 63. Bearing
14. Snap ring 39. Retaining washer 64. Spacer
bushings for wear or damage and renew 15. Bushing 40. Split rings 65. Idler gear
as necessary. If gear teeth show exces- 16. High/low sliding gear 41. Shim 66. Bearing
17. Input shaft 42. Rear end housing 67. Thrust washer
sive wear or irrregular wear pattern, 18. Bushing surface 43. Bushing 68. Bearing
gear should be renewed along with its 19. Bushing 44. Shim 69. Countershaft
20. Reverse idler gear 45. Mounting bolt 70. Bearing
mating gear. 21. Retaining washer 46. Shoulder spacer 71. Shim
22. Tab washer 47. Washer 72. Slow/normal shift rod
Examine synchronizer friction sur- 23. Bolt 48. Third gear 73. High/low shift rod
faces and the synchronizer pads (35 and 24. Thrust washer 49. Front synchronizer gear 74. Shift fork
25. Bearing 50. Synchronizer spring 75. Selector jaw
51Fig. 184) for wear. Slight looseness 26. Snap ring 51. Bearing pad 76. Sleeve

71
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 242-246 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


into rear housing. Position first/re- Heat bearing (7Fig. 184) to 120C second gear and install roll pin in sec-
verse shift fork into slot in sliding gear (250F) maximum, then install on input ond/third shift fork.
(52Fig. 184), then install gear over gear (8). Be sure side of bearing
pinion shaft. Make certain shift rod stamped with bearing numbers is to- 245. PINION SHAFT BEARING
enters hole nearest input shaft retain- wards splined end of gear. Install inner PRELOAD. Install original shims ( 3 3 -
ing washer. Install split rings (40) and spacer (5) on input gear. Install snap Fig. 184) removed during disassembly
retaining washer (39). Install second ring (4), bearing (3) and snap ring (2) in plus an additional 0.25 mm (0.010 inch)
gear (38) with synchronizer ring to- front housing (31). Install outer spacer thick shim. Install shoulder washer (46)
wards front end of shaft. Lightly coat (6) and outer bearing race for roller with flat side against shims (33). Install
bearing pads (51) with grease, then bearing in front housing. bearing cone (29), washer (28) and nut
install pads in pinion shaft splines un- Assemble bearings (63 and 66) and (27). Note that nut has left-hand
der second gear. Install rear synchro- spacer (64) in range idler gear (65). Use threads and tighten to 270 N-m (200
nizer gear so end of gear with align- a depth micrometer to measure dis- ft.-lbs.) torque. Mark differential bear-
ment marks is towards second gear. tance needle bearing cage is below face ing caps and remove differential assem-
Install snap ring (36), align marks of of idler gear. The distance must be 0.25- bly if not already removed. Mount dial
rear synchronizer gear with marks on 1.27 mm (0.010-0.050 inch). If distance indicator so probe contacts end of pin-
front synchronizer gear and install is not within the specified range, check ion shaft, then measure and note
front gear (49) with slotted end of gear for worn needle bearings. Renew spacer amount of pinion shaft end play.
towards front of shaft. Install syn- if spacer length is less than 42.545 mm Remove nut (27), washer (28), bear-
chronizer (37). Install third gear (48) (1.675 inches). ing (29) and shoulder washer (46). Re-
with synchronizer ring towards synch- Install assembled range idler gear move thickness of shims (33) 0.05 mm
ronizer. Apply small amount of grease and thrust washer (62 and 67) in front (0.002 inch) greater than amount of
to bearing pads (35), then install pads housing with larger gear towards front measured end play to obtain specified
behind third gear. Install thrust wash- of the housing. Install input gear as- bearing preload of 0.05 mm (0.002 inch).
er (34) and flat spacer (47). Do not sembly in front housing and install Reinstall spacer, bearing, washer and
install shims (33) or shoulder spacer snap ring. nut. Tighten nut to 270 N-m (200 ft.-
(46) at this time. Clean oil passage in idler gear shaft lbs.) torque.
(59), apply Loctite 242 to threads of Reinstall differential assembly and
242. COUNTERSHAFT ASSEMBLY. plug (61) and install plug in shaft. Align adjust backlash as outlined in para-
Heat front and rear bearings (68 and roll pin hole in idler shaft and front graph 274.
70-Fig. 184) to 120C (250F) maxi- housing, install shaft through idler Shift transmission and range section
mum, then install on countershaft gear and install roll pin. through all gears and check to be cer-
(69). Assemble snap ring (32), spacer (30) tain all gears and detents work prop-
To adjust end play, remove a shim and pinion shaft front bearing cup into erly.
0.25 mm (0.010 inch) in thickness from bore in front housing. Install front
original shim pack (71). Install remain- housing assembly and support housing Modeis 1394 (P.I.N. 11139846
der of shims and bearing cup in rear approximately 40 mm (IV2 inches) and After)-1494 (P.I.N. 11194089
housing. Install front bearing cup in above center housing. Place slow/nor- and After)-1594-1690
bore of front housing. Position counter- mal sliding gear (10) on rear input shaft
shaft on rear housing, install center (17) with selector fork groove towards 246. DISASSEMBLY. Place trans-
housing, stud bolts and front housing input gear. Remove spacers, then lower mission in a suitable transmission sup-
and tighten stud bolt nuts to 95 N m (70 front housing until first/reverse shift port stand. Drive roll pins from slow/
ft.-lbs.) torque. Mount a dial indicator rod (58) enters hole in front housing. normal shift rod (84Fig. 185), shift
so probe contacts rear gear of counter- Install detent ball and spring using tool fork and selector jaw. Use a soft metal
shaft. Move shaft up and down and shown in Fig. 182 and 183 while joining rod to drive shift rod toward rear of
measure end play. Disassemble hous- front housing and center housing. In- transmission just far enough to remove
ings and countershaft. Remove rear stall new locknuts on housing studs and detent ball and spring. Remove slow/
bearing cup and shims. Subtract 0.076 tighten to 95 N-m (70 ft.-lbs.) torque. normal shift rod.
mm (0.003 inch) from end play meas- Remove roll pins from high/low shift
urement. The result is thickness of 244. SHIFT RODS AND DETENTS. rod (85), shift fork and selector jaw.
shims that must be added to original Install high/low shift rod (73-Fig. 184) Drive shift rod toward rear of trans-
shim pack to obtain specified end play and spacer (76). Install detent spring mission just far enough to remove de-
of 0.076 mm (0.003 inch). Install re- and ball using tool shown in Fig. 182 tent ball and spring, then remove shift
quired thickness of shims and reinstall and 183. Install roll pin in shift fork. rod and selector jaw.
bearing cup. Position countershaft on Install slow/normal shift rod (72 Remove second/third shift rod (69),
rear housing. Fig. 184), shift fork (74), spacer and shift fork, selector jaw, detent ball and
selector jaw (75). Install detent spring spring and shift interlock plug (68).
243. CENTER AND FRONT HOUS- and ball using assembly tool, then in- Note that pinion nut (39) has left-
ING ASSEMBLIES. To install center stall roll pins in fork and selector jaw. hand threads, then remove nut (39),
housing (56Fig. 184), place second/ Install second/third shift rod making washer (40) and bearing cone (41). Re-
third gear selector fork into groove on certain end with neutral start switch move snap ring (1) and spacer (2). The
synchronizer (37). Put high/low selec- groove is toward rear of transmission. row of smaller gear teeth on input gear
tor fork into groove on sliding gear (16). Push rod through shift fork slightly (8) has a missing tooth. Align this gap
Install center housing turning the and install selector jaw with flat side with a gear tooth on slow/normal idler
housing to clear countershaft gears. toward first/reverse selector jaw. In- gear (77) and remove input gear and
Apply Loctite 242 to stud bolt threads, stall shift interlock plug (55) and detent bearing assembly.
then install stud bolts into rear housing ball and spring. Remove nuts from stud bolts and
and tighten to 122 N-m (90 ft.-lbs.) Engage third gear and install roll pin raise front end housing (43) approxi-
torque. in second/third selector jaw. Engage mately 40 mm (1.5 inches). LFse blocks

72
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 247-248


to support front end housing in this sive wear or irregular wear pattern, 248. REASSEMBLY. If pinion shaft,
position. gear should be renewed along with its pinion shaft bearings or transmission
Push first/reverse shift rod (70) to- mating gear. housings are renewed, the pinion shaft
ward rear of transmission just far Examine synchronizer friction sur- protrusion must be set as outlined in
enough to remove detent ball and faces and the synchronizer pads (47 and paragraph 273 before reassembling
spring. Remove sliding collar (9), snap 63Fig. 185) for wear. Pads should transmission.
ring (10) and collar gear (11). Remove slide easily into their grooves with no If countershaft (81Fig. 185), bear-
slow range gear (12), the six bearing binding, but should not be excessively ings (80 and 82) or transmission hous-
pads (28) and thrust washer (13). Re- loose. No attempt should be made to ings are renewed, shaft end play must
move front end housing (43). disassemble synchronizer assembly as be set as follows: Remove bearing cup
Remove roll pin (72) and idler shaft individual service parts are not avail- from rear housing and subtract 0.20
(71). Remove thrust washers (74 and 79) able. mm (0.008 inch) thickness shims from
and idler gear (77). Check detent balls and shift rail original shim pack. Reinstall bearing
To disassemble input gear (8), re- grooves for wear. There should be a cup with shims and assemble counter-
move snap ring (3). Press bearings (4 small clearance between ball and bot- shaft, center housing (53) and front end
and 7) and spacers (5 and 6) off input tom of groove. housing (43). Tighten stud nuts to 95
gear (8). Check all thrust washers and spacers N-m (70 ft.-lbs.) torque. Rotate shaft to
Remove remaining bearing cups, for excessive wear .and renew as neces- be sure bearings are properly seated.
snap rings and spacers from front end sary,
housing.
Remove stud bolts and rotate center
housing (53) toward countershaft (81)
to gain gear clearance and remove cen-
ter housing. Remove countershaft (81)
and press bearings (80 and 82) off as
necessary.
Remove retaining bolts (56) and
high/low shift fork from sliding collar
(20). Remove input shaft (31) using care
not to lose retaining washer (54).
Remove snap ring (35) and press
bearing (34), spacer (33) and reverse
idler gear (32) off together. Remove
snap ring (14), bearing (16), retaining
collar (17) and split rings (18). Remove
low range gear (19), the six bearing
pads (29) and front sliding collar gear
(21). Remove sliding collar (20), snap
ring (22) and rear sliding collar gear
(23). Remove high range gear (24) and
the six bearing pads (30). Remove
splined washer (25) and snap ring (26)
on 1690 models. On all other models,
remove spacer (86) and shims (87). On
all models, remove bushing (27) from
input shaft if necessary.
Remove second/third shift fork from
synchronizer. Remove spacer (58), Fig. 185Expioded view of 12-speed syncromesh transmission used on Model 1690. Transmission
used on iate 1394 and 1494 modeis and aii 1594 modeis is simiiar except that a spacer and shims
shims (45), spacer (59) and thrust wash- (inset) are used in piace of washer (25) and snap ring (26) to iocate components on input shaft
er (46). Remove third gear (60) and the (31)
six bearing pads (47). Remove syn- 1. Snap ring. 30.
31.
Bearing pad
Input shaft
59. Spacer
60. Third gear
2. Shim
chronizer assembly (62) and front syn- 3. Snap ring 32. Reverse idler gear & bushing 61. Front synchronizer gear
chronizer gear (61). Remove snap ring 4. Bearing 33. Spacer 62. Synchronizer
5. Outer spacer 34. Bearing 63. Bearing pad
(48) and rear synchronizer gear (not 6. Inner spacer 35. Snap ring 64. Split rings
36. Lubrication bracket 65. Shim
shown). Remove second gear (50) and 7.
8.
Bearing
Input gear 37. Stud 66. Bearing
the six bearing pads (63). Remove re- 9. Sliding collar 38. Nut 67. Pinion shaft
10. Snap ring 39. Locknut 68. Shift interlock plug
taining collar (51) and split rings (64). 11. Collar gear 40. Washer 69. Second/third shift rod
Remove first/reverse sliding gear (52) 12. Slow range gear 41. Bearing 70. First/reverse shift rod
13. Thrust washer 42. Spacer 71. Idler shaft
and shift rod assembly (70). 14. Snap ring 43. Front end housing 72. Roll pin
If pinion shaft (67) or bearing (66) 15. Snap ring 44. Snap ring 73. Plug
74. Thrust washer
16. Bearing 45. Shim
are to be renewed, mark bearing caps 17. Retaining collar 46. Splined washer 75. Bearing
and remove differential assembly. Re- 18. Split rings 47. Bearing pad 76. Spacer
77. Idler gear
19. Low range gear 48. Snap ring
move pinion shaft, rear bearing and 20. Sliding collar 49. Centralizer spring 78. Bearing
shims from rear end housing. 21. Front sliding collar gear 50.
51.
Second gear
Retaining washer
79. Thrust washer
80. Bearing
22. Snap ring
23. Rear sliding collar gear 52. First/reverse sliding gear 81. Intermediate shaft
247. INSPECTION. Clean and in- 24. High range gear 53. Center housing 82. Bearing
25. Splined washer 54. Retaining washer 83. Shim
spect all parts. Examine bearings and 26. Snap ring 55. Tab washer 84. Slow/normal shift rod
56. Bolt 85. High/low shift rod
bushings for wear or damage and renew 27.
28.
Bushing
Bearing pad 57. Rear end housing 86. Spacer
as necessary. If gear teeth show exces- 29. Bearing pad 58. Shoulder washer 87. Shim

73
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 249-251 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


Position a dial indicator so probe con- Push all parts rearward until snap ring nuts to 95 N-m (70 ft.-lbs.) torque. Turn
tacts face of rear gear, then move shaft (48) is seated in shaft groove. countershaft in both directions to seat
up and down and measure end play. Install third gear (60), put a small bearings. Mount a dial indicator so
Correct end play is 0.05-0.10 mm (0.002- amount of grease on bearing pads (47) probe is against end of countershaft,
0.004 inch). Remove countershaft and and insert pads into splines between then move shaft up and down and
rear bearing cup and install shims (83) gear and shaft. Install splined washer measure end play. Correct end play is
as necessary to provide correct end (46) and spacer (59). 0.05-0.10 mm (0.002-0.004 inch).
play. Remove countershaft from gearbox.
250. INPUT SHAFT ASSEMBLY. Remove bearing cup from front or rear
249. PINION SHAFT ASSEMBLY. Assemble components onto input shaft end housing and install shims as re-
Install input shaft rear bearing (34 (31Fig. 185) in reverse order of re- quired between the bearing cup and end
Fig. 185) in rear housing (57) and hold moval while observing the following housing to provide specified end play.
in place with retaining washer (54), tab special instructions. Reinstall bearing cup and counter-
washer (55) and bolt (56). On Models 1394,1494 and 1594, shims shaft.
Assemble pinion shaft (67) and rear (87) are installed as necessary to re- Place second/third gear shift fork in
bearing (66) into position in rear hous- move all end play of components on the synchronizer groove. Place high/low
ing. Install center housing (53) so front shaft. On Model 1690, components are shift fork in groove on high/low sliding
face of housing is even with ends of bot- located on shaft by snap ring (26); there gear. Reinstall center housing.
tom studs. Place first/reverse sliding is no provision for adjustment of end
gear (52) on shaft with selector fork play. 251. FRONT END HOUSING AS-
groove towards rear housing. Install Rear sliding collar gears (21 and 23) SEMBLY. Install bearings (75 and 7 8 -
washer (51) with recessed side towards have lubrication slots and a punch Fig. 185) and spacer (76) into idler gear
gear (52). Slide second gear (50) onto marked tooth for alignment on one side (77). Both bearings should be 0.25-1.3
shaft, put a small amount of grease on of each gear. Install rear gear (23) so mm (0.010-0.050 inch) below outer sur-
bearing pads (63) and install pads into slotted side is facing high range gear faces of idler gear when installed. In-
splines between shaft and gear. Posi- (24) and punch marked tooth is aligned stall idler shaft assembly and thrust
tion rear synchronizer gear (not shown) with input shaft spline that has a hole washers in front end housing (43) with
with thin part of teeth towards front of in it. Install snap ring (22) and sliding large gear towards the front. Push idler
pinion shaft. Slide snap ring (48) onto collar (20). Install front sliding collar shaft (71) into idler gear aligning
shaft but not into groove. Install front gear (21) with side having slots facing spring pin holes in shaft and front
synchronizer gear (61) with thin part of away from snap ring (22) and align housing. Install spring pin (72).
teeth towards the rear, aligning mark punch marked tooth with punch Install detent springs and balls for
on side of gear with mark on side of marked tooth of rear gear (23). The first/reverse and second/third into end
rear gear. Install synchronizer (62) over sliding gear splines will engage sliding housing. Install front end housing onto
the gears. collar splines when correctly installed. the bottom studs. Assemble splined
Install second/third shift rod assem- Install low ranqe gear (19) with washer (13) and slow range gear (12)
bly (69) into groove of synchronizer. smaller gear teeth toward sliding collar onto input shaft with smaller gear
Install first/reverse shift rod assembly gear (21). Lubricate and install the six teeth towards the front. Lubricate and
(70) into groove of sliding gear (52). bearing pads (29) in input shaft splines install the six bearing pads (28) be-
Enter end of first/reverse shift rod into under low range gear. Install split ring tween shaft splines and range gear.
hole in rear housing, then move center (18), retaining collar (17) and bearing Install sliding collar gear (11) and slid-
housing (56) and shift rod rearward (16). Be sure bearing is installed with ing collar (9).
together about 50 mm (2 inches). Posi- side stamped with bearing number fac- Insert first/reverse shift rod into
tion split ring (64) into groove in shaft ing front end of shaft. Bearing must front end housing using tool shown in
and slide washer (51) over split ring. seat against retaining collar. Fig. 183 to depress detent ball and
Install reverse idler gear (32) with spring. Insert second/third shift rod
bushing on input shaft making sure into front housing using tool to depress
side with beveled gear teeth is towards detent ball and spring. Install high/low
front of shaft. Install thrust washer shift rod using tool to install detent ball
(33) with flat side against reverse idler and spring. Install roll pins in shift
gear. forks.
Drive input shaft into rear bearing Install snap ring (10Fig. 185) on
(34) and end housing (57) until snap front of input shaft (31). Align input
ring (35) can be installed. Install lubri- shaft, countershaft and pinion shaft
cation bracket (36), but do not tighten with end housing, then position front
mounting bolts at this time. end housing down against center hous-
ing. Tighten end housing retaining nuts
250A. COUNTERSHAFT ASSEM- to 95 N-m (70 ft.-lbs.) torque.
BLY. To adjust countershaft end play, Install slow/normal shift fork into
first measure width of shoulder (S groove of sliding collar (9). Push shift
Fig. 186) on front of countershaft. If rod rearward through shift fork and
shoulder width is 1.5-1.73 mm (0.060- selector jaw, align pin holes and install
0.068 inch), shims (83-Fig. 185) should spring pins. Install safety start switch
be installed in front end housing. If balls and plungers.
shoulder width is 3.33-3.58 mm (0.131- Install bearing (7) on input gear (8)
Fig. 186 When adjusting countershaft end piay, 0.141 inch), shims should be installed in with thick edge of outer race facing
measure width of shouider (S) on front of coun- rear end housing.
tershaft to determine if adjusting shims should be
away from gear. Install spacers (6 and
instaiied at front or rear of shaft. Refer to para- Assemble countershaft, center hous- 5). Install outer bearing (4) so snap ring
graph 251. ing and front housing. Tighten stud groove on outer race is towards front

74
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 252-254

splined end of input gear. Install snap disassembly plus an additional 0.25 mm shims (45) equal to measured end play
ring (3). Align gap in teeth of input gear (0.010 inch) thick shim. Install shoulder plus an additional 0.05 mm (0.002 inch).
with tooth of idler gear, then push washer (58) with flat side against This will provide recommended preload
input gear assembly into front housing shims. Install bearing cone (41), washer of 0.05 mm (0.002 inch). Reinstall spac-
until spacer (2) and snap ring (1) can be (40) and nut (39). Tighten nut to 270 er, bearing, washer and nut and tighten
installed. N-m (200 ft.-lbs.) torque. Mount a dial nut to 270 N-m (200 ft.-lbs.) torque.
indicator so probe contacts end of pin- Shift transmission and range section
252. PINION SHAFT BEARING ion shaft and measure shaft end play. through all gears and check to be cer-
PRELOAD. Install spacer (59-Fig. Remove nut, washer, bearing and tain all gears and detents work prop-
185) and all shims (45) removed during shoulder washer. Remove thickness of erly.

POWER SHIFT TRANSMISSION


253. Power shift transmission is
available on 1394, 1490, 1494, 1594 and
1690 models. The transmission consists
of a three forward, one reverse mechan-
ical gear section coupled with a four-
speed, hydraulic power shift section
providing twelve forward and four re-
verse speed selections.
Fig. 187Identify power
Front four-speed planetary section is shift front sequence vaive
hydraulically controlled and changes (2) and rear sequence vaive
between any of the ratios can be made (3) prior to removal as
while tractor is in motion without use valves are not interchange-
able. Fiow restrictors are io-
of transmission clutch. Gear (range) cated in front and rear plane-
speeds are selected manually and trans- tary brake pressure lines (4
mission clutch must be used. and 5).

POWER SHIFT CONTROL VALVE

All Power Shift Models


254, Power shift control valve spool
and body (8Fig. 188) are serviced as
an assembly only. However, relief valve
spring (2) and spool (3) are available
separately.
To remove control valve, first remove
platform or cab, if so equipped, as out-
lined in paragraph 348 or 349. Remove
fuel tanks. Disconnect wiring harness
to rear of tractor and disconnect neu- Fig. 188Partially expioded
tral start switch wires. Remove range view of power shift controi
and power shift selector assemblies valve, sequence valves and
related oii iines.
from transmission cover. Disconnect 1. Adjusting screw
hydraulic lines and control linkage 2. Spring
3. Relief valve plunger
from remote valve. Remove mounting 4. Plug
bolts and remove remote valve assem- 5. Restrictor plate
6. Oil supply pipe
bly. Remove transmission cover mount- 7. Detent spring & ball
ing bolts and remove wedge and shim 8. Control valve body & spool
9. Restrictors
from front of cover. Use a hoist to lift 10. Lubrication tube
transmission cover from main frame. 11. Sealing washer
12. Sequence valve, front
Disconnect hydraulic lines from con- 13. "0" ring
trol valve (1Fig. 187). Mark sequence 14. Sequence valve, rear
15. Power shift hydraulic pump
valves (2 and 3) so they can be rein- 16. Planetary brake cylinder,
front
stalled in their original positions, then 17. Planetary brake (^linder,
remove both valves. Remove control
valve mounting bolts and remove valve
assembly.
To disassemble valve for inspection,
remove seal wire from relief valve ad-
justing screw (1Fig. 188). Remove ad-
justing screw while noting number of
turns required to remove screw for use

75
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 255-256 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


SEQUENCE VALVES

All Power Shift Models


256. The sequence valves (2 and 3
Fig. 187) control release timing of front
Fig. 169Instali pressure and rear planetary clutch units. Front
gage (1) using special
adapter CA$-1242 (2) in and rear sequence valves are mechani-
controi valve test port to cally identical, however, they have dif-
check control valve relief ferent pressure settings. Therefore, be
pressure. sure valves are properly marked before
removal so they can be reinstalled in
their original positions. Front sequence
valve controls release of front plane-
tary clutch, while rear sequence valve
controls release of rear planetary
clutch.
To remove sequence valves, it is first
in reassembly. Remove spring (2) and Use a remote fuel supply to operate necessary to remove transmission cover
relief valve spool (3). Remove plug and tractor. Start engine and run to bring as outlined in paragraph 254. Sequence
detent spring and ball (7). Remove snap transmission fluid temperature to ap- valves are serviced as a complete as-
ring from valve spool, then withdraw proximately 45C (115F). Transmis- sembly only, but valves may be disas-
spool from valve body. Remove test port sion housing must be warm to the sembled for cleaning and inspection. It
plug (4) and restrictor plate (5). touch. With engine running at 1500 is recommended adjustment screw set-
Inspect all parts for wear or scoring. rpm, pressure reading should be 350- ting not be disturbed during disassem-
Be sure control valve spool and bore are 560 kPa (77-81 psi) for 1394, 1490 and bly.
free of scoring or other damage. 1494 models, or 600-625 kPa (87-91 psi) All new sequence valves obtained
Reassemble valve by reversing disas- for 1594 and 1690 models. To adjust through parts are adjusted at factory to
sembly procedure. Lubricate all parts pressure, insert a screwdriver through rear sequence valve pressure setting
during reassembly. power shift selector opening in trans- (which is lower than front setting). If a
mission cover and turn relief valve new sequence valve is to be installed in
255. SETTING CONTROL VALVE adjusting screw clockwise to increase front position, increase factory setting
PRESSURE. Reinstall control valve pressure or counterclockwise to reduce by turning adjusting screw clockwise
and tighten mounting bolts to 34 N-m pressure. two full turns.
(25 ft.-ibs.) torque. Install front and Stop engine and remove manifold Pressure setting of sequence valves
rear sequence valves. Move control and gage. Remove remote valve and can be checked and adjusted using a
valve spool fully forward and remove transmission cover. Install plug in con- suitable hand pressure pump and a 0-
plug (4Fig. 188) from control valve trol valve test port and install a lock 400 kPa (0-60 psi) pressure gage. Re-
test port. Install transmission cover wire in relief valve adjusting screw to move hydraulic pressure line from
and remote valve assembly. Do not secure adjustment. valve, block orifice in piston with tape
install power shift selector lever at this Reassemble tractor by reversing dis- and reinstall pressure pipe. Connect
time. Remove test port plug from right assembly procedure while noting the sequence valve to hand pressure pump
side of transmission cover. Install spe- following special instructions. Tighten and pressure gage. Operate hand pump
cial adapter CAS-1242 (2-Fig. 189) and remote valve mounting bolts to 47-57 slowly and note pressure reading at
a 0-1000 kPa (0-150 psi) pressure gage N.m (35-40 ft.-lbs.) torque. Tighten point pressure makes a rapid drop indi-
(1) through opening in cover and into transmission cover V2 inch mounting cating valve opened. Adjust screw (11
'^i valve test port. bolts to 102-122 N-m (75-90 ft.-lbs.) Fig. 190) until pressure release point is
torque and % inch mounting bolts to 210-220 kPa (32-33 psi). If valve is to be
165-200 N.m (120-130 ft.-lbs.) torque. installed in rear position, tighten jam
Tighten range and power shift selector nut to secure adjusting screw at this
housing mounting bolts to 23-28 N-m setting. If valve is to be installed in
(17-20 ft.-lbs.) torque. front position, turn screw clockwise an

Fig. 191Power shift hy-


drauiic pump (1) is mounted
on lower right corner of
range gearbox cover (2).
Fig. 190Exploded view of power shift se- Hydrauiic manifold mounts
quence valve. Adjustment screw (11) setting on front side of the cover.
should not be changed unless valve pressure is to
be reset as outlined in paragraph 256.
1. Pressure line
2. Gasket 7. Spring seat
3. Valve body 8. Gasket
4. "O"ring 9. End cap
5. Piston 10. Locknut
6. Spring 11. Adjusting screw

76
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 257-259


additional two turns and secure with port stands on each side of tractor. Dis- bolts and remove pto unit. Withdraw
jam nut. Remove tape from piston ori- connect battery ground cable, rear wir- the pto drive shaft.
fice, reassemble valve and install in ing harness and neutral start switch Fabricate a connector plate using di-
proper position. wires. mensions shown in Fig. 193. Mount
Remove range and power shift selec- plate between range gearbox and rear
tor assemblies and transmission dip- axle housing as shown in Fig. 194 to
POWER SHIFT HYDRAULIC PUMP stick from transmission cover. Remove prevent housings from separating dur-
cover mounting bolts, then drive wedge ing removal of power shift unit
All Power Shift Models and shims from between front of cover Connect a hoist and chain to upper
and clutch housing. Disconnect all front corner bolts of power shift unit.
257. The power shift hydraulic pump hoses, supply lines and control linkage Remove bolts connecting rear axle
is mounted on lower right-hand corner from remote valve. Remove remote housing to main frame. Separate power
of range gearbox front cover (Fig. 191). valve mounting bolts and remove valve. shift unit from main frame. Support
The pump is gear driven from reverse Use a hoist to remove transmission rear of tractor with a stand under
gear of range transmission. cover. range gearbox. Use a hoist (Fig. 195)
To remove pump, first separate pow- Disconnect all o'l lines from power with a suitable lifting sling or chain to
er shift transmission from main frame shift control valve (1Fig. 187). Mark support power shift unit, then remove
as outlined in paragraph 258. Remove sequence valves (2 and 3) so they can be stud nuts and separate power shift unit
manifold and pump mounting bolts, reinstalled in their original positions, from range gearbox.
then remove pump assembly from rear then remove front and rear sequence
side of housing. valves. Remove power shift control 259. REINSTALL. Use a hoist to
Use a suitable puller to remove pump valve. position power shift unit on mounting
drive gear. Remove Woodruff key, then Remove rear lubrication line from studs. Tighten stud nuts to 100 N-m (75
separate pump rotor assembly from top of transmission. Remove transmis- ft.-lbs.) torque. Apply Loctite 504 Gas-
pump body (Fig. 192). sion mounting bolts and bushings. ket Eliminator to end of main frame.
Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Disconnect both hydraulic lines at Roll rear section of tractor forward
Pump rotors and bearings are serviced unions on right side of main frame. engaging transmission input shaft in
as a complete set. Renew all "0*' rings. Remove hydraulic oil filter assembly splines of clutch. Tighten housing re-
When reassembling, make sure sides from right side of main frame. Discon- taining nuts and bolts to 100 N-m (75
of bearings with oil grooves are against nect draft sensor cable at hitch upper ft.-lbs.) torque. Install transmission
gears. Lubricate all parts with clean oil link connection. Remove remote hoses mounting bolts and bushings and tight-
during assembly. Install drive gear and mounting bracket Remove draw- en to 165 N-m (120 ft.-lbs.) torque.
using a new locknut and tighten nut to bar and drawbar support. Remove connecting plate (Fig. 194).
73-86 N.m (54-64 ft.-lbs.) torque. Remove a mounting bolt from each Install pto drive shaft and pto unit.
Reinstall pump and manifold using side of pto housing and install two Engage pto and turn output shaft to
new '*0" rings in oil ports. Tighten guide studs. Support pto housing with a engage drive shaft splines with pto slid-
mounting bolts to 23-27 N-m (17-20 ft.- hoist, remove remainder of mounting ing gear. Tighten housing mounting
lbs.) torque.
Ffg. 193A connector plate
REMOVE AND REINSTALL must be fabricated from 6
mm (V4 inch) thick steei
TRANSMISSION plate to dimensions shown
and used when spiitting trac-
All Power Shift Models tors equipped with power
shift transmission.
1. 305 mm
258. REMOVE. To remove power (12 in.)
shift unit, first remove platform or cab 2. 149.2 mm
(SVgin.)
as outlined in paragraph 348 or 349. 3. 190 mm
Remove fuel tanks. Drain oil from (71/2 in.)
4. 35 mm
transmission and remove filter housing (la/sin.)
5. 139.7 mm
cover and filter assembly from bottom (51/2 in.)
of transmission housing. Attach sup-

Fig. 194Mount connector


plate between top of range
gearbox and rear axle hous-
ing to prevent housings from
separating during removai of
power shift unit

Fig. 192Exploded view of power shift hydraulic


pump.
1. "0" rings 5. Bushings
2. Bushings 6. "0" rings
3. Idler gear 7. Pump body
4. Driven gear 8. Drive gear

77
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 260-261 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


bolts to 75-85 N-m (54-64 ft.-lbs.) 19
torque.
1718
Install drawbar support and draw- 1516
bar. Connect draft sensing cable. Install 13U
hydraulic filter assembly and tighten
mounting bolts to 47-57 N m (35-40 ft.-
lbs.) torque. Install filter supply line
using a new *'O" ring and tighten
retaining bolts to 47-57 N-m (35-40 ft.-
lbs.) torque. Connect hydraulic lines
along right side of main frame and
install lubrication line on top of range
gearbox.
Install power shift control valve and
tighten mounting bolts to 47-57 N m
(35-40 ft.-lbs.) torque. Install front and
rear sequence valves and reconnect hy-
draulic lines. Make sure flow restrictors
are located in front and rear planetary
brake pressure lines (4 and 5Fig. 187)
at control valve (1). Fig. 196Expioded view of front pianetary assembiy of power shift transmission. See Fig. 197 for
Install transmission cover leaving view of rear planetary assembly.
mounting bolts loosely installed. Install 1. Input shaft
2. Clutch cylinder
17. Spacer plate . 33. Washer
18. Sprag clutch 34. Snap ring
remote valve using new '*0'' rings and 3. " 0 " ring 19. Sealing rings 35. Cylinder
tighten mounting bolts to 47-57 N-m 4. Spring, inner 20. Support tube 36. Piston
5. Clutch plate, steel 21. " 0 " rings 37. Locknut
(35-40 ft.-lbs.) torque. Connect remote 6. Locknut 22. Seal 38. Spherical washer
valve hydraulic lines and control link- 7. Conical washer 23. Front cover 39. Sleeve
8. Seal 24. Bushing 40. Spring
age. 9. Clutch plate, bronze 25. Support sleeve 41. Seat
10. Backing plate 26. Sealing rings 42. Brake band
Install wedge and shim in front of 11. Carrier & cylinder 27. Bearing 43. Sun gear
transmission cover. Tighten the ^k inch 12. Planet gear 28- " 0 " ring 44. Dowel
13. Needle roller bearing 29. Piston 45. Thrust washer
rear cover mounting bolts and all side 14. Bearing pin 30. Spring, outer 46. Bearing carrier
and front mounting bolts to 110-130 15. End cover 31. Thrust washer 47. Locating screw
16. Bearing 32. Bushing 48. Center carrier
N-m (80-95 ft.-lbs.) torque. Tighten the
two Vg inch rear bolts to 205-245 N-m
(150-180 ft.-lbs.) torque. Install power (20-Fig. 196) and front cover (23). Dis- 196) from center housing. Remove spac-
shift and range shift selector assem- connect brake line from front planetary er (20Fig. 197), sprag clutch (21) and
blies and tighten mounting bolts to 23- brake cylinder (35) and remove cylin- carrier (42) from rear end housing (43)
28 N-m (17-20 ft.-lbs.) torque. der. Loosen front brake band locating if necessary.
Reconnect wiring harness and neu- screws and remove brake band adjust-
tral start switch wires. Install a new ing nuts (6 and 37). Remove sleeve (39), 261. FRONT PLANETARY
transmission oil filter and tighten filter spring (40) and seat (41). Withdraw OVERHAUL. Mark clutch cylinder
cover mounting bolts to 23-28 N m input shaft (1), then remove brake band (2Fig. 196), carrier (11) and end cover
(17-20 ft.-lbs.) torque. (42) and lift front planetary unit from (15) so they can be reassembled in their
Complete installation by reversing center housing. Remove hydraulic line original positions. Remove mounting
removal procedure. for planetary brake cylinder from cen- bolts, then separate clutch cylinder
ter carrier. Remove spacer plate (17) from planetary carrier. Remove piston
OVERHAUL TRANSMISSION and sprag clutch (18). (29) from cylinder and remove and dis-
Turn center housing over, then re- card "0'* rings (3 and 28). Remove inner
All Power Shift Models move rear brake band and rear plane- and outer springs (4 and 30). Remove
tary assembly (Fig. 197) from housing clutch plates (5, 9 and 10) keeping
260. REMOVE PLANETARY AS- in same manner as front unit. Unbolt plates together for use in reassembly.
SEMBLIES. Remove support sleeve and remove bearing carrier (46Fig.
NOTE: Clutch plates are a matched set
and are not available separately.

Remove retaining bolts and separate


end cover (15) from carrier (11). Mark
position of planetary gears (12) and
gear pins (14) for proper reassembly,
Fig. 195Use a hoist and then remove from end cover.
chain to support power shift Clutch plates must be free of cracks,
unit as shown when remov-
ing and instaiiing unit from distortion or excessive wear. Renew
range gearbox. plates as necessary. Inspect springs (4
and 30) and renew if distorted or weak.
Check thrust washer, bearings and plan-
etary gears for wear or damage and
renew as necessary.
Lubricate *'O" rings (3 and 28) and
install on piston (29). Carefully install

78
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraph 262


onto clutch carrier (11). Install outer
springs in carrier. Install clutch cylin-
der (2) with piston and inner springs
onto carrier aligning marks made dur-
ing disassembly. Tighten mounting
bolts to 27 N-m (20 ft.-lbs.) torque and
secure with locking plates.

262. REAR PLANETARY OVER-


HAUL. Mark clutch cylinder (5Fig.
197), carrier (37) and end cover (41) so
they can be reassembled in their origi-
nal positions. Remove clutch cylinder
mounting bolts and separate planetary
halves. Remove inner and outer springs
(8 and 23). Remove piston (7) from
cylinder and remove and discard *'O**
rings (6 and 22).
Lift input shaft (3) and clutch plates
Fig. 197Expioded view of rear pianetary assembly of power shift transmission.See Fig. 196 for view (9, 35 and 36) from carrier keeping
of front pianetary assembiy. plates together for reassembly.
1. Center carrier 16. Needle roller bearing
2. Thrust washer ' ' 17. Bearing pin 31. Spherical washer
3. Rear input shaft 18. Spacer 32. Sleeve NOTE: Clutch plates are a matched set
4. Bearing 19. Bearing 33. Spring and are not available separately.
5. Carrier & cylinder 20. Spacer plate 34. Seat
6. "O"ring 21. Sprag clutch 35. Clutch plate, bronze
7. Piston 22. "0" ring 36. Backing plate
8. Spring inner 23. Spring, outer 37. Carrier & cylinder Remove mounting bolts and separate
9. Clutch plate, steel 24. Thrust washer 38. Sun gear end cover (41) from carrier. Mark posi-
10. Conical washer 25. Brakeband 39. Dowel pin
11. Locknut 26. Locknut 40. Thrust washer tion of planetary gears (15), bearing
12. Taper plug
13. Stop screw
27. Washer
2S. Snap ring
41. End cover pins (17) and dowels (39) for reassem-
42. Carrier
14. Locknut 29. Cylinder 43. End housing bly, then remove sun gear and plane-
15. Planet gear 30. Piston 44. Case tary gears. Remove thrust washer (40)
from sun gear. Use a suitable puller to
remove bearings (4 and 19).
piston into cylinder. Position inner Assemble thick clutch backing plate Clutch plates must be free of cracks,
springs in clutch piston and hold in (10), slotted bronze clutch plate (9), thin distortion or excessive wear. Renew
place with petroleum jelly or grease. steel spacer plate (5), remaining slotted springs (8 and 23) if distorted or weak.
Install planetary gear pins, bearings bronze plate (9) and thin steel plate (5) Inspect thrust washers, bearings, bear-
and gears in their original positions
with gear timing marks pointing to-
ward center of carrier. See Fig. 198.
Install sun gear aligning timing marks
as shown. Install thrust washer (45
Fig. 196), with oil groove facing up, into
endcover(15).Installendcoveroverplan-
etary gears aligning marks made dur-
ing disassembly. Tighten mounting
bolts to 40 N-m (30 ft.-lbs.) torque and
secure with locking plates.

Flg. 199instaii bacidng


piate, grooved bronze ciutch
piates, smooth bronze dutch
piate and thin steel ciutch
plates for rear pianetary
ciutch in sequence shown.
1. Cylinder assy.
2. Thin steel clutch plates
3. Backing plate
4. Carrier
5. Grooved bronze clutch plates
6. Smooth bronze clutch plate

Fig, 198Pianet gears must be timed as shown


wim punch mariied tooth of each gear pointing
towards center of sun gear.

79
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 263-264 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


ing pins and planetary gears for exces- FLAT LOCATING SCREW HOUSING
sive wear or damage and renew if nec-
essary.
Install new bearing (4Fig. 197) on
clutch cylinder (5). Lubricate " 0 " rings
(6 and 22) and install on piston, then
carefully install piston into cylinder.
Install inner springs (8) and apply
grease to hold springs in position dur-
ing assembly.
Install bearing pins (17) in carrier Fig. 202View of rear plan- BAND
(37) making sure they are in their origi- etary brake band and hous-
ing showing iocation of the
nal positions. Assemble a short bearing four iocating screws.
(16), thrust washer (18) with oil groove
facing away from short bearing and a
long bearing onto bearing pins. Install
planetary gears on their original pins
with gear timing marks pointing to-
ward center of carrier. See Fig. 198.
Place thrust washer in sun gear coun-
terbore with oil groove side of washer
facing up. Install sun gear with thrust
washer towards carrier aligning timing STRAIGHT LOCATING SCREW
marks as shown in Fig. 198. Install new
bearing (19Fig. 197), if removed, on Install input shaft (3) into planetary with chamfered side up on top ring and
end cover (41) and position thrust assembly. Install thick backing plate down on bottom ring as shown in Fig.
washer (40) in cover. Position end cover (3Fig. 199) into carrier (4). There are 200. Stagger ring end gaps 180 from
over planetary gears aligning assembly four thin steel clutch plates (2), three each other.
marks made during disassembly. Tight- grooved bronze clutch plates (5) and one When reinstalling carrier in center
en mounting bolts to 40 N-m (30 ft.- smooth bronze clutch plate (6). To as- housing, make certain lubrication holes
lbs.) torque and secure with locking semble plates in carrier, place one are in alignment as shown in Fig. 201.
plates. grooved bronze plate on top of backing Tighten carrier mounting bolts to
plate, then one thin steel plate, another 40 N-m (30 ft.-lbs.) torque. Lubricate
Top Ring grooved bronze plate, a thin steel plate, seal rings with transmission fluid prior
then the smooth bronze plate, a thin to reassembly.
Chamfer steel plate, a grooved bronze plate and Renew thrust washer (31Fig. 196),
remaining thin steel plate last. bushing (32) and oil seal (8) in front
Install outer clutch springs (23Fig. input shaft (1) if necessary. Be sure to
197). Align assembly marks and install install thrust washer with oil groove
cylinder (5) on carrier. Tighten mount- side towards gear.
Carrier ing bolts to 27 N-m (20 ft.-lbs.) torque, Pry oil seal (22Fig. 196) from front
then bend corners of locking plates cover (23). Remove seal rings (26) from
against bolt heads. front support sleeve (25). Remove
sleeve mounting bolts and remove
263. CENTER CARRIER AND sleeve from front cover if renewal of
FRONT COVER. Inspect sealing rings bushing (24) is necessary.
Chamfer (19_Fig. 196) in bearing carrier (46) Install new bushing (24) flush with
Bottom Ring and renew as necessary. inner face of support sleeve (25). Apply
Fig. 200Seaiing rings must be instaiied in cen- Position thrust washer in carrier gasket sealer to mounting surface of
ter carrier with Inside chamfer up on top ring and counterbore with oil groove facing up. sleeve, then install and tighten bolts to
Inside chamfer down on bottom ring. Ring gaps Install sealing rings in carrier grooves
must be 180 ** from each other.
20 N-m (15 ft.-lbs.) torque. Install
sleeve sealing rings (26) with cham-
fered side up on top ring and chamfered
side down on bottom ring as shown in
Fig. 200. Install new front oil seal (22
Fig. 196) with lip facing inward.

264. REINSTALL PLANETARY


Fig. 201Aiign lubrication
ASSEMBLIES. Be sure brake band
holes In bearing carrier and locating screws are in place in center
center carrier as shown dur- housing. See Fig. 202 and 203. Install
ing Installation. Tighten re- rear brake band in housing, then posi-
taining boits to 40 Nm (30
ft,-ibs.} torque.
tion rear planetary in center carrier.
Install sprag clutch (Fig. 204) into
center bearing carrier with wide edge
facing inward. Position spacer over
sprag clutch. Install front planetary
brake hydraulic line. Install front plan-
etary unit into carrier rotating unit

80
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 265-268


FLAT LOCATING SCREW tighten until it contacts end of brake
band, then loosen plug V4 turn.

267. REAR BRAKE BAND. Remove


jam nut, adjusting screw (1Fig. 206)
and plug (2) from left side of transmis-
sion cover to gain access to rear brake
band adjusting nut. Start engine, put
range selector in neutral and put power
shift in fourth. Increase engine speed
Fig. 203View of front pian- until pressure gage (1Fig. 205) read-
etary brake band and hous-
ing showing correct position ing reaches 515 kPa (75 psi). Turn brake
of the three iocating screws. band adjusting nut clockwise until en-
gine speed drops 25 rpm. Depress clutch
pedal, then turn adjusting nut counter-
clockwise four turns.
Apply sealer to threads of plug, then
install plug. Install adjusting screw in
plug and tighten screw until it contacts
STRAIGHT LOCATING SCREW end of brake band, then loosen V2 turn.
Tighten jam nut.
Remove pressure gage and manifold.
Install test port plug into control valve.
clockwise during installation. Install 266. FRONT BRAKE BAND. Start Install plugs in transmission cover.
front brake band. engine, put range selector in neutral
Install front cover and tighten and put power shift in fourth. Adjust RANGE GEARBOX
mounting bolts to 20 N-m (15 ft.-lbs.) engine speed until pressure gage reads
torque. Install new **0** rings (21Fig. 515 kPa (75 psi). Tighten brake band All Power Shift Models
196) on support sleeve (25) and tube adjusting nut (3Fig. 205) until engine
(20). Position support tube (20) on front speed drops 25 rpm. Depress clutch 268. DISASSEMBLY. Power shift
cover so oil hole in tube is towards bot- pedal, then loosen adjusting nut four transmission incorporates a three-
tom of power shift housing and tighten turns. speed range gearbox located directly
mounting bolts to 12 N-m (9 ft.-lbs.) Apply sealer to threads of plug which behind the power shift unit. Except for
torque. covers adjusting nut. Install plug and removal of bevel pinion shaft (19Fig.
Install brake band springs and ad-
justing nuts. Tighten adjusting nut on
spring end of band until spring length
is 33.33 mm (1^6 inches) if new bands
were installed, or 35 mm (1% inches) if
old bands are being reused. Install
brake piston and cylinder and tighten
mounting bolts to 23-28 N-m (17-20 ft.-
lbs.) torque. Connect brake hydraulic Fig. 204Instali sprag
lines. Turn brake band locating screws clutch into carrier housing
clockwise until they contact brake with wide edge facing inward
as shown.
bands, then turn rear band locating
screws counterclockwise V2 turn and
turn front band locating screws coun-
terclockwise V4 turn. Tighten locknuts
to secure locating screw adjustment.
Final planetary brake band adjust-
ment must be made with tractor run-
ning as outlined in paragraph 265.
265. PLANETARY BRAKE BAND
ADJUSTMENT. Planetary brake
bands provide braking on overrun, and
wear will be indicated by delay in shift- Fig. 205View showing in-
ing down or failure to hold in gear. staiiation of pressure gage
Brake bands may be adjusted if not (1) using adapter CAS-1242
(2) in control valve test port
worn beyond limits of adjustment. for adjusting pianetary brake
Transmission fluid must be at nor- bands. Adjustment screw
mal operating temperature. Remove (3) for front brake band is
plugs from right side of transmission shown.
cover. Remove test port plug from pow-
er shift control valve and install gage
manifold (CAS-1242) with a 0-700 kPa
(0-100 psi) gage in control valve test
port. See Fig. 205.
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 269-270 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


207), range gearbox components can be ferential lock sleeve and spring from transmission on a stand if available.
serviced after splitting the tractor and right side of rear axle housing. Remove Remove nuts from transmission
removing power shift unit as outlined transmission cover and remote valve studs, then separate power shift unit
in paragraph 258. If removal of pinion assembly. Remove pto assembly and from range gearbox. Remove spacer
shaft is required, range gearbox must pto drive shaft. Support rear axle hous- and sprag clutch from end plate bear-
be removed from tractor as follows; ing with a hoist, remove mounting bolts ing retainer. Drive roll pin (20Fig.
Remove platform or cab (if so equipped) securing axle housing to main frame 207) from pinion shaft (19). Remove
as outlined in paragraph 348 or 349. and remove axle housing. Remove locking nuts (6 and 7) noting that shaft
Remove fuel tanks. Support tractor transmission mounting bolts and bush- has left-hand threads. Remove spacer
with suitable stands, then remove rear ings. Attach lifting chain and hoist to (21) and bearing (22). Remove end cover
wheels and final drive assemblies as transmission, then move transmission mounting bolts, then lift end cover (8)
outlined in paragraph 279. Remove dif- rearward from main frame. Mount from range housing (36). Remove thrust
washer (23), shims (24), spacer (25), sec-
ond gear (27), needle roller bearings (9)
and race (26) from pinion shaft. Re-
move second/reverse shift rod and col-
lar (11) as an assembly. Remove gear
(10), bearing (28) and race (12), reverse
Fig. 206Remove adjusting
gear (29), thrust washer (13), third gear
screw (1) and plug (2) from (15), bearings (30) and race (14), first/
left-hand side of transmis- third shift rail assembly with collar
sion cover to gain access to (16) and sliding collar inner gear (31).
rear planetary brake band Withdraw input shaft assembly (4) and
adjusting nut
idler shaft assembly (39). Remove first
gear (17), bearing (33) and race (32) and
thrust washer (34).
Mark differential carrier bearing
caps to ensure correct reassembly, then
remove caps and differential assembly.
Remove pinion shaft (19) and rear bear-
ing (35) rearward from range housing.
Remove neutral start switch, rods
and balls from housing. Remove shift
interlock plug (43), detent ball (45) and
spring (44).

269. REASSEMBLY. Inspect all


gears, thrust washers and bearings for
excessive wear or damage and renew as
necessary. If renewal of input shaft
(4Fig. 207) or idler gear (39) or their
bearings is required, shaft end play
must be set as outlined in following
paragraph before reassembling trans-
mission. If renewal of pinion shaft (19)
or rear bearing is necessary, pinion
shaft protrusion must be set as outlined
in paragraph 273 before proceeding
47 with reassembly.
46
45 270. IDLER SHAFT AND INPUT
43 44 SHAFT END PLAY. Heat bearings to
120C (250F) maximum before install-
ing on the shafts. Install spacer (1
Fig. 207) and front bearing cups minus
shims (2 and 37) into front end housing.
Fig. 207Exploded view of power shift range transmission showing component parts and their rela- Position idler shaft and input shaft
tive positions. assemblies into housing and install
33. Needle roller bearing
1. Spacer 17. First range gear 34. Thrust washer front housing. Remove the four housing
2. Shim
3. Bearing
18. Shim 35. Bearing mounting studs, if not already removed,
19. Pinion shaft 36. Range housing
4. Input shaft 20. Roll pin 37. Shim and install four bolts in place of the
5. Bearing 21. Washer 38. Bearing studs. Tighten bolts to 95 N-m (70 ft.-
6. Slotted nut 22. Bearing 39. Idler shaft
7. Nut 23. Thrust washer 40. Bearing lbs.) torque and rotate shafts to be sure
8. End plate 24. Shim 41. Second/re verse range bearings are seated.
9. Needle roller bearings 25. Spacer shift rod
10. Sliding collar gear 26. Bearing inner race 42. Second/reverse shift fork Mount a dial indicator so probe con-
11. Sliding collar 27. Second range gear 43. Shift interlock plug tacts end of idler shaft through hole in
12. Bearing inner race 28. Needle roller bearing 44. Detent spring
13. Thrust washer 2d. Reverse range gear 45. Detent ball front housing. Move shaft up and down
14. Bearing inner race 30. Needle roller bearing 46. First/third range shift and measure end play.
15. Third range gear 31. Sliding collar gear rod
16. Sliding collar 32. Bearing inner race 47. First/third shift fork Mount dial indicator so probe con-

82
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 271-273

tacts end of input shaft. Move shaft up shaft. Install sliding collar (16) and tighten mounting bolts to 40 N-m (30
and down and measure end play. first/third shift rail assembly. Use tool ft.-lbs.) torque. Install pinion shaft
Remove front end housing and re- shown in Fig. 182 to depress detent ball bearing (22), washer (21) and nut (7).
move front bearing cups using a suit- and spring as shift rail is inserted into Tighten nut to 271 N-m (200 ft.-lbs.)
able puller. Install shims (2 and 37) in housing bore. torque. Mount a dial indicator so probe
front housing as necessary to obtain Install third gear (15-Fig. 207), contacts end of pinion shaft and meas-
0.05-0.10 mm (0.002-0.004 inch) end play bearings (30) and race (14). Install ure shaft end play. Remove pinion shaft
for each shaft. Reinstall bearing cups in thrust washer (13) with oil grooves fac- bearing retaining nut and front hous-
front housing making sure they are ing away from third gear. Install re- ing. Subtract shims from shim pack
properly seated. Remove idler shaft and verse gear (29), bearing (28) and race (24) equal to measured end play plus an
input shaft from range housing. (12). Install sliding collar gear (10), additional 0.05 mm (0.002 inch) to pro-
sliding collar (11) and second/reverse vide bearing setting within specifled
271. PINION SHAFT ASSEMBLY. shift rail assembly. Use special tool to range of zero end play to 0.05 mm (0.002
With pinion shaft protrusion set and depress detent ball and spring as shift inch) preload.
pinion shaft installed in housing, reas- rail is pushed into housing bore. Install With correct thickness shims in-
semble range transmission as follows: second gear (27), bearing (9) and race stalled, reinstall front housing, bearing,
Install thrust washer (34Fig. 207) on (26). Install spacer (25) with larger out- washer and retaining nut. Tighten nut
pinion shaft with oil grooves facing side diameter against second gear. to 271 N-m (200 ft.-lbs.) torque. Install
away from rear bearing. Install flrst Install shims (24) removed during locknut (6) and tighten to 271 N-m (200
gear (17), bearing (33) and race (32). disassembly plus an additional 0.25 mm ft.-lbs.) torque, then back nut off to
Position idler shaft and input shaft (0.010 inch) thickness of shims to as- flrst slot and install roll pin (20).
assemblies in housing. Position shift sure pinion shaft end play. Install Apply Loctite 270 to threads of studs,
interlock plug (43) in housing bore so it thrust washer (23) with flat side of install studs and tighten to 95 N m (70
is between shift rod holes in range washer against shims. Install end hous- ft.-lbs.) torque. Complete installation
housing. Install gear (31) on pinion ing (8) with front bearing cup and by reversing the removal procedure.

MAIN DRIVE BEVEL GEARS AND DIFFERENTIAL

R&R DIFFERENTIAL ASSEMBLY determining correct pinion shaft pro- A constant dimension of 0.030 inch
trusion is the same. Pinion shaft pro- (0.762 mm) is used along with correc-
All Models trusion must be set whenever pinion tion number and feeler gage measure-
shaft, rear bearing or transmission ment to set pinion shaft protrusion.
272. To remove differential assembly, housing is renewed. Substitute appropriate dimensions in
it is first necessary to remove syn- Install pinion shaft rear bearing cup the following example to determine
chromesh transmission assembly as without shims into rear housing. Posi- shim thickness needed at pinion shaft
outlined in appropriate paragraph 223 tion pinion shaft in housing, then as- rear bearing to provide correct shaft
or 225, or remove power shift and range semble front housing and tighten protrusion.
gearbox assembly as outlined in para- mounting nuts on synchromesh trans-
graph 268. Be sure to mark differential mission to 95 N-m (70 ft.-lbs.) torque,
bearing caps before removal as they or mounting bolts on power shift trans-
must be reinstalled in their original mission to 110-130 N.m (80-95 ft.-lbs.)
positions. torque. On all models, install pinion
To remove bevel pinion shaft, it is shaft front bearing and retaining nut
necessary to disassemble synchromesh and tighten nut while turning shaft
transmission or range gearbox of power until all free play is removed.
shift transmission. Refer to appro- Install special pinion setting tool
priate paragraphs in transmission sec- (CAS-1234) in the differential support
tion for model being serviced. bracket and secure with carrier bearing
Note that pinion shaft gear and bevel end caps (Fig. 208). Assemble correct
ring gear are available as a matched set thickness spacer (7) on tool for model
only. When renewing bevel ring gear being serviced as recommended by tool
and pinion, the pinion shaft protrusion, manufacturer. Adjust tool until tip of
differential carrier bearing adjustment probe lightly contacts surface of bear-
and bevel gear backlash must be reset. ing inner race. Use a feeler gage to
Refer to the following appropriate measure gap between the spacer and
paragraphs. shaft as shown in Fig. 209.
Note pinion shaft protrusion correc-
tion number (3Fig. 208) etched on end
PINION SHAFT PROTRUSION of pinion gear. The number will be pre-
ceded by either a plus (+) or minus ()
All Models mark. Shaft will be marked "OK" if no
correction is needed. The correction Fig. 2O6'-Use pinion setting gage (CAS-1234)
to adjust pinion shaft protrusion on aii models.
273. While construction of synchro- number indicates thousandths of an 1. Rear housing 5. Shaft
mesh transmission and power shift inch (example: 7 equals 0.007 2.3. Correction
Pinion shaft
number
6. Nut
7. Spacer
range gearbox are different, method for inch). ! 4. Discs 8. Probe

83
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 274-275 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


Constant
dimension . . . 0.030 in. (0.762 mm)
Add or subtract
correction number
(+ or - ) . . . -0.007 in. (0.178 mm)
Result is
correct setting Fig. 211Mount a dial Indi-
dimension **A** 0.023 in. (0.584 mm) cator so probe contacts ring
Measured gap gear tooth as shown to mea-
0.058 in. (1.473 mm) sure bevei gear backiash.
Minus result
"A" -0.023 in. (0.584 mm)
Result is shim
thicknccs
needed 0.035 in. (0.889 mm)
If an **0K" correction mark is shown
on pinion gear, subtract the constant graph 273 before adjusting carrier Fig. 210. Turn the adjuster rings so the
dimension from the gap measurement. bearings and bevel gear backlash. weight of the screwdriver will not turn
The result is shim thickness needed for Install differential and ring gear as- the differential assembly, then turn ad-
correct shaft protrusion. sembly into carrier. Install bearing juster rings until weight of screwdriver
Disassemble end cover and pinion caps making sure identification marks just begins to rotate differential Tap
shaft from transmission housing. Re- on caps and carrier match. Install bear- differential carrier bearing caps with a
move pinion shaft rear bearing cup and ing adjusting rings and tighten bearing soft hammer to seat bearings, then
install required shims. Recheck pinion cap bolts. recheck bearing setting. This bearing
shaft setting after installing shims. setting must be maintained while ad-
NOTE: Make certain there is clearance justing ring gear to pinion gear back-
DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER between ring gear and pinion gear teeth lash.
BEARINGS AND BEVEL GEAR and that adjusting rina nuts can be turned To adjust bevel gear backlash, first
BACKLASH ADJUSTMENT after tightening bearing cap boits. put alignment marks on bearing caps
and one of the tangs of each adjuster
All Models Turn the adjuster rings to move ring ring. Use the marks to ensure adjuster
gear as far away from the pinion gear rings are turned an equal amount.
274. Pinion shaft protrusion must be as possible. Insert a screwdriver into Mount a dial indicator on housing with
properly adjusted as outlined in para- opening in differential case as shown in probe at a 90 angle to a tooth of ring
gear as shown in Fig. 211. While hold-
ing pinion shaft, rotate ring gear in
each direction and measure backlash.
Specified backlash is 0.18-0.23 mm
(0.007-0.009 inch) for all models. Turn
both adjuster rings an equal amount to
move ring gear sideways until backlash
is within recommended range. Check
Fig. 209Use a feeler gage backlash at three different locations
to measure gap between around ring gear.
spacer and shaft. When adjustment is correct, install
lockplates in adjuster ring slots. Tight-
en bearing cap bolts to 165 N-m (120
ft.-lbs.) torque.

DIFFERENTIAL OVERHAUL
All Models Except 1594-1690
275. Mark end plate (3Fig. 212), dif-
ferential case (9) and ring gear (14) so
parts can be reinstalled in their origi-
Fig. 210Place a screwdriv- nal positions. Remove carrier bearings
er into a slot in differentiai (2) if necessary. Remove end plate
case and rotate ring gear so mounting bolts, then remove end plate
screwdriver is in a horizontal (3) using a slide hammer puller if
position. Tap bearing caps
with a soft hammer to seat removal is difficult. Remove snap ring
bearing. Refer to paragraph (12) from pinion shaft (11). On Models
274 for bearing adiustment 1394, 1490 and 1494, drive pinion shaft
procedure. inward until dowel retainer (10) can be
removed. On all models, remove pinion
shaft, pinion gears (7) and axle gears
(5). Unbolt and remove ring gear (14)
from case if necessary.

84
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 276-277

Inspect all gears for wear, chips or Inspect all gears for wear, chips or Locking sleeve (12 or 13) and release
other damage. Ring gear (14) and pin- other damage. Bevel ring gear (10) and spring (11) may be removed after re-
ion gear (13) are a matched set and pinion gear (11) must be renewed as a moval of right final drive assembly as
must be renewed as an assembly. matched set. Thrust washers and mat- outlined in paragraph 279. Differential
Thrust washer (8) and pinion gear ing surfaces must be smooth and free of
bushings (6), if so equipped, must be scores or excessive wear.
smooth and free of scores or excessive When installing new carrier bear-
wear. Renew parts as needed. ings, heat bearings to 12O'='C (250F)
Lubricate running surfaces of pinion maximum and install with wide edge of
gears and axle gears with multipurpose outer race facing outward. Lubricate
grease during reassembly. Install end thrust washers, pinion gears and axle
plate making sure previously made gears with multipurpose grease during
match marks are aligned. Tighten ring assembly. Align previously made match
gear mounting bolts evenly using a marks when assembling carrier cases
diagonal tightening sequence. Final and pinion gear cross. Tighten ring gear
torque should be 40 N-m (30 ft.-lbs.) and carrier retaining bolts evenly to 100
torque on Models 1190, 1194, 1290, 1294 N-m (75 ft.-lbs.) torque and secure with
and 1390, or 68 N-m (50 ft.-lbs.) torque lockplates. Install differential lock gear
on Models 1394, 1490 and 1494. Bend (15) with side of gear with recessed
lockplates to secure all nuts after tight- inner teeth towards carrier bearing.
ening. Heat carrier bearings to 120C
(25O''F), then install bearings.
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK
Models 1594-1690
All Models
276. Mark positions of outer carrier
half (3Fig. 213), inner carrier half (9), 277. Depressing differential lock foot
pinion gear cross (6), ring gear (10) and pedal causes sleeve (12Fig, 214) on
end plate (12) for reassembly. Unbolt 1594 and 1690 models, or sleeve (13) on
and remove outer carrier (3). Remove all other models to engage gear (1594
axle gear (5), pinion cross (6) and pinion and 1690 models) or splines (all other
gears (8), inner cage (9), ring gear (10) models) of differential end plate. This Fig. 213Expioded view of four pinion gear dif-
and remaining axle gear. Remove snap overrides pinion and axle gear action ferentiai assembiy used on Modeis 1594 and
ring (16) and differential lock gear (15), causing both final drives to turn with 1690.
1. Adjuster ring nut 9. Inner carrier half
Remove carrier bearings (2 and 13) if equal power and speed for improved 2. Bearing 10. Bevel ring gear
necessary. traction under adverse conditions. 3. Outer carrier half 11. Bevel pinion gear
4. Thrust washer 12. End plate
When pedal is released, spring (11) 5. Axle gear 13. Bearing
pushes locking sleeve out of engage- 6. Pinion gear cross 14. Adjuster ring nut
7. Lockplati! 15. Gear
ment and differential resumes normal 8. Pinion gear 16. Snap ring
operation.

Fig. 212-~Expioded view of


10
typicai two pinion gear differ-
entiai used on aii modeis ex-
cept 1594 and 1690. Note
that thrust washers (8) and
bushings (6) are not used
on some modeis.
1. Adjuster ring nut
2. Bearing
3. End plate
4. Dowel pin
5. Axle gears 13
6. Bushing
7. Pinion gears
8. Thrust washer
9. Carrier
10. Dowel
11. Pinion shaft
12. Snap ring
11
13. Bevel pinion gear
14. Bevel ring gear
Fig. 214Expioded view of typicai differentiai
iock component parts. Note that pedai and iink-
age arrangement varies from modei to modei.
Sieeve (12) is used on 1594 and 1690 modeis,
whiie aii other modeis use sleeve (13).
1. Snap ring
2. Lever 8. Snap ring
3. "0" ring 9. Washer
4. Bushing 10. Fork
5. Snap ring 11. Spring
6. Shaft 12. Sleeve
7. Key 13. Sleeve

85
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 278-280 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


engagement gear (1594 and 1690 mod- spring (11). It may be necessary to procedure. Note that a special tool
els) or sleeve (all other models) is an manipulate differential lock pedal to (CAS-1633) is available to aid installa-
integral part of differential assembly disengage fork (10) from groove in lock- tion of locking sleeve and spring. Install i
and differential must be removed and ing sleeve. Remove snap ring (1), lever spring in differential carrier. Place
disassembled for service. Refer to ap- (2), key (7) and "0" ring (3). Push shaft sleeve on end of special tool, then push
propriate paragraph for model being and fork assembly (6 and 10) into axle sleeve and spring in until sleeve splines
serviced. housing and remove through axle hous- engage differential splines and fork
With final drive assembly and pinion ing opening. Fork (10) may be removed (10) is in groove of sleeve. Wire operat-
shaft inner seal retainer removed, work from shaft (6) if necessary. Remove ing lever (2) in engaged position to hold
through axle housing opening and re- snap ring (5) and bushing (4). sleeve and spring in place during re-
move locking sleeve (12 or 13) and To reassemble, reverse disassembly mainder of reassembly.

FINAL DRIVE
Final drive assembly consists of axle models, 6.8 L (7 quarts) for 1490 and R&R FINAL DRIVE
shaft, bull gear, stub axle and housing.1494 models and 7.5 L (8 quarts) for
Stub axle, bearings and bull gear can be1594 and 1690 models. Recommended oil All Models
serviced without removing final drive is Case ETHB Fluid or equivalent.
housing. However, if axle shaft is to be Breather assemblies are located in 279. Raise rear of tractor and support
serviced, final drive assembly must be final drive covers on Models 1190, 1194, with suitable stands. Drain oil from
removed. 1290, 1294, 1390 and 1394. On all other final drive housing. Remove wheel and
models, breathers are located in brake tire. Disconnect hitch stabilizer bar
housings. Breathers must be open and from final drive housing. If equipped
LUBRICATION free of obstruction or gear motion will with cab or platform, remove rear sup-
cause pressure buildup in final drive port bracket bolts, then lift and support
All Models housing forcing fluid past axle shaft cab or platform so there is a small
seals. clearance between support bracket and
278. Lubricating oil for final drive A grease fitting is located in rear final drive housing.
gears is contained separately in each axle seal housing. A lubricant passage On models equipped with drum
final drive housing. It is recommended leads to axle seal cavity and fresh brakes, loosen brake adjustment so
that oil be changed at 800 hour inter- grease is used to force dirt from axle brake drum will not drag on brake
vals. Capacity for each final drive is shaft seal. Fitting should be lubricated shoes during removal. On models
approximately 2.3 L (2.5 quarts) for every 50 hours until grease appears equipped with disc brakes, disconnect
1190, 1194, 1290, 1294, 1390 and 1394 from seal housing. and remove brake line from brake cyl-
inder. Disconnect hand brake linkage
from final drive housing.
On all models, wire differential lock
pedal in engaged position if removing
right-hand final drive to keep locking
sleeve and spring in correct position.
Support final drive housing with a
hoist, remove housing mounting nuts
10 and remove final drive assembly.
To reinstall, reverse the removal pro-
cedure. Tighten housing mounting bolts
to 102 N-m (75 ft.-lbs.) torque on Mod-
els 1190,1194,1290,1294,1390 and 1394
12 13
and tighten to 135 N-m (100 ft.-lbs.)
torque on all other models. Install
wheel and tire and tighten wheel nuts
to 200 N-m (150 ft.-lbs.) torque on all
models. Bleed and adjust brakes as nec-
essary.

OVERHAUL FINAL DRIVE


Models 1 1 9 0 - 1 1 9 4 - 1 2 9 0 - 1 2 9 4 -
Fig. 215Expioded view of final drive assembiy used on 1190, 1194, 1290, 1294, 1390 and 1394
1390-1394
modeis.
1. Sleeve 280. DISASSEMBLY. Remove final
2. Brake drum 13. Shim 24. Bearing
3. Oil seal 14. End cover 25. Shim drive cover (33Fig. 215). Bend back
4. Snap ring
5. Collar
15. " 0 " ring
16. Snap ring
26. Seal housing
27. "0" ring
tab washer (19) from nut, then use a
6. Spacer 17- Bearing 28. Oil seal suitable spanner wrench (CAS-1666 for
7. " 0 " ring
8. Bearing
18. Nut
19. Tab washer
i
;
29. Sleeve
30. Dust shield
1190 and 1194, or CAS-1210 for all other
9. Axle shaft 20. Bull gear ; 31. Stub axle models) to loosen nut (18) on stub axle
10. Final drive housing 21. Sleeve ; 32. Fill plug shaft (31) Place a suitable block under
U. Key 22. "0" ring 33. Cover
12. Bearing 23. Oil seal 34. Breather bull gear (20) to prevent gear from fall-

86
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraph 281

ing when stub axle is removed. Use two 1 2 3 45 7 8 9 10 11 12 13


bolts with washers and nuts as jack
screws through openings in stub axle
flange as shown in Fig. 216 to pull stub
shaft from housing. Remove bull gear,
inner bearing (17Fig. 215) and sleeve
(21). Remove oil seal housing (26) and
shims (25). Use a puller to remove outer
bearing (24). Use a driver to remove
inner seal (23) from final drive housing 14 15 16 17 18 19 2 20 19 21
and outer seal (28) from seal housing.
To remove axle shaft (9Fig. 215),
the final drive housing must be re-
moved. Remove snap ring (16), then
press axle shaft out of housing towards
wheel side. Remove end cover (14),
shims (13) and outer bearing cup. Re- 28 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 38
move collar (1) and brake drum (2).
Remove inner bearing cup, spacer (6),
snap ring (4) and oil seal (3) from hous-
ing. Remove keys (11), collar (5) and
bearing cones from axle shaft.
39
Fig. 217'-Exploded view of Model 1490 finai drive assembiy. Final drive used on Modei 1494 is
281. REASSEMBLY. Renew worn or simliar.
damaged parts as necessary. Renew all 1. Breather 14. Outer seal 27. Spacer
2. Rotating discs 15. Inner seal 28. Seal
oil seals and "0'* rings. Lubricate seals 3. Brake hub . 16. "0" ring 29. Bearing
and " 0 " rings with small amount of 4. Spacer 17. Brake cover 30. Shim
5. Bearing 18. Gasket 31. Seal housing
grease during assembly. 6. Final drive housing 19. Stationary discs 32. Seal
Heat bearing cones to 120C (250F) 7. Axle shaft
8. Keys
20. Actuator assy.
21. Brake cylinder
33. Sleeve
34. "0" ring
maximum before installing on axle 9. Bearing 22. Grease fitting 35. Dust shield
shaft. Press collar (5-Fig. 215), **0" 10. Shims
11. "0" ring
23. Bearing
24. Nut
36. Stub axle
37. Filler plug
ring end first, onto axle until collar 12. End cover 25. Tab washer 38. Final drive cover
seats against bearing. Install keys (11) 13. Snap ring 26. Bull gear 39. Gasket
in axle shaft. Assemble inner bearing
cup, spacer (6), snap ring (4) and seal
(3) into housing. Lip of seal must be drum. Rotate shaft to be sure bearings bore. Heat bearing cone to 120C
towards snap ring. Place axle into hous- are properly seated, then measure shaft (250F), then install on stub axle. In-
ing from wheel side and install outer end play. Add 0.076 mm (0.003 inch) to stall sleeve (21) with chamfered end
bearing cup. end play measurement to determine away from bearing.
Place final drive housing in a press thickness of shims (13) required to pro- Install inner bearing cup and inner
and place a support under outer end of vide bearing preload of 0.076 mm (0.003 oil seal (23) in final drive housing with
axle shaft. Position brake drum (2) on inch). Remove cover (14) and install lip of seal towards inside of housing.
axle shaft aligning keys with keyways, correct amount of shims and a new *'O" Drive seal in until face of seal is 25 mm
then use a suitable steel tube to press ring (15). Reinstall cover and snap (1 inch) from outer surface of housing.
drum onto axle until seated against col- ring. Position inner bearing cone and bull
lar. Apply hydraulic sealant to inside of Install " 0 " ring (27), dust shield (30) gear in housing. Support bull gear with
collar (1), then use the steel tube to and sleeve (29) on stub axle. Install seal a block while installing stub axle as-
press collar onto axle until seated (28) in housing (26) with lip of seal sembly into housing. Install tab washer
against drum. towards outside of housing. Lubricate and slotted nut (18) as stub axle is
Install end cover (14) without shims seal with grease, then position seal installed, but do not tighten nut.
(13) and " 0 " ring (16). Mount a dial housing on stub axle. Position outer Install three equally spaced bolts in
indicator so probe is against brake bearing cup in seal housing counter- oil seal housing, but do not tighten. Be
sure grease fitting in seal housing is
towards rear of final drive housing.
Tighten bull gear nut (18) securely
using a suitable spanner wrench. Se-
cure nut with tab washer. Tighten the
Fig. 216Use two jack three bolts in seal housing evenly until
screws (4) with fiat washers all end play is removed from stub axle
and nuts through hoies in shaft. Tap end of shaft with a soft ham-
stub axle flange to pull stub mer to make sure bearings are properly
axle shaft from housing.
1. Bull gear seated as bolts are tightened. Measure
2. Support bar gap between oil seal housing and final
3. Stub axle
4. Jack screws drive housing at three different loca-
tions using a feeler gage and average
the measurements. Subtract 0.13 mm
(0.005 inch) from the average measured
gap; the result is thickness of shims (25)
needed to provide desired 0.13 mm

87
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 282-283 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


(0.005 inch) bearing preload. Remove and use a puller to remove oil seal hous- measured end play plus an additional
the three bolts and install shims. Rein- ing (31) and outer bearing (29). 0.08 mm (0.003 inch) to provide correct
stall seal housing mounting bolts and To remove axle shaft (7), final drive bearing preload. Install new " 0 " ring
tighten to 68 N-m (50 ft.-lbs.) torque. housing must first be removed as out- (11), end cover and snap ring.
Lubricate with multipurpose grease lined in paragraph 279. Remove parking Install keys in axle shaft making cer-
at grease fitting in oil seal housing brake lever and brake cover (17) from tain they are bottomed in shaft key-
until grease is visible at inner oil seal final drive housing. Remove brake discs ways. Heat brake hub (3) to 2OO'*C
lip. Install housing cover (33) and tight- and brake actuator assembly as out- (400F) maximum, then install hub on
en mounting bolts to 35 N m (25 ft.- lined in paragraph 290. Install brake axle shaft with longer splines toward
lbs.) torque. Be sure breather (34) is hub puller adapter (CAS-1644-3) or final drive housing. Be sure hub bot-
clean. Refill final drive housing with 2.3 similar tool on brake hub (3). Be sure toms against spacer.
L (2.5 quarts) of Case ETHB Fluid or side of adapter with counterbore is Install brake discs and brake actua-
equivalent. towards shorter hub splines. Use brake tor assembly as outlined in paragraph
hub puller (CAS-1211) or other suitable 290. Install inner oil seal (15) in brake
Models 1490-1494 puller to remove brake hub from axle cover (17) with seal lip facing inward.
shaft. Remove snap ring (13) retaining Push seal in until flush with end of
282. DISASSEMBLY. It is not nec- shaft end cover (12). Push axle shaft out bore. Install outer oil seal (14) with seal
essary to remove cab or platform to towards wheel side of housing. lip towards outside of cover. Push seal
service final drives. Stub axle (36Fig. Remove brake hub keys (8) and spac- in until flush with outer surface of cov-
217) and bull gear (26) can be removed er (4), then press bearings (5 and 9) oflF er. Fill space between seals with grease.
without removing final drive housing. axle shaft if necessary. Drive oil seals Install brake cover being careful not to
Raise and support rear of tractor and from brake cover. damage seals. Install new parking
remove rear wheel and tire. Drain oil brake shaft oil seal and dust shield in
from final drive housing and remove 283. REASSEMBLY. Heat bearing brake cover. Tighten cover mounting
cover (38). Bend tab washer (25) away cones to 120C (250F) maximum be- bolts to 135 N-m (100 ft.-lbs.) torque.
from slotted nut (24), then use spanner fore installing onto axle shaft (7Fig. Renew **0" ring (16) on axle housing
wrench (CAS-1210) to loosen nut. Re- 217). Install spacer (4) with chamfered flange, then install flnal drive housing
move oil seal housing (31) retaining side towards bearing. Install inner and tighten mounting bolts to 135 N-m
bolts. Pull stub axle partially out and bearing cup in housing, then install (100 ft.-lbs.) torque.
remove split shims (30), inner bearing axle shaft assembly. Install outer bear- Assemble " 0 " ring (34), dust shield
(23), nut (24) and tab washer (25). Sup- ing cup and end cover (12) without (35) and oil seal sleeve (33) on stub axle.
port bull gear (26) to prevent it from shims (10) and " 0 " ring (11). Make sure

4
Install oil seal in seal housing and
falling, then withdraw stub axle and all parts are properly seated, then use a lubricate seal lips with grease. Position
remove bull gear Remove inner oil seal dial indicator to measure axle shaft end seal housing on stub shaft and install
(28) and inner bearing cup from hous- play. Remove snap ring and end cover. outer bearing cup in seal housing coun-
ing. Remove spacer (27) from stub axle Install shim (10) thickness equal to terbore. Heat outer bearing cone to
120C (250F) maximum, then install
1 2 3 4 5 8 5 7 8 9 10 11 15 16 17 18 19 on stub shaft. Lubricate bearing with
lithium base grease. Install spacer (27)
with beveled end facing away from
bearing. Install inner bearing cup and
inner oil seal (28) in flnal drive housing.
Be sure seal lip faces inward and seal is
even with inner surface of housing.
Lubricate seal lip with grease.
Position inner bearing cone and bull
gear in housing making sure side of
gear with lugs on the hub is towards
inner bearing. Insert stub axle into
housing and bull gear putting tab wash-
er and nut on shaft as shaft is installed.
Hand tighten nut. Position oil seal
housing (31) so grease fltting is towards
rear of final drive housing, then install
32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 three bolts equally spaced around seal
housing and tighten finger tight. Tight-
en slotted nut (24) securely using a suit-
able spanner wrench such as CAS-1210.
Fig, 216Exploded view of Model 1594 and 1690 finai drive showing component parts and their Hit stub axle flange with a hammer
relative positions, while tightening to make certain bear-
1. Breather 15. Bearing ings seat properly.
2. "Oaring 16. Shim 29. Seal
3. Brake cover 17. "O" ring 30. Bearing
4. Gasket 18. End cover 31. Shim NOTE: Nut (24) must be very tight or
5. Rotating discs 19. Snap ring 32. "0" ring
6. Actuator assy. 20. Outer seal 33. Grease fitting early failure of bearings and gears wll
7. Brake hub 21. Inner seal . 34. Seal housing
8. Spacer 22. Stationary disc 35. Seal result.
9. Snap ring 23. Bearing 36. Sleeve
10. Spacer 24. Spacer . 37. "0" ring
11. Bearing 25. Bull gear 38. Dust shield Tighten three oil seal housing bolts
12. Final drive housing 26. Lock screw 39. Stub axle evenly until inner bearing cone seats
13. Axle shaft 27. Spacer 40. Gasket
14. Key 28. Nut 41. Final drive cover against stub axle shoulder. Use a feeler

88
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 284-287

gage to measure gap between seal hous- cup, end cover (18) and snap ring (19). side to side movement of gear. If move-
ing and final drive housing. Subtract Do not install shims (16) or " 0 " ring ment is not within range of 0.10-0.66
0.15 mm (0.006 inch) from gap measure- (17) at this time. Rotate shaft to seat mm (0.004-0.026 inch), replace spacer
ment; the result is thickness of shims bearings, then use a dial indicator to (27) between ring nut and bull gear
(30) needed to provide correct bearing measure shaft end play. Select shim with a different thickness spacer as
preload. Remove the three bolts and pack thickness that is equal to meas- necessary.
install correct thickness shims. Install ured end play plus 0.13 mm (0.005 inch) Apply grease at oil seal housing fit-
seal housing mounting bolts and tight- to provide correct bearing preload. Re- ting (33) until grease is visible at inner
en to 68 N-m (50 ft.-lbs.) torque. Bend move end cover and install shims (16) oil seal. Install housing cover (41) and
tab washer (25) to secure nut (24). and a new **0" ring (17). Reinstall end tighten mounting bolts to 40 N-m (30
Install housing cover (38) and tighten cover and snap ring. ft.-lbs.) torque. Refill final drive hous-
mounting bolts to 40 N-m (30 ft.-lbs.) Install brake discs and actuator as ing with Case ETHB Fluid or equiva-
torque. Refill housing with 6.8 L (7 outlined in paragraph 290. Install brake lent. Capacity is approximately 7.5 L
quarts) of Case ETHB Fluid or equiva- cover (3) with new shims and tighten (8 quarts). Install wheel and tire and
lent. Lubricate outer bearing at grease mounting bolts to 102 N-m (75 ft.-lbs.) tighten wheel nuts to 200 N-m (150 ft.-
fitting (22) with lithium base grease. torque. Install new " 0 " ring (2) on axle lbs.) torque. Bleed and adjust brakes as
housing, then install final drive hous- outlined in BRAKES section.
Models 1594-1690 ing and tighten retaining nuts to 102
N-m (75 ft.-lbs.) torque.
284. DISASSEMBLY. It is not nec- Install outer oil seal (35) into seal BRAKES
essary to remove cab or platform to housing (34) with seal lip facing out-
service final drives. Stub axle (39Fig. ward. Place bearing cone (30) in seal
218) and bull gear (25) can be removed housing, then install inner oil seal (29) ADJUSTMENT
without removing final drive housing. with lip of seal facing away from bear-
Raise and support tractor, then re- ing. Secure stub axle in a vise and Models 1190-1194-1290-1294-
move tire and wheel. Drain oil from assemble " 0 " ring (37), dust shield (38) 1390-1394 (Without Cab)
final drive housing. Remove housing and sleeve (36) over the shaft. Apply
cover (41). Place a support under bull grease to oil seals and stub axle shaft, 286. Align left and right brake pedal
gear (25) to prevent it from falling then position seal housing assembly height, if necessary, by adjusting
when stub shaft (39) is removed. Re- over the axle shaft. Install ring nut (28) screws (6Fig. 219). Tighten locknuts
move mounting bolts from oil seal on axle shaft and use special wrench to secure adjustment.
housing (34). Pull stub axle shaft from (CAS-1241) to tighten nut securely so To adjust brakes, raise tractor until
housing and remove bull gear, spacers bearing is seated against sleeve. both rear wheels are off the ground.
(24 and 27) and inner bearing (23). Connect pedals with the lock, depress
Retain shims (31) for use in reassem- NOTE: Nut ( 2 8 ) must be very tight or
pedals about 40 mm (IV2 inches) and
bly. early failure of bearings and gears will
pull hand brake lever up to hold pedals
in this position. Loosen locknut and
Remove set screw (26) from ring nut re8ult. turn adjusting nut (3Fig. 219) on one
(28). Secure stub shaft in a vise, then brake rod until wheel is locked, then
use special wrench (CAS-1241) to re- Apply Loctite 271 to threads of set loosen nut until it is just possible to
move nut. Press stub shaft out of oil screw (26), then install screw into one turn wheel by hand. Tighten locknut.
seal housing. of the holes in nut that is opposite a Repeat procedure for the other brake.
To remove axle shaft (13), final drive spli le groove in axle shaft. Head of set Release hand brake and check for satis-
housing must be removed as outlined in screw must be approximately 0.8 mm factory operation.
paragraph 279. Remove parking brake (1/32 inch) below surface of nut when
lever and brake cover (3) from final properly installed.
drive housing. Remove brake slave cyl- Install **0" ring (32) on seal housing Models 1194-1294-1394
inder. Remove remainder of brake discs and lubricate with grease. Install origi- (With Cab)
and actuating components as outlined nal spacer (27) onto stub shaft. Install
in paragraph 290. Remove snap ring inner bearing cup and cone and bull 287. To adjust brakes, first raise
(19) retaining shaft end cover (18), then gear into final drive housing. Partially tractor so rear wheels are off the
tap inner end of axle shaft to remove install stub ^aft assembly through
end cover. Remove shims (16), '*0" ring housing and 11 gear. Install spacer
(17) and outer bearing cup. Remove axle (24) on stub _,naft making sure side
shaft assembly from housing. Press with larger inside diameter is towards
axle shaft out of brake hub (7). Remove bull gear.
two keys (14) and spacer (8). Press Install three bolts, equally spaced, in
bearing cones from shaft if necessary. oil seal housing. Tighten bolts evenly
until all end play in stub axle is
285. REASSEMBLY. Heat axle removed. Measure the gap between oil
shaft bearings (11 and 15-Fig. 218) to seal housing and final drive housing
120C (250F) maximum before install- using a feeler gage. Select thickness of
ing on shaft. Install spacer (8) and keys shims (31) 0.13 mm (0.005 inch) less
(14) making sure keys are bottomed in than measured gap to provide correct
keyways. Heat brake hub (7) to 200C bearing preload. Remove three bolts
(4OO'*F) maximum, then install on axle and install shims. Install mounting
Fig. 219View of typical brake pedal used on
shaft with longer splines toward bear- bolts and tighten to 68 N-m (50 ft.-lbs.) models equipped with mechanical drum brakes.
ing cone. torque. 1. Brake rod
Install axle shaft assembly into final Mount a dial indicator so probe is 2. Spring 5. Brake pedal
3. Adjusting nut 6. Adjusting screw
drive housing. Install outer bearing against side of bull gear and measure 4. Locknut 7. Park brake lever
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 288-290 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)

ground. Loosen locknut (Fig. 220) on drive housing as outlined in paragraph Reinstall brake shoes and final drive
brake adjuster and turn adjusting bolt 279. Use a suitable puller such as housing by reversing removal proce-
clockwise until wheel cannot be turned CAS-1211 to remove brake drum from dure. Adjust brakes as previously out-
by hand. Then, turn adjusting bolt axle shaft. lined.
counterclockwise until wheel just be- Brake shoes and lining (2Fig. 222)
gins to turn freely by hand. Tighten are available as an assembly or linings
locknut. Repeat operation for brake on can be renewed separately. Inspect BRAKE DISCS AND
opposite side. brake camshaft (5) and bushings (8) for ACTUATING ASSEMBLY
excessive wear and renew as neces-
i^odeis 1490-1494-1594-1690 sary. Models 1490-1494-1594-1690
To install brake drum, first remove
288. To adjust brakes, first raise axle shaft end cover (14Fig. 215) and 290. To remove brake discs, final
tractor so rear wheels are off the shims (13) from final drive housing. drive housing must first be removed as
ground. Remove brake adjustment hole Place final drive assembly in a press outlined in paragraph 279. Remove
plug from top of final drive housing and support bearing end of axle shaft. parking brake lever (1Fig. 223) and
(Fig. 221). With brakes released, turn Align keyways of drum with shaft keys, brake cover (7). Remove wheel cylinder
brake adjusting nut clockwise until then press drum onto axle until seated (18). Remove adjusting hole plug (16),
wheel cannot be turned by hand. Turn against collar (5). Apply hydraulic seal- then remove adjuster nut (23) and spac-
adjusting nut counterclockwise 2)^/% ant to inside diameter of brake drum er (22), Remove snap ring from pivot
turns. Be sure wheel turns freely, then sleeve (1), then press sleeve onto axle pin (8), push pivot pin out of adjuster
reinstall plug. Repeat procedure for the shaft until it bottoms against brake rod (20) and actuator links (9), then
brake on opposite side. drum. Install shims, **0" ring, end cover remove adjuster rod and bellcrank as-
and snap ring. sembly (24). Remove brake discs from

BRAKE SHOES AND DRUMS


i^odeis 1190-1194-1290-1294-
1390-1394
Fig. 222Expioded view of
289. Brake shoes and drum can be brake shoes and drum used
removed after first removing final on models without cab. A hy-
draulic siave cyiinder is used
to actuate brake camshaft
(4) on cab equipped mod-
eis.
1. Brake drum
2. Brake shoe ,
3. Return spring
4. Pivot pin
5. Brake camshaft
6. "0" ring
7. Dust seal
8. Bushings
9. Lockpin
10. Camshaft lever

Fig. 223Expioded view of


disc brake components used
on 1490, 1494, 1594 and
Fig. 220View of brake adjuster boit on 1194, 1690 modeis.
1294 and 1394 modeis equipped with a cab. 1. Parking brake lever
2. Dust shield
3. Oil seal
4. Oil seals
5. "0" ring
6. Breather ;
Adjustment 7. Brake cover
Hole Brake
8. Pivot pin
9. Actuator link
Adjuster 10. Return spring
11. Steel ball
Nut 12. Actuator plate ;
13. Stationary discs
14. Rotating discs
15. Brake hub
16. Adjuster hole plug
17. Final drive housing
18. Brake cylinder
19. "0" ring
20. Adjuster rod
21. Adjuster pin
Slave 22. Spacer
23. Adjuster nut
Cylinder 24. Bellcrank
25. Pivot shaft
26. Wheel cylinder rod
Fig. 221On Modeis 1490, 1494, 1594 and
1690, remove piug from adjustment hole in finai
drive housing for access to brake adjuster nut 2i

90
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 291-292

worn to the point that grooves are 223) faces away from brake discs. In-
almost gone. stall wheel cylinder (18) making sure
If brake hub (15) was removed, heat air bleed valve points away from final
hub to 2OO''C (400F) maximum before drive housing.
installing on axle shaft. Be sure longer Renew brake cover seals (4). Lip of
splines are toward final drive housing inner seal must face towards inner sur-
and hub is seated against axle shaft face of cover and lip of outer seal must
Fig. 224Piace a straightedge (2) across brake spacer. Assemble actuator assembly face towards outer surface of cover.
cover mounting surface and measure gap (1)
between straightedge and top braite disc, instaii making sure links (9) and bolt head are Lubricate seal lips with grease. Tighten
extra stationary piate at iocation (3) oniy if nec- installed on inside surface of actuator brake cover mounting bolts to 135 N-m
essary to bring disc height within specifications. plates (12). (100 ft.-lbs.) torque.
When installing brake discs, begin Reinstall final drive as outlined in
top of actuator, remove actuator plates with a rotating disc (14) and alternately paragraph 279. Adjust brakes as out-
(12) and remove remainder of brake install stationary discs (13) and rotat- lined in paragraph 288 and bleed air
discs. ing discs until there are four rotating from brakes as outlined in paragraph
Use a suitable puller, such as CAS- discs and three stationary discs assem- 292.
1211, to remove brake hub (15) from bled on hub. The last disc must be a
axle shaft if necessary. Disconnect ac- rotating disc. Install actuator assem-
tuator springs (10) and separate actua- bly, then install a rotating disc, station- BRAKE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
tor plates (12). Remove seals from ary disc and remaining rotating disc.
brake cover (7). Place a straightedge across surface The brake hydraulic system used on
Inspect steel balls (11) and actuator of final drive housing and use a feeler some models consists of a reservoir, left
plate ramps for wear or damage. Check gage to measure clearance between and right brake master cylinders, bal-
friction surfaces of brake cover, actua- straightedge and friction surface of top ance valve and left and right ^^heel
tor and final drive housing for excessive disc (Fig. 224). Clearance must be with- cylinders. Brake fiuid reservoir is lo-
wear and renew as necessary. Measure in range of 0.43-3.12 mm (0.017-0.123 cated under steering console cover.
thickness of stationary discs (13) and inch). If clearance exceeds 3.12 mm
renew if less than 1.9 mm (0.075 inch) (0.123 inch), an extra stationary disc All Models So Equipped
thick. Check condition of rotating discs may be installed at location (3).
(14) and renew all discs if one or more is 291. BRAKE FLUID. The brake hy-
NOTE: Use this method oaly when new draulic system is filled at the factory
discs fall to bring clearance within specifi- with Agricastrol FBS fiuid. It is recom-
cations. Do not use extra stationary disc to mended that fiuid be changed every two
compensate for excessiveiy worn discs. years. Refill system with Agricastrol
Minimum clearance must stili be 0.43 mm FBS fiuid or equivalent. Do not substi-
(0.017 inch). tute automotive type brake fiuid. Do
not mix different types of fiuid when
When assembling beilcrank and adding fiuid to system.
shaft for right-hand brake, position
beilcrank as shown in Fig. 225 and 292. BLEED BRAKE SYSTEM.
install end of shaft with the hole far- Check brake fluid level in reservoir and
thest from the end into beilcrank hub. fill to maximum level with specified
Position beilcrank for left-hand brake fiuid. Disengage pedal lock so pedals
as shown in Fig. 225A and install end of can be operated individually. Connect a
shaft with hole farthest from the end fiexible tube over slave cylinder bleeder
into beilcrank hub. valve on side being bled and place other
Fig. 225To assemble beiicranii and pivot shaft Install beilcrank assembly and adjus- end of tube in a suitable container.
for right-hand brai<e, position long arm of beli- ter rod into final drive housing. Be sure Pump pedal on side being bled until
cranic as shown and instaii end of shaft with hoie fiat side of adjuster rod pin (21Fig. resistance is felt. While applying pres-
farthest from the end into beilcrank hub.

Fig. 228Expioded view of


brake master cyiinder show-
Ing component parts and
their relative positions. A
separate master cyiinder is
used for each brake.
1. Retainer
2. Return spring
3. Cap
4. Wave washer
5. Return spring rod
6. Seal
7. Master cylinder body
8. Yoke
9. Locknut
10. Retainer ring
11. Rubber boot
Long Arm 12. Snap ring
13. Washer
14. Actuating rod
15. Piston
Fig. 225ATO assemble beiicrank and shaft for 16. Piston seal
ieft-hand brake, position iong arm of beiicrank as
shown and instaii end of shaft with hoie farthest
from the end into beiicrank hub.

91
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 293-296 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


sure on pedal, loosen bleeder valve fit- master cylinders, brake pedals and sup- 294. BALANCE VALVE. No repair
ting to allow air to escape. When foot port bracket as an assembly. Remove parts are available for the balance
pedal contacts platform, tighten bleed- individual master cylinders from sup- valve. The valve must be renewed as a
er fitting. Repeat procedure until fluid port bracket. complete unit if defective.
from bleeder valve is free of air. Be sure Remove yoke (8Fig. 226) and lock- To check balance valve, disengage
to check reservoir fluid level frequently nut (9). Cut and remove retainer (10) brake pedal latch so pedals can be oper-
during bleeding operation. and withdravs^ rubber boot (11). Remove ated individually. Using both feet, push
Repeat procedure for brake on other snap ring (12), then remove actuating down equally on both pedals until re-
side. rod (14), piston assembly (15) and sistance is felt. Apply additional pres-
spring assembly (2) from cylinder body. sure to right pedal, the left pedal should
293. MASTER CYLINDERS. Left Use a small screwdriver to release re- then come back a small amount. Repeat
and right brake master cylinders are tainer (1), then separate piston and procedure applying more pressure to
identical. A seal kit is available for spring assembly. Disconnect return left pedal and note that right pedal
servicing the master cylinders. spring rod (5) from retainer (1) and dis- should move back a small amount. If
To remove master cylinders, first re- assemble spring assembly. this does not occur, renew balance
move console cover and instrument To reassemble, reverse the disassem- valve.
cluster from steering console. Discon- bly procedure while noting the follow-
nect hydraulic lines, remove support ing special instructions: Install new 295. WHEEL CYLINDERS. Left
bracket mounting bolts and remove seal (16) on piston with flat side to- and right wheel cylinders are identical.
wards piston. Lubricate piston with Seal kit is available for cylinder over-
clean brake fluid prior to installing pis- haul.
ton in cylinder. Apply lubricant that With wheel cylinder removed, re-
comes with repair kit to actuating rod move rubber boot (1Fig. 227), snap
(14) and washer (13). ring (2), washer (3) and piston (4).
Reinstall master cylinder on support Remove seal (5) from piston and re-
bracket. With actuating rod pulled all move " 0 " ring (6) from cylinder.
the way out and foot pedal raised Install new seal with flat side to-
against stop plate, adjust yoke until pin wards piston. Lubricate piston with
Fig. 227Expioded view of wheel cyiinder can be inserted through hole in foot clean brake fluid prior to reassembly.
showing component parts and their reiative posi- pedal and yoke. Tighten locknut against Reinstall wheel cylinder and tighten
tions.
1. Rubber boot 5. Seal yoke. Install pedal and master cylinder mounting cap screws to 23-28 N-m (17-
2. Snap ring 6. " 0 " ring assembly, then bleed air from system 21 ft.-lbs.) torque. Bleed air from sys-
3. Washer 7. Wheel cylinder
4. Piston 8. Bleeder valve as outlined in paragraph 292. tem as outlined in paragraph 292.

POWER TAKE-OFF

11 Fig. 228Expioded view of REMOVE AND REINSTALL


singie speed (540 rpm) pto
assembiy used on some
Models 1190, 1194, 1290 All Models
and 1294.
1. Snap ring 296. To remove pto unit, flrst drain
2. Drive gear
3. Needle bearing oil from transmission housing. Remove
4. Inner race hitch lower links and drawbar support.
5. Snap ring
6. Snap ring Remove hitch upper draft arm. Discon-
7. Idler shaft
8. Sliding gear
nect control cable from upper link draft
9. Input shaft sensing unit. Remove hydraulic cou-
10. Bearing plers and support bracket. Remove ex-
11. Snap rings
12. Snap ring ternal hydraulic fllter on models so
13. Shim equipped. Remove vacuum switch from
14. Idler gear
15. Bearing bottom of pto housing on models so
16. Bearing equipped. Engage the pto on reversible
17. Output gear
18. Spacer shaft models, then disconnect selector
19. Split ring lever.
20. Bearing
21. Shim On all models, remove a mounting
22. Spacer
23. Seal bolt from both sides of pto housing and
24. Output shaft install guide studs in their place. Sup-
25. Gasket
26. Housing port pto assembly with a suitable hoist,
27. Gasket
28. End plate
remove remaining mounting bolts and
29. Cover remove pto assembly from rear axle
30. Shaft case.
31. Nut
32. Coupler Reinstall pto by reversing the remov-
33. Bolt al procedure. Turn pto output shaft by
hand to align drive shaft splines as unit
31 is moved into position. Tighten mount-
ing bolts to 100 N-m (75 ft.-lbs.) torque.

92
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 297-299

OUTPUT SHAFT OIL SEAL 230), then withdraw pin from top of pto in place. Lubricate front bearing cone
housing. Remove shift rod (7), spacer (16) and install in front bearing cup.
All Models { (6) and shift fork (12). Drive out roll pin Position output gear (17) in housing so
(2) and remove shift lever (1) and arm counterbore in hub faces rearward. In-
297. Output shaft oil seal (23Fig. (5). stall output shaft through output gear
228) may be renewed on single speed Remove input shaft rear snap ring and into front bearing making sure
and multispeed models without remov- (11Fig. 228 or 229), then drive input split retainers fit inside counterbore of
ing and disassembling pto housing. Re- shaft (9) forward out of rear bearing. output gear hub. Tap shaft forward
move end plate (28) and renew oil seal. Remove inner snap ring (11) and sliding until seated in front bearing. Install
Lip of seal must face inward. gear (8), then withdraw input shaft rear bearing cup.
Reversible shaft pto requires remov- from housing. Drive output shaft (24) Heat needle bearing inner race (4) to
al and disassembly of pto assembly for rearward out of front bearing and re- 120C (250F) maximum before install-
seal renewal. move shaft and gears from housing. ing on input shaft (9). Install front nee-
Inspect all gears and shafts for wear dle bearing (3) into housing bore with
or damage. Note that idler shaft (7) is numbered side of bearing facing out-
OVERHAUL PTO ASSEMBLY staked and has locking compound ap- ward. Insert input shaft into housing
plied to the threads. Do not remove installing sliding gear (8) and inner
Models 1190-1194-1290-1294 shaft unless renewal is required. In- snap ring (11) as shaft is installed.
spect all bearings and renew as neces- Position rear bearing (10) in housing
298. DISASSEMBLY. Single speed sary. bore. Use two "C* clamps or other suit-
pto assembly is shown in Fig. 228 and able means to hold rear bearing in
multispeed pto assembly is shown in 299. REASSEMBLY. Install new place, then drive input shaft into the
Fig. 229. Note that sliding gears (8) are "0" ring (4Fig. 230) in housing shift bearing until rear snap ring (11) can be
different and spacer (18Fig. 228) is arm bore. Assemble shift arm (5) and installed.
replaced by gear (18Fig. 229) on shift lever (1) using shims (3) as neces- To reassemble shift fork (12Fig.
multispeed units. Service procedures sary to provide 0.13-0.25 mm (0.005- 230), insert a 13 mm (V2 inch) x 30 mm
are the same for either assembly. 0.010 inch) end play. (IV4 inches) dowel into shift rod hole in
With pto removed as outlined in If idler shaft (7-Fig. 228 or 229) is fork. Assemble detent ball spring and
paragraph 296, remove draft sensor being renewed, apply Loctite 271 to plug in fork and tighten plug until outer
housing and metal gasket from top of threads of shaft. Install shaft and end is even with chamfer in shift fork.
pto housing. Remove safety shields and tighten to 95-108 N-m (70-80 ft.-lbs.) Install fork on sliding gear, install
end plate (28). Remove spacer (22) and torque, then stake shaft threads inside spacer (6), then push shift rod (7) into
shims (21) from output shaft. Remove the housing in three locations. fork until it moves dowel out of fork
snap ring (1) and drive gear (2) from Heat output shaft rear bearing cone and detent ball engages with shift rod.
input shaft (9). Remove snap ring (12), (20) to 120C (250F) maximum before Install special pin (8) into housing and
shims (13) and idler gear (14). installing on output shaft. Install spac- shift rod making sure end of pin with
Lightly wedge a tapered punch into er (18) or gear, as equipped, and split the hole faces upward.
end of shift rod retainer pin (8Fig. rings (19). Use grease to hold split rings Install idler gear (14Fig. 228 or
1 229) with bearing on idler shaft. Install
snap ring (12) without shims (13). Us-
ing a dial indicator, measure idler gear
end play. Remove snap ring and install
a shim pack equal to measured end play
minus 0.10 mm (0.004 inch) to provide

Fig. 229'^Expioded view of


multispeed pto assembiy
used on some Modeis 1190,
1194, 1290 and 1294. Pto
unit is identicai to singie
speed pto (Fig. 226) except
for speed change gear (6)
and high range output gear
(17).

Fig. 230Expioded view of typical pto shift iink-


age. Some modeis use a retainer plate to secure
shift rod (7) in piace of pin (6).
1. Engagement lever 7. Shift rod
2. Roll pin 8. Special pin
3. Shim 9. Screw
4. "0" ring 10. Detent spring
5. Shaft & lever 11. Ball
6. Spacer 12. Shift fork

93
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 300-302A CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


recommended end play. Reinstall snap ilar and service procedures are the Models 1390-1394-1490-1494-
ring. Install drive gear (2) and snap same. Input shaft (8Fig. 231) and out- 1594-1690 With Reversible Shaft
ring (1) on input shaft (9). put gear (13) are different in single Pto
Assemble shims (21) removed during speed assemblies.
disassembly plus an additional 0.50 mm With pto removed as outlined in 302. DISASSEMBLY. With pto as-
(0.020 inch) shim on output shaft (24). paragraph 296, remove draft sensor sembly removed as outlined in para-
Install spacer (22), gasket (27) and end housing and metal gasket from top of graph 296, remove shields and pto re-
plate (28) without oil seal (23). Tighten pto housing. Remove safety shields and versible shaft (6Fig. 232). Remove
end plate mounting nuts evenly while end plate (18). Retain shims (10 and 15) end plate mounting bolts, then lift end
turning output shaft by hand until for use in reassembly. Drive input shaft plate (5) with output shaft assembly
resistance to shaft rotation is felt. Use (8) rearward out of housing. Remove from pto housing. Remove input shaft
a feeler gage to measure gap between shift rod and shift fork using care to (11) from the housing.
end plate and housing. Remove end catch detent ball and spring as rod is Bend tab washer (13) away from out-
plate, spacer and shims. Subtract shims removed. Drive output shaft (12) rear- put shaft bolts, then remove the three
equal to measured gap dimension plus ward out of housing, then remove out- bolts and washers. Use a puller under
0.05-0.10 mm (0.002-0.004 inch) from put gear (13). gear (18) to remove front bearing (16).
the previously installed shim pack to Inspect all bearings, gears and shafts Remove gear (18), thrust bearing (19),
provide desired 0.05-0.10 mm (0.002- for wear or damage and renew as neces- high speed output shaft (30), bearings
0.004 inch) shaft end play. Install new sary. (27) and spacer (26). Use a puller to
oil seal in end plate with lip facing remove low output gear (20). Remove
inward. Lubricate seal lip, then rein- 301. REASSEMBLY. Reassemble split rings (21), then tap low speed
stall shim pack, spacer and end plate. pto by reversing disassembly procedure shaft (25) out of bearing (22).
Tighten end plate mounting nuts to 68 while noting the following special in- Remove snap ring which retains shift
N-m (50 ft.-lbs.) torque. structions. If input shaft, output shaft fork on shift rod, then withdraw shift
Install metal gasket and draft sensor
or bearings are renewed, check and fork and sliding gear. Remove retainer
housing on top of pto housing. Tighten adjust shaft end play as follows: plate and shift rod. Drive pin from shift
draft housing bolts to 110-130 N-m (80- With shafts and bearings in place, selector lever, then remove shift arm,
95 ft.-lbs.) torque. Reinstall pto assem-
install gasket (17Fig. 231) and end washers and '*0" ring from housing.
bly as outlined in paragraph 296. cover (18) without shims (10 and 15)
and oil seal (16). Use a dial indicator to 302A. REASSEMBLY. To reassem-
Models 1390-1394-1490-1494 measure end play of input and output ble speed selector components, reverse
With Single Speed or Multispeed shafts. Remove end plate. Assemble the disassembly procedure. If neces-
Ro shim pack (10 and 15) for each shaft sary, add washers to provide 0.13-0.25
equal to measured shaft end play less mm (0.005-0.010 inch) end play of shift
300. DISASSEMBLY. Single speed 0.05-0.10 mm (0.002-0.004 inch) to pro- selector arm.
and multispeed pto assemblies are sim- vide specified 0.05-0.10 mm (0.002-0.004 Install new bearings on input shaft
inch) shaft end play. Install a new oil (11Fig. 232) if necessary. Assemble
seal in end plate. Lubricate lip of seal, output shaft assembly by reversing dis-
then reinstall gasket and end plate with assembly procedure. Tighten the three
correct thickness shim packs. retainer bolts in end of shaft to 27 N-m
(20 ft.-lbs.) torque, then bend tab wash-
er against bolt heads.

Fig. 232Expioded view of


reversible shaft pto assem-
bly used on some 1390,
1394, 1490, 1494, 1594 and
1690 models.
1. Shaft
2. Gasket
3. Housing
4. Gasket
5. End plate
6. Reversible shaft
7. Sliding gear
8. Bearing
9. Shims
10. Bearing
11. Input shaft
12. Bearing
13. Tab washer
16 14. Bearing retainer
15. Shims
Fig. 231Expioded view of multispeed pto as- 16. Bearing
sembiy used on some 1390, 1394, 1490 and 17. Special washer
1494 models. SIngie speed pto unit is similar 18. Output gear (high)
except for shaft (8} and gear (13). Service pro- 19. Thrust bearing
20. Output gear (low)
cedure is the same. 21. Split ring
1. Gasket 10. Shim 22. Bearing
2. Housing 11. Bearing 23. Special washer
3. Shaft 12. Output shaft 24. Seal
4. Bolt 13. Output gears 25. Output shaft (low)
5. Nut 14. Bearing 26. Spacer
20 21
6. Coupler 15. Shim 27. Bearings 22 23
7. Bearing 16. Seal 28. Plate 24
8. Input shaft 17. Gasket 29. Seal 25
9. Bearing 18. End plate 30. Output shaft (high) 26

94
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 303-304

Note that adjustment of input shaft (20 ft.-lbs.) torque. Install reversible nesses equal to measured end play mi-
and output shaft end play must be shaft (6) with 540 rpm end (six splines) nus 0.05-0.10 mm (0.002-0.004 inch). Use
made when bearings, gears or shafts outward and tighten shaft mounting thick shims when possible rather than
are renewed. To set end play, remove bolts securely. Rotate output shaft to several thin shims. Remove output
bearing cups and shims (9 and 15Fig. make sure bearings are seated. Using a shaft, input shaft and front bearing
232) from front of pto housing. Rein- dial indicator, measure and record end cups. Install shims, then reassemble
stall bearing cups without shims, then play of output shaft and input shaft. To pto. Tighten end cover bolts to 27 N m
position input shaft assembly and out- provide correct end play of 0.05-0.10 (20 ft.-lbs.) torque and reversible shaft
put shaft assembly into housing. Tight- mm (0.002-0.004 inch) for each shaft, mounting bolts to 122 N m (90 ft.-lbs.)
en end plate mounting bolts to 27 N m assembly shim pack (9 and 15) thick- torque.

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

The hydraulic system is basically the Models With Front Mounted Single cylinder (15) and three-way valve (14).
same on all models. However, hydraulic Pump The oilfiowcan be used to operate rock-
pump type and location will vary ac- shaft and external equipment at the
cording to model. On Models 1190,1194, 304. Hydraulic pump (9-Fig. 234) is same time when control lever is in
1290 and 1294, hydraulic pump is mounted in front of radiator and driven **L/1" position. Remaining lever posi-
mounted internally in pto housing and by a drive shaft connected to engine tions provide rockshaft operation only
driven by a gear on pto input shaft. All crankshaft front pulley. Oil pump pulls or external operation only.
other models have either a single pump oil through an external metal tube con- When remote valve lever is moved
or tandem pumps mounted externally nected to filter (10) under transmission from neutral position, oilflowis cut off
in front of radiator and driven by a housing. Pressure oil then flows from selectamatic valve and all oil is
drive shaft coupled to engine crank- through external filter (5) to distribu- directed instead to operate external
shaft front pulley. tion block (4) and remote valve (2). equipment.
When remote valve control lever is in Return oil is used to lubricate trans-
neutral position, oil flow is directed to mission bearings. An oil cooler (12) is
OPERATING PRINCIPLES selectamatic valve (6). The selectamatic used on models equipped with power
valve will direct oil flow to rockshaft shift transmission.
Models With Rear Mounted Pump
303. Hydraulic pump is mounted to
back of rear axle housing between axle
and pto housings. Pump is driven by a Fig. 233Schematic of hy-
gear on pto input shaft, and is operat- draulic system with rear
mounted hydraulic pump.
ing only when pto clutch is engaged. 1. External double acting
Pump lifts oil from transmission res- cylinder
2. Rockshaft
ervoir through a full flow filter (7Fig. 3. Remote outlet (double
233). A pressure relief valve (9), located acting)
4. Distribution block
on top of pump, controls system pres- 5. Selectamatic valve
sure. Oil is pumped through a pipe to 6. Control quadrant
7. Filter
distribution block (4) located on top of 8. Pump
rear axle case on right-hand side of 9. Relief valve
10. Three-way valve
tractor. Oil is directed first to remote 11. Remote outlet (single
valve (3), if so equipped, then to selecta- acting)
12. External single acting
matic valve (5). cylinder
Movement of remote valve lever for- 13. Rockshaft cylinder
ward or backward from neutral posi-
tion directs all the oilfiowthrough the
remote valve to external equipment.
When lever is in neutral position, all Fig. 234Schematlc of hy-
the oil fiow is directed to selectamatic draulic system with single
valve. front mounted hydrauiic
pump.
Oil flow is routed from selectamatic 1. Rockshaft
valve to three-way valve (10), if so 2. Remote valve (double
acting)
equipped, and hitch rockshaft cylinder 3. External double acting
(13). If equipped with a three-way cylinder
4. Distribution block
valve, oil fiow can be used to operate 5. Pressure filter
rockshaft and external equipment at 6. Selectamatic valve
7. Air relief valve
the same time when control lever is in 8. Pressure relief valve
9. Pump
*'L/1" position. Remaining lever posi- 10. Filter
tions provide rockshaft only or external 11. Remote outlet (single
acting)
operation only. 12. Oil cooler
Remaining oil fiow is used to supply 13. Remote cylinder (single
acting)
lubrication to upper bearings of trans- 14. Three-way valve
mission. 15. Rockshaft cylinder

95
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 305-307 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


Models With Front Mounted retaining bolts to 23-27 N-m (17-20 ft.- located in a canister mounted on right-
Tandem Pumps lbs.) torque. hand rear axle housing.
If reusing fluid, reinstall all but Pressure filter element should be
305. This system is similar to single about the last 4 L (1 gallon) which renewed after every 400 hours of opera-
pump system except that two pumps should contain any foreign material tion. Transmission/hydraulic fluid
are coupled together as a single unit that settled to bottom of container. Add should be drained and renewed after
and may be used separately or together new Case TFD Fluid, Hy-Tran Plus or every 800 hours of operation. Suction
according to position of combining equivalent fluid to bring fluid level to filter screen and power shift pump inlet
valve (16-Fig. 235). correct operating level. Bleed air from screen should be removed and cleaned
When pumps are used together (com- system as outlined in paragraph 308. at same time hydraulic fluid is drained
bining valve set for combined opera- and renewed.
tion), output of both pumps is directed Models 1390-1394-1490-1494- On all models use new "0" rings and
to remote valve only. Oil does not flow 1594-1690 gaskets when reinstalling filter assem-
through external pressure filter (5) or blies. Tighten suction filter housing re-
distribution block (4), and no oil goes to 307. Filtering system on these models taining bolts to 27 N-m (20 ft.-lbs.)
rockshaft cylinder (15). consists of fine metal filter element torque and tighten pressure filter can-
When combining valve is set for sep- (2Fig. 237) on suction side of pump ister to 34 N-m (25 ft.-lbs.) torque.
arate pump operation, one pump sup- and a renewable filter element (12 If reusing fluid, reinstall all but the
plies oil to rockshaft cylinder and re- Fig. 238) on pressure side. Suction filter last 4 L (1 gallon) which should contain
maining pump supplies oil to remote is located on underside of transmission any foreign material that settled to bot-
valve. Rockshaft can be used at the housing. On models equipped with pow- tom of container. Add new Case PTF
same time as external equipment. er shift transmission, the power shift fluid, HY-Tran Plus or equivalent fluid
Each pump has a separate pressure pump inlet filter (9Fig. 237) is also to bring fluid level to correct operating
relief valve (8). located in suction filter housing. Pres- level. Bleed air from system as outlined
sure filter element (12Fig. 238) is in paragraph 308.
HYDRAULIC FILTERS AND FLUID

Models 1190-1194-1290-1294
306. These models have a metal
screen (2Fig. 236) equipped with a
magnet (7) and a renewable paper filter
(5) on suction side of pump. Filter
assembly is located in housing (9)
which is bolted to bottom of transmis-
sion housing.
Filter element (5) should be renewed
after every 400 hours of operation and
hydraulic fluid should be renewed every
800 hours. Capacity is approximately
27.5 L (29 quarts).
NOTE: Remove drain plug ( 3 ) and drain 3
fluid from transmssion before removing fil-
ter housing ( 9 ) . Be sure to drain fluid into Fig. 238Expioded view of hydrauiic pump suc-
tion mter assembiy used on 1190, 1194, 1290
ciean container if fiuid will be reinstaiied. and 1294 models.
1. Suction pipe
2. Metal screen 6. "0" ring
Clean metal screen and remove metal 3. Drain plug 7. Magnet
particles, if present, from magnet (7). 4. "O"ring 8. Gasket
5. Filter 9. Filter housing
Install filter and screen using new " 0 "
ring (6) and gasket (8). Tighten housing

Fig. 235Schematic of hy-


drauiic system with tandem
front mounted hydrauiic
pumps. Refer to iegend for
Fig, 234 except for combin- Fig. 237Exploded view of hydrauiic suction fil-
ing valve (18). ter assembly used on Modeis 1494 and 1594.
Modeis 1390, 1394, 1490 and 1890 are simiiar.
Fitter screen (9) is used on power shift models
oniy.
1. Retainer
2. Filter element 6. Sealing washer
3. "0" ring 7. Drain plug
4. Gasket 8. "0" ring
5. Housing 9. Filter screen

96
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 308-311

BLEEDING AIR FROM 240) on rockshaft cylinder counter- 2. Lowering control valve in "closed'*
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM clockwise. Operate starter until air-free position.
oil flows from bleeder, then retighten 3. Rockshaft seized.
AIIModeis bleed screw. On Models 1594 and 1690, D. LOWERS SLOWLY. Could be
open dump valve and operate starter to caused by:
308. When oil has been drained from remove air from rockshaft cylinder. 1. Lowering control valve misad-
hydraulic system, use the following justed.
procedure to ensure all air is removed 2. Spool valve misadjusted.
from the system. Make sure system is TROUBLESHOOTING 3. Hold valve seized.
refilled to correct operating level. Move 4. Flow control valve plunger seized.
selectamatic control to **DRAFT*' posi- AIIModeis ^ E. INCORRECT DEPTH CON-
tion and push quadrant lever fully for- TROL. Could be caused by:
ward to "LOWER*' position. 309. When troubleshooting selecta- 1. Loose control lever pivot.
On all models equipped with a dump matic hydraulic system, first make cer- 2. Sensing cable incorrectly adjusted
valve, except 1594 and 1690, remove tain dump valve is closed and all con- or seized.
dump valve (1Fig. 239) and plate (2) trols are properly positioned for desired 3. Sensing valve seized.
from top of selectamatic valve. Rein- hydraulic function. Make certain fluid 4. Selectamatic valve plungers stick-
stall dump valve and open valve by pull- is at proper level and hydraulic filters ing.
ing knob up. Turn plugs for bypass and are in good condition. Refer to follow-
hold valves, located under plate (2), ing list of malfunctions and possible
until bleed hole in side of each plug is causes as an aid in locating source of HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
clear of the bore. With engine stop con- trouble. PRESSURE CHECK
trol in "STOP" position, crank engine
with starter motor until air-free oil A. FAILURE TO LIFT. Could be Models 1190-1194-1290-1294
flows from plugs. Tighten plugs and caused by:
reinstall cover. 1. Low oil level, air in system or suc- 310. If tractor is equipped with re-
Disconnect outlet pipe from remote tion filter plugged. mote valve, connect a 0-20000 kPa
valve (if so equipped). Move operating 2. Pressure relief valve opening too (0-3000 psi) pressure gage to remote
lever forward from neutral position, soon. outlet port. Operate engine at idle
then operate starter until oil is free of 3. Spool valve seized. speed, then actuate remote valve to
air. Reconnect outlet pipe. Disconnect 4. Bypass valve or hold valve not seat- direct oil to gage and note pressure
pipe from number 1 (top) port of three- ing. reading.
way valve (if so equipped). Put operat- 5. Nonreturn valve seat loose. If tractor is not equipped with re-
ing lever in "1** position, then operate 6. Leakage from rockshaft cylinder or mote valve, remove connector plate (1
starter until all air is forced out. Recon- dump valve. Fig. 241) from top of rear axle housing
nect pipe. 7. Worn or damaged hydraulic pump. and install special plug (2), part num-
On all models except 1594 and 1690, B. FAILURE TO HOLD LOAD. ber K961977, in the rear tube as shown.
move three-way valve lever to *'L*' posi- Could be caused by: Remove rear plug from connector plate
tion and turn air bleed fitting (1Fig. 1. Hold valve sealing washer defec- and install a 0-20000 kPa (0-3000 psi)
tive. pressure gage in the opening. Reinstall
2. Faulty hold relief valve. distribution block. Operate engine at
idle speed and note pressure reading.
3. Hold valve plunger seized.
4. Faulty rockshaft piston seals. Minimum allowable pressure is 13800
5. Faulty nonreturn valve. kPa (2000 psi) with oil at normal oper-
C. FAILURE TO LOWER. Could be ating temperature.
caused by:
1. Rockshaft lock pin (if so equipped) Models 1390-1394-1490-1494-
engaged. 1594-1690
311. If tractor is equipped with re-
mote outlet, connect a 0-20000 kPa
(0-3000 psi) pressure gage to remove

Fig. 238Exploded view of hydrauiic system


pressure fiiter used on some modeis.
1. Snap ring
2. Retainer 8. Filter head Fig. 239On modeis equipped with a dump
3. Spring , 9, Sealing ring valve (except 1594 and 1690), dump valve (1)
4. Washer 10. Backup ring and plate (2) must be removed from top of Fig. 240'On aii models except 1594 and 1690,
5. Plunger 11. Spring seiectamatic vaive to gain access to bleed
6. Set screw 12. Filter element air bleed fitting (1) is located on rockshaft cylin-
7. Sealing washer 13. Filter canister points. Refer to paragraph 308, der.

97
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 312-314 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


outlet port. Operate engine at idle On all models, minimum allowable in SELECT postion, then select POSI-
speed, then actuate remote valve to pressure is 13800 kPa (2000 psi) with oil TION CONTROL on selector dial. Move
direct oilflowto gage and note pressure at normal operating temperature. linkage control lever to RAISE posi-
reading. tion. Lift the lower links by hand to ful-
If tractor is not equipped with re- ly raised position, then engage lift latch
mote outlet, remove cover from distri- HYDRAULIC SYSTEM if so equipped. If not equipped with lift
bution block and install adapter plate ADJUSTMENTS latch, lower the linkage 40 mm {VA
(2-Fig. 242), part number K962234, in inches), measured at outer end of lower
its place. Install a 0-20000 kPa (0-3000 All Models Except 1594 link, and support in this position with a
psi) pressure gage in adapter plate port. suitable stand. Remove cover from rear
Operate engine at idle speed and note 312. ROCKSHAFT CAM ADJUST- of right-hand rockshaft bracket. Loos-
gage reading. MENT. Hold lift linkage control lever en the two nuts (3Fig. 243), insert a
punch (2) into hole in rockshaft cam (4)
and turn cam until roller (1) is seated in
notch. Tighten the two nuts to secure
adjustment.
Fig. 241ro checic system
pressure on modeis with rear 313. CONNECTING LINK AD-
mounted pump and not JUSTMENT. Move selector dial to
equipped with a remote
vaive, remove connector
POSITION control setting. Remove cov-
piate (1) and instaii speciai er (4Fig. 244) from control housing on
plug (2) as shown. Reinstaii tractors equipped with cab or platform.
connector piate and instaii a (Control housing (1) is located on right-
0-20000 kPa (0-3000 psi) hand side of rear axle housing.) On
gage in piate test port.
models without cab or platform, re-
move plug (4Fig. 245) from control
housing cover. On all models, turn nut
(2Fig. 244 or 245) counterclockwise
until it is even with end of connecting
link (3). Remove cover from rear of
right-hand rockshaft bracket. Move
linkage control lever rearward to SE-
Fig. 242To checic system LECT position and hold in this position.
pressure on modeis with Raise lift arms by hand until roller (1
front mounted pump and not Fig. 243) is seated in notch in cam (4),
equipped with remote valve,
remove cover from distribu- Support lift arms in this position with a
tion biock and instaii adapter suitable stand. Place a 0.05 mm (0.002
piate (2) part no. K962234. inch) feeler gage between rocker lever
instali 0-20000 kPa (0-3000 (2-Fig. 246) and push rod (1). Then
psi) pressure gage in adapt-
er plate test port.
turn connecting link locknut (2Fig.
244 or 245) clockwise until feeler gage is
snug but can be moved between rocker
lever and push rod.
Install covers and remove stands sup-
porting lift arms.

314. CONTROL LEVER FRIC-


TION DISC ADJUSTMENT. If lift
linkage control lever moves from a set
position, tighten nuts (4Fig. 247) to

2 4 1 Fig. 244View showing iocation ofiocknut used


Fig. 243View showing adjustment of rockshaft to adjust connecting link on cab or piatform Fig. 245View showing iocation ofiocknut used
cam. Refer to paragraph 312. equipped models. to attjust connecting link on low profile modeis.
1. Roller 3. Nuts 1. Control housing 3. Connecting link 1. Control housing cover 3. Connecting link
2, Punch 4. Rockshaft cam 2. Locknut 4. Cover 2. Locknut 4. Plug

98
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 315-319


increase friction disc (3) pressure. If ting. Move linkage control lever for- control linkage, first move sensing con-
control lever is difficult to move, loosen ward until it is 3 mm (V% inch) from end trol lever fully forward to minimum
nuts. Be sure nuts are not too tight that of quadrant slot. Loosen jam nuts (2 draft position. Move lift linkage control
lever fails to move from SELECT posi- Fig. 248) and turn adjuster (1) until lever rearward to SELECT position and
tion when released. friction lever (5) contacts pin (6). Tight- lock in place. Be sure friction lever on
en jam nuts securely against adjuster side of control housing (located on
315. SPRING CARRIER ADJUST- (1). right-hand side of axle housing) con-
MENT. Start engine and run at 1800 tacts the stop. Make certain spring car-
rpm. Move selector dial to POSITION 317. SELECT STOP ADJUST- rier on side of control housing is clear
control setting. Hold linkage control MENT. Place selector dial in POSI- of friction lever. If tractor is equipped
lever in SELECT position until linkage TION control setting. Loosen nut (2 with tandem hydraulic pumps, move
is at full height and pump relief valve Fig. 249) and move stop assembly (3) to
opens. Slowly move control lever for- bottom of slot. Move linkage control
ward until relief valve closes but lift lever (1) rearward until friction lever
arms do not lower. Hold control lever in pin (5Fig. 247) contacts plate (6).
this position. Loosen the two bolts (7 Move stop until it just contacts linkage
Fig. 247) and move spring carrier (9) control lever, then tighten nut to retain
until it contacts lever stop (10). Tighten stop in this position.
the two bolts to secure adjustment.
318. DRAFT SENSING CABLE.
316. LIFT LINKAGE CONTROL Remove upper link from draft sensing
LEVER ADJUSTMENT. Place se- unit. Install weights on lower links
lector dial in POSITION control set- only. Move selector dial to DRAFT con-
trol setting. Turn jam nut (4Fig. 250)
clockwise and adjuster (5) counter-
clockwise until inner cable is free at
bracket (2). Move linkage control lever
rearward until SELECT position spring
tension is felt. Start engine and allow
Fig. 249View of typicai quadrant controi lever
lift linkage to raise to its highest posi- (1) and stop (2).
tion, then stop engine. Turn cable ad-
juster clockwise until linkage just
starts to lower. Then turn cable adjust-
er counterclockwise 5^4 revolutions,
3 4 5 6
hold adjuster in this position and tight-
en jam nut against bracket (3) to secure
adjustment.
Lower the linkage and remove
weights.

Model 1594
Flg. 246Insert 0.05 mm (0.002 inch) feeier
gage (3) between push rod (1) and rocker iever 319. SENSING CONTROL AD-
(2), then turn connecting iink adjusting nut until
feeler gage is snug but can stiil be moved.
JUSTMENT. To adjust draft sensing
Fig. 250View of sensing cable and its adjust-
ment points.
1. Yoke shaft 4. Jam nut
2. Cable bracket 5. Adjuster
3. Cable support 6. Cable & housing

Fig. 247View of control lever linkage friction Fig. 248View of linkage control iever connect-
adjustment and spring carrier adjustment points. ing rod adjustment point.
1. Friction lever 6. Plate 1. Adjuster Fig. 251Remove cover from rear of right-hand
2. Control rod 7. Bolts 2. Jam nuts , 6. Pin rockshaft bracket to gain access to draft iink
3. Friction discs ' 8. Spring 3. Friction discs 7. Bolts
4. Jam nuts 9. Spring carrier 4. Jam nuts 8. Spring carrier at^uster (1) and adjusting nuts (2) on Modei
5. Pin 10. Friction lever stop 5. Friction lever 9. Spring 1594.

99
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 320-321 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)

Fig. 252Adjust controi rod


nut (1) to provide 2 mm
(0.080 inch) gap (H) be-
tween rocker iever and siid-
ing bar. f^efer to paragraph
319.
1. Nut
2. Ck)ntroi rod
3. Selectamatic valve
4. Rocker lever
5. Sliding bar
L. *

Fig. 255With quadrant controi iever moved


rearward to fuii iift position, distance (K) be-
tween iever and end of quadrant slot shouid be
36 mm (1-7/16 inches).
1. Linkage control lever
2. Quadrant housing 4. Jam nuts
3. Control rod 5. Adjuster

Fig. 254View of controi linkage spring carrier


(1) and friction iever (2). Refer to text for
adjustment procedure.
tighten upper locknut. Move sensing
then adjust rod so there is a 2 mm lever from full draft to minimum draft
(0.080 inch) gap (H) between rocker several times. The lift linkage must not
lever (4) and sliding bar (5). Tighten lower and relief valve must not open.
locknut. Reinstall covers using new gaskets.
Move sensing lever fully forward to
minimum draft position, remove stands 320. LIFT LINKAGE CONTROL
Fig. 253Adjust draft transfer rod on Modei and lower lift arms. Place cover over LEVER ADJUSTMENT. Move con-
1594 to provide 2 mm (0.080 inch) gap (H) rockshaft bracket opening to prevent trol lever rearward to full lift position.
between rocker iever and siiding bar. Refer to
paragraph 319. oil from coming out. Start engine and, Distance (KFig. 255) between rear
4. Rocker lever 6. Locknut if necessary, hold linkage control lever edge of control lever (1) and end of
5. Sliding bar 7. Transfer rod in SELECT position until all air is quadrant slot should be 36 mm (1^6
removed from system. inches). To adjust, loosen locknuts (4)
combining valve lever forward to direct Loosen the two bolts retaining spring and turn control rod adjuster (5) as nec-
oil to lift linkage. carrier (IFig. 254) on side of control essary.
Raise lift arms by hand and support housing. Move linkage control lever
in fully raised position with stands. rearward until lift linkage is fully 321. DRAFT SENSING LEVER
Remove cover from rear of right-hand raised and pressure relief valve opens. ADJUSTMENT. Draft control lever
rockshaft housing. Loosen lower nut Then move spring carrier in direction adjustment can only be done accurately
(2Fig. 251) on draft link adjuster (1) of arrow (Fig. 254), which rotates fric- with control cable removed. Adjust ball
until nut is even with end of adjuster tion lever (2), until pressure relief valve joint at control lever end to 12.5 mm (V^
rod. Remove cover from control housing closes. Hold spring carrier in this posi- inch) dimension as shown in Fig. 256.
on right side of axle housing. Turn tion and tighten retaining bolts. To Adjust ball joint at other end of cable
adjusting nut (1Fig. 252) on end of check setting, move control lever to so overall length of cable is 992.5-997.5
control rod (2) clockwise to increase SELECT position; relief valve must mm (39^/4 to 39 ^y4 inches) between cen-
clearance between rocker lever (4) and open. Release control lever; it must ters of ball joints. Install cable assem-
sliding bar (5), then turn nut (1) coun- return to full lift position and relief bly in cable brackets. Threads of cable
terclockwise until there is a 2 mm (0.080 valve must close. housing should be centered in upper
inch) gap (H) between lever and bar. Lower the linkage, then raise linkage bracket (2).
Insert feeler gage through rear opening to full lift position. Move sensing con- Connect cable upper ball joint to con-
in rockshaft bracket to measure gap. trol lever rearward to full draft posi- trol lever (1), then move control lever so
Move sensing control lever fully rear- tion. Turn lower nut (2Fig. 251) on it is aligned with center square on
ward to full draft position. Loosen lock- draft link adjuster (1) clockwise until quadrant decal. Move control arm (6)
nut (6Fig. 253) on transfer rod (7), pressure relief valve just closes, then by hand until detent mechanism in

100
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 322-323


rockshaft bracket engages center de- Fig. 257Expioded view of
tent. Move lower cable bracket (5) at rear mounted hydrauiic
slotted hole until retaining bolt slides pump used on 1190, 1194,
1290 and 1294 modeis.
freely through lower ball joint and con- 1. Nut
trol arm (6). If additional adjustment is 2. Tab washer
3. Gear
required for proper alignment, adjust 4. Seal
upper bracket locknuts (3) as necessary. 5. End plate
6. Sealing ring
7. Bearing
8. Driven rotor '
9. Drive rotor
HYDRAULIC PUMP 10. Bearing
11. Sealing ring
12. Pump body 13
Models 1190-1194-1290-1294 13. Front plate 12
14. "0" ring
15. Relief valve
10 11
322. R&R AND OVERHAUL. Hy-
draulic pump is located internally in
pto housing at rear of tractor. To
remove pump, drain oil from transmis- and wear. Assemble bearings and ro- Models 1390-1394-1490-1494-
sion and remove pto housing as outlined tors into pump body and front plate as 1594-1690
in paragraph 296. Disconnect inlet pipe shown in Fig. 258, Measure distance (X)
from pump, remove pump mounting from face of pump body to surface of 32a. R&R AND OVERHAUL. Hy-
bolts and stud nut and remove pump. top bearing. If distance is not within draulic pump or pumps are located at
Scribe an alignment mark across range of 0.1-0.2 mm (0.004-0.008 inch), front of tractor just forward of radia-
mounting plate (13Fig. 257), pump renew bearings. Be sure bearings slide tor. To remove, raise hood and remove
body (12) and end plate (5) to aid in freely into body bore. Inspect rotors for side panels. Disconnect and remove
reassembly. Remove gear retaining nut, scoring, wear or damage to teeth and battery. On power shift models, discon-
then remove gear using a suitable pull- journals. nect oil cooler line. On all models, dis-
er. Remove drive gear key. Remove nuts When reassembling, renew sealing connect pump inlet and outlet pipes.
and bolts from pump body, then remove rings in end cover and front plate. Remove pump mounting bolts, then pull
end plate (5). Use a felt tip pen or other Install new seal (4Fig. 257) into end pump forward off drive shaft and re-
suitable means to scribe alignment plate (5) with seal lip facing outward. move from tractor.
mark across face of pump body (12) and Lubricate seal lip with oil. Lubricate Disassembly of Dowty, Plessey or
bearing (7). Remove pump body, bear- bearings and rotors with clean hydrau- Sundstrand single and tandem pumps
ing and pump rotors. Put an alignment lic oil and reinstall in their original is similar and the same procedure can
mark on flange of bearing (10) and positions. Note that **Y" shaped groove be followed for all pumps. Refer to
plate (13). Remove seal rings (6 and 11). in bearings goes towards the rotors and appropriate Fig. 259 or 260 for exploded
Remove relief valve assembly (15). inlet side of pump body. Install end view of pumps.
Carefully clean and inspect all parts. plates aligning marks made during dis- Use a suitable marking pen to scribe
Inspect pump body bore for wear. It is assembly. Tighten retaining nuts to 60 alignment marks on pump body and
normal for rotors to cut a light track on N-m (45 ft.-lbs.) torque. Be sure rotors end plates as an aid to reassembly.
inlet side of body as the bearings wear. turn with a light drag with no tight or Remove drive coupler from pump shaft
If wear marks are deep, renew pump rough spots. using a suitable puller.
assembly. Do not install new bearings To reinstall pump, reverse the re-
in a worn pump body. Check bearing moval procedure. Bleed air from system NOTE: Do not attempt to remove coupler
bores and faces of bearings for scoring as outlined in paragraph 308. wth a hammer or pry bar as damage to
pump could result.

Fig. 256View of draft con-


troi lever adjustment points
on Model 1594.
1. Control lever
2. Upper bracket
3. Jam nuts
4. Cable
5. Lower bracket
6. Draft control arm

Fig. 258Measure dearance (X) between sur-


face of pump body (1} and bearings (2). Renew
bearings If clearance exceeds 0.2 mm (0.008
Inch}.

101
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 324-325 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


Remove pump through-bolts and sep-
arate end plates from pump body. Tap Fig. 261A hydraulic oil
end plates with a soft mallet if difficult cooler (1) Is used on models
to remove. Do not attempt to pry apart. equipped with power shift
Make alignment marks on bearings and transmission. Eariy styie
cooier controi vaive used a
inlet side of pump body to ensure cor- manuaiiy operated valve
rect reassembly. Remove bearings and (13) and an automatic flow
rotors from pump body. Remove seal valve (10) to control flow of
rings and oil seal from end plates. oii to cooier. Late modeis are
Inspect pump body bore for wear. It equipped with automatic
flow control vaive (6) oniy.
is normal for rotors to cut a light track 1. Oil cooler
on inlet side of pump body as bearings 2. Inlet hose
3. Outlet hose
wear. If wear marks are deep, renew 4. Spring
5. Plunger
pump assembly. Do not install new 6. Flow control valve (late
bearings in a worn pump body. Check models)
7. Sealing washer
bearing bores and faces of bearings for 8. " 0 " ring
scoring and wear. Assemble bearings 10. Flow control valve {early
models)
and rotors into pump body and end 11. Aluminum washer
plate as shown in Fig. 258. Measure dis- 12. Valve body
13. Control valve knob
tance (X) from face of pump body to 14. Spring clip
surface of top bearing. If distance is not 15. Wiper ring
16. " 0 " ring
within range of 0.1-0.2 mm (0.004-0.008 17. Backup ring
inch), renew bearings. Be sure bearings 18. Washer
19. Felt breather
slide freely into body bore. Inspect 20. Plug
rotors for scoring, wear or damage to
teeth and journals.
Lubricate all parts with hydraulic oil rotors into pump body aligning marks seal rings. Install new oil seal into end
during assembly. Install bearings and made during disassembly. Install new plate with seal lip facing outward. In-
stall end plates and through-bolts.
Tighten nuts to 48 N-m (35 ft.-lbs.)
torque on Dowty pump. On all other
pumps, tighten nuts to 60 N-m (45 ft.-
Fig. 259Expioded view of lbs.) torque. Be sure rotors turn with a
Dowty front mounted singie light drag with no tight or rough
pump used on some modeis. spots.
1. Oil seal
2. Mounting flange Reinstall pump by reversing removal
3.
4.
" 0 " ring
Backup rings
procedure. Bleed hydraulic system as
5. Seal rings outlined in paragraph 308.
6. Bearings
7. Rotors
8. Pump body
9. End cover
HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER
Power Shift Models
324. Power shift models are equipped
with a hydraulic oil cooler mounted in
front of radiator. The cooler is located
in the hydraulic system between hy-
Fig. 260Expioded view of draulic pump and the external pressure
Piessey or Sundstrand front filter. Early models are equipped with a
mounted tandem pumps
used on some modeis. Pump control valve (13Fig. 261) which must
drive coupiing may be differ- be manually opened and closed and a
ent on some modeis. flow valve (10) which automatically
1. Rubber disc
2. Crankshaft coupling opens and closes in response to system
3. " 0 " ring pressure to protect cooler against ex-
4. Drive shaft
5. Pump coupling cessively high pressure. Late models
6. Mounting bracket use only the automatic flow valve (6) to
7. Oil seal
8. Mounting flange control oilflowthrough cooler.
9. Through-bolts
10. Seal rings
11. Bearings '
12. Rotor
13. Dowel OIL COOLER CONTROL
14. End plate AND FLOW VALVES
15. Coupling
16. " 0 " ring
18 17. End plate Power Shift Models
10 18. End plate

325. Hydraulic oil cooler flow and


control valve assembly (Fig. 261) is
mounted on the side of hydraulic pump
just below radiator. The valve is con-

102
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 326-328

nected to oil cooler by a hose. Note that SYSTEM PRESSURE AIR RELIEF VALVE
manual control valve has been elimi- RELIEF VALVE
nated on late models. Models 1390-1394-1490-1494-
On early models, pulling control All Models 1594-1690
valve spool knob (13) out closes oil pas-
sage toflowvalve and oil cooler. Push- 326. The relief valve is mounted on 327. Air relief valve is mounted to the
ing valve in opens oil passage and top of hydraulic pump on Models 1190, side of oil pressure relief valve (2Fig.
directs oil flow to flow valve assembly. 1194,1290 and 1294. Refer to paragraph 262) on models equipped with front
On late models without manual control 322 for pump removal procedure. On mounted hydraulic pump. The valve is
valve, oil passage to flow valve assem- Models 1390, 1394, 1490, 1494, 1594 and used to bleed air automatically from
bly is open all the time. 1690, relief valve (2Fig. 262) is con- hydraulic system.
On all models, a spring (4) in flow nected in the hydraulic pump outlet All parts (Fig. 264) are available sep-
valve holds plunger (5) off its seat when pipe (1) between the pump and external arately for servicing valve.
system pressure is less than 5500 kPa oil fllter. Drain transmission oil before Be sure small hole in valve body and
(800 psi). This allows a portion of pump removing valve. mounting gasket are aligned when rein-
output to flow through cooler to inlet On all models, relief valve may be stalling valve. Tighten mounting bolts
side of pump. When system pressure disassembled for cleaning and inspec- to 35 N-m (25 ft.-lbs.) torque.
exceeds 5500 kPa (800 psi), oil pressure tion only as individual parts are not
overcomes spring pressure on plunger available to service the valve. Relief
and seats plunger. No oil will flow valve opening pressure is set by thick- REMOTE VALVE
through cooler, thus protecting it from ness of shims (5Fig. 263), however
excessive pressure. valve is serviced as a preset assembly All Models So Equipped
A seal kit is available for servicing only. Relief valve minimum opening
early style valves. There are no individ- pressure is 13800 kPa (2000 psi). Refer 328. R&R AND OVERHAUL. The
ual parts available for late style valve. to appropriate paragraph 310 or 311 for remote valve is mounted on top, right-
Valves may be disassembled for inspec- testing procedure. hand side of rear axle housing. One or
tion, however complete valve assembly more valves may be bolted together at
must be renewed if internal parts are this location to provide multiple remote
worn or damaged. 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 hydraulic outlets. Valve may be de-
tented for raise and lower positions,
detented with a float position or spring
centered without detents.
To remove valve, first disconnect con-
trol linkage. Remove remote coupler
Fig. 264Exploded view of air reiief vaive used
hoses. Disconnect all hydraulic lines
on modeis equipped with front mounted hydrau- from valve. Remove mounting bolts and
lic pump. remove valve assembly.
1. "O"ring
2. Body
6. Seat
7. Plunger
To disassemble, remove retaining
3. Retainer ; 8. Spring bolts and separate remote valve from
4. Steel ball i 9. " 0 " ring combining valve or distribution block.
5. Special washer 10. Plug
Remove plug (3Fig. 265), spring (4)
and nonreturn valve plunger (5). Dis-
connect link (8) and remove actuating

Fig. 265Expioded view of .6 7


doubie acting remote vaive
Fig. 262On modeis with front mounted pump, assembiy. Vaive may be de-
system relief valve (2) and air reiief vaive are tented for raise and iower po-
located in pump outlet pipe (1) between pump sitions (A) or spring cen-
and external oli fiiter. tered without detents (B).
1. Valve body
2. Double to single acting plug
3. Plug
4. Spring
5. Nonreturn valve plunger
6. Actuating lever
7. Seal
8. Link
9. Bushing
10. Spool plunger
11. Spring
12. Shims
13. Washer
14. Centering spring
15. Washer
16. *'O" ring
17. Detent retainer
18. Detent balls
19. "0" ring
20. Detent release piston
21. Detent plunger
22. Spring 13
23. Washer
24. Snap ring
Fig. 263Sectionai view of hydrauiic oii pres- 25. End cap
sure relief vaive. 26. Spacer
27. Bolt
1. Body 4. Spring 28. End cap
2. Plunger 5. Shims
3. Cap 6. Seat

103
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 329-330 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


lever and shaft (6). Remove plug from
end cap (25), loosen end cap, then disen-
gage snap ring (24) from detent retain-
er (17) to release detent spring tension.
Remove spool end cap (25) being careful
not to lose detent balls (18). Remove Fig. 267Exploded view of
seiectamatic controi vaive
washer (23), spring (22) and detent assembiy.
plunger (21). Withdraw control spool 1. Sensing valve
from valve body. Unscrew detent re- 2. Bypass valve
3. Hold valve
tainer (17) from spool, then separate 4. Relief valve
spool plunger (10), spring (11), shims 5. Rate of lowering valve
6. Nonreturn valve
(12) and detent release piston (20) from 7. Spool valve
8. Rocker lever plate
spool and detent retainer. Remove 9. Shims
bushing (9), "0" ring and seal (7) from 10. Seiectamatic valve body
11. Rate of lowering needle
valve body. Remove and discard all " 0 " valve
rings.
Inspect parts for wear or damage and
renew as necessary. Valve spool and
body are available as complete unit
only. Renew all "0'* rings.
Lubricate all parts with clean hy-
draulic oil during assembly. When as- while pushing end cap (25) down over
sembling detent mechanism, install the balls and detent retainer. Reinstall
spool plunger (10) and spring (11) into control spool in valve body and tighten
end of spool. Install detent release pis- end cap securely. Complete reassembly
ton (20) and shims (12) into detent by reversing disassembly procedure.
retainer (17). Install retainer with cen- Tighten valve mounting bolts to 34
tering spring (11) and washers onto N-m (25 ft.-lbs.) torque.
spool and tighten securely. Install de-
tent release plunger (21), spring (22) equipped with tandem hydraulic pumps
and washer (23) into detent retainer. COMBINING VALVE to either combine or separate oil flow
Push washer into detent retainer until from the pumps. When flow is sepa-
snap ring (24) can be installed in retain- All Models So Equipped rated, one pump supplies rockshaft cyl-
er groove. Use grease to position detent inder and the other pump supplies
balls in detent retainer holes. Hold 329. R&R AND OVERHAUL, Com- remote valve. This allows simultaneous
detent balls in place with one hand bining valve is used on tractors operation of lift linkage and remote
valve. When output of pumps is com-
bined, all oil is directed to remote valve
only. Rockshaft cylinder cannot be op-
erated when pump output is combined.
Combining valve is mounted on top of
rear axle housing beneath the remote
valve. Remove valves as outlined in
paragraph 328. Remove retaining bolts
and separate remote valve from com-
bining valve.
Fig. 266Combining vaive Remove control lever (if so equipped)
(10) is used on modeis
equipped with tandem hy-
and spacer (12Fig. 266). Pull control
drauiic pumps to either com- spool from valve body. Remove end cap
bine or separate oii fiow from (7) and breather (8).
the pumps. Controi cable Inspect spool and valve body bore for
(14) is used on modeis
equipped with a cab.
scoring or wear. Spool and valve body
1. Control lever must be renewed as an assembly. Re-
2. Ball joint new all "0" rings.
3. Support bracket
4. Spacers Lubricate all parts with clean hy-
5. Bushing draulic oil during assembly. Apply Loc-
. Retaining clip
7. End plate tite 270 to threads of control spool
8. Breather extension. Reassemble by reversing dis-
9. "0" rings
10. Valve assy. assembly procedure. Tighten valve re-
11. Spacer
12. Cable sleeve taining bolts evenly to 34 N-m (25 ft.-
13. Pin lbs.) torque.
10 14. Valve spool extension
15. Cable & housing

SELECTAMATIC VALVE
All Models
330. R&R AND OVERHAUL. The
seiectamatic valve assembly is located

104
www.classicmachinery.net

SHOP MAMUAL Paragraphs 331-338

inside rear axle housing, mounted on Remove plug, spring, poppet and movement must never be less than giv-
right-hand rockshaft bracket. It con- shims. Use a hooked wire to remove en dimension etched on spool.
sists of seven different valves in one valve seat and washer.
body which are used to control and reg- Inspect valve poppet and seat for 336. NONRETURN VALVE. The
ulate various hydraulic functions asso- wear or damage. Relief valve assembly nonreturn valve (6Fig. 267) prevents
ciated with operation of hitch lift link- is serviced as a complete unit. oil in rockshaft cylinder from returning
age. When assembling valve, be sure orig- to selectamatic valve oil inlet passage
To remove valve, first clean area inal shims are reinstalled. when hold valve is closed and bypass
around rear axle and rockshaft hous- valve is open. When bypass valve is
ings. Remove controls, covers and rock- 334. SPOOL VALVE. The spool valve closed (quadrant lever in **RAISE*' po-
shaft. If equipped with dump valve (7Fig. 267) is actuated by quadrant sition), nonreturn valve plunger is
located over hold valve, remove dump lever. The valve controls operation of pushed open by oil flow to rockshaft
valve. Remove right-hand rockshaft bypass and hold valves to raise or lower cylinder.
bracket. Unbolt and remove valve as- lift linkage according to quadrant lever To disassemble, remove plug, spring
sembly from rockshaft bracket. If valve position. and plunger.
is tight on dowels, tap with a rubber To disassemble, remove nuts from Be sure plunger slides freely in valve
mallet to loosen valve. Do not pry end of spool. Withdraw spool and body bore. Lubricate with hydraulic oil
apart. spring from valve body. when reassembling.
If complete disassembly of valve is Inspect spool and valve body bore for
necessary, keep components of each scoring or wear and renew as neces- 337. SENSING VALVE. The sensing
valve together. Do not mix parts from sary. valve (1Fig. 267) is used to open or
one valve to another. Position valve in a Lubricate spool with clean hydraulic close bypass valve quickly in response
vise, then loosen all the valve plugs. oil during assembly. Make certain spool to small movements of spool valve. This
Remove rocker lever plate (8Fig. 267) slides freely in valve bore. Install nuts provides quick response to height and
and shims (9). on spool, but do not tighten. Final load changes to lift linkage.
adjustment of spool valve is covered in To disassemble, remove plug, spring
331. BYPASS VALVE. The bypass paragraph 335. and plunger.
valve (2Fig. 267) controls flow of Lubricate with hydraulic oil during
hydraulic fluid from pump, directing 335. SELECTAMATIC CONTROL assembly. Be sure spool slides freely in
flow to rockshaft cylinder when con- SPOOL ADJUSTMENT. Place valve as- valve body bore.
trols are in "RAISE" position. When sembly in a vise and mount a dial indi-
rockshaft controls are in '^NEUTRAL", cator so probe contacts valve spool end 338. RATE OF LOWERING VALVE.
bypass valve opens and directs oil to as shown in Fig. 268. Push spool (3) into The rate of lowering valve (5Fig. 267)
lubrication circuit. valve body against spring pressure un- is a flow control valve which regulates
To disassemble, remove plug over by- til it stops, set dial indicator to zero, flow of oil returning from rockshaft
pass valve and remove ball, retainer then slowly allow spring pressure to cylinder to sump. Rate (time required)
and spring. Use a wood or plastic dowel push spool back out of bore. Note to lower lift linkage can be controlled
to remove bypass valve plunger. Re- amount of movement shown on dial regardless of implement weight by
move piug, restrictor washer and filter indicator. Compare amount of move- manually adjusting the rate of lowering
(if so equipped) from plunger. ment with dimension etched on end of needle valve (11).
Lubricate parts with clean hydraulic valve spool. If movement is greater To disassemble, remove plug, spring
oil when reassembling. Be sure plunger than given dimension, tighten adjust- and plunger.
slides freely in bore. Install a new plug ing nuts (5). If movement is less, loosen Examine plunger for scoring or wear.
sealing washer and tighten plug se- nuts. Repeat procedure until movement Be sure plunger slides freely in body
curely. is no more than 0.025 mm (0.001 inch) bore. Lubricate with hydraulic oil dur-
greater than given dimension. Valve ing reassembly.
332. HOLD VALVE. The hold valve
(3Fig. 267) is used as a check valve to
retain fiuid in rockshaft cylinder until
necessary to lower lift linkage. When
valve opens, fluid in rockshaft cylinder
is allowed to return to sump.
To disassemble, remove plug and
2
spring. Use a wood or plastic dowel to
remove plunger. Remove retaining Fig. 268Use a diai indica-
washer and ball from plunger. tor to measure spooi move-
Lubricate plunger with hydraulic oil ment when adjusting seiecta-
when reassembling. Be sure plunger matic controi vaive spooi.
1. Screwdriver
slides freely in valve bore. Install new 2. Dial indicator
3. Spool
sealing washer on plug and tighten plug 4. Selectamatic valve
securely. 5. Adjustment nuts

333. HOLD RELIEF VALVE. The


hold relief valve (4Fig. 267) protects
rockshaft cylinder and selectamatic
valve from shock pressure created when
transporting heavy implements over
rough ground.

105
www.classicmachinery.net

Paragraphs 339-340 CASE INTERNATIONAL (DAVID BROWN)


DUMP VALVE cate parts with hydraulic oil during
assembly.
All Models
339. The dump valve is installed in THREE-WAY VALVE
hydraulic system to enable rapid lower-
ing of lift linkage under no load or light All Models So Equipped
load conditions.
The dump valve (Fig. 269) is located